iy PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPH VA. 1894. COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION. JoHn H. REDFIELD, Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D., THomaAs MEEHAN, CHARLES E. SMITH, GrorRGE H. Horn, M.D. EDITOR: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D. PHILADELPHIA: ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES, LOGAN SQUARE. 1895. bd ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, January 30, 1895. I hereby certify that printed copies of the Proceedings of the Academy for 1894 have been presented at the meetings of the Academy as follows :— Pages 9to 24 . . : : . April 24, 1894. i een’ BG) 2 : ; : . May 1, 1894. 57 to 88 . : : : . May 29, 1894. “8910120 . ; ; : . June 5, 1894. 39s PAB rove 0 aes j : 5 . June 12, 1894. “145 to 160. : , A . June 19, 1894. ™ i6ito L76- : : : . July 10, 1894. te AGT tolg20 : : : 2 duly: 17, 8S 45 ** 193 to 208 August 21, 1894. ** 209 to 224 225 to 256 257 to 288 289 to 320 321 to 384 385 to 416 417 to 432 433 to 448 449 to 464 September 18, 1894. September 25, 1894, October 23, 1894. November 20, 1894. December 11, 1894. January 8, 1895. January 15, 1895. January 22, 1895. January 29, 1895. EDWARD J. NOLAN, Q 4 Recording Secretary, LEVYTYPE CO., PRINTERS AND ENGRAVERS, PHILA. LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS With reference to the several articles contributed by each. For Verbal Communications see General Index. Baker, Frank C. Further notes on the embryonic whorls of the Muricidee . YEE OSE es CORUM On eee Brown, Arthur Erwin. On the true character and relationships of Ursus cinnamomeus Aud. and Bach. Chapman, Henry C., M.D. Homologies of the alisphenotd ‘and petromastoid bones in vertebrates . Cockerill, T. D. A. A supplementary note to Mr. Johneon’ s List of J amaican Diptera . Cope, Edw. D. Observations on the geology of adjacent parts of Oklahoma and northwest Texas Third addition to a knowledge of the Batrachia and Renin of Costa Rica On a collection of Batrac oa ‘and Reptilia from the Island of Hainan . The Batrachia and ‘Reptilia a the University “of Bannay : vania West Indian sami of 1890 and 1891 (Plates X, mk, Sen)’, Davis, G. C. Boia notes from a ane of ane Pao none pan lection of Ichneumonidee . : Eakins, Thomas. The differential ve of eae manaeles passing more than one joint. . Ae Pv et icin PRE a Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New species of Fungi from Vv ariGus localities. : Fowke, Gerard and W. K. Moorehead. Recent mound explora- tions in Ohio . ; Fox, William J. A proposed ‘classification of the Fossorial Hy- menoptera of North America . : _ Goldsmith, E. Volcanic products from the Hawaiian Islands (Plate VI). . A Aer Johnson, Charles W. List of tbe Diptera of Temaien with de- scriptions of new species . : Jordan, David Starr. Dese ies of a new subspeci ies of Eret from McCloud River, California . Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the life bistosion of plants No. X: The origin of coreless apples; The relations be- tween insects and the flowers of Impatiens fulva; Apetal- ism and seed propulsion in Lamium purpureum, Fruiting of Robinia hispida; The vitality of seeds; Apetalism in Sisymbrium Thaliana....---------+-+++:: Contributions to the life histories of plants, No. XI: On the morphology of bractless inflorescence; On purple- leaved plants; On the origin of the apical cell; The fall of the leaf in the holly; On bees and honeysuckles.. .. . - Mercer, H.C. Re-exploration of Hartman’s Cave, near Strouds- burg, Pennsylvania, in 18938. .....-.-.--+-+-+-:-: Merriam, Dr. C. Hart. A new subfamily of Murine Rodents— the Neotominze—with descriptions of a new genus and species, and a synopsis of the known forms (Plate IX). . : Descriptions of eight new species of Pocket Mice (genus Perognathus). - :»\... = -- + 26) seen: el) ae Moore, H. F. Tanais robustus, a new species of Anisopoda (Plate V)\. .)-02 pb ce) o - te er e Moore, J. Perey. Pterodrilus, a remarkable Discodrilid (Plate TTR) 0 Se ck Ee es es ee Ortmann, Dr. A. A new species of the Isopod-genus Bathyno- TAVIS: so oh ee el ay eee ee, es, ee eg a A study of the systematic and geographical distribution of the Decapod family Atyide Kingsley........-.-.-. Pilsbry, H. A. Critical list of mollusks collected in the Potomae Valley (Plated. 8 oe as saw Ue eno eer ey one List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Dr. J. C. Cox, with a revision of Australian Acanthochitide (Plates IT, ITI, IV) Patella Kermadecensis (Plates VII, VIII)... -...-.-.-.- Rand, Theodore D. The SadsburySteatite........... Rhoads, Samuel N. Description of a new Armadillo, with re- marks on the genus *Muletia Gray. ©: = 2. 2 ee Contributions to the mammalogy of Florida. ....... A contribution to the life history of the Allegheny Cave Rat, Neotomsa magister Baird’: © = = a. 2) es Descriptions of four new species and two subspecies of White- footed Mice from the United States and British Columbia Descriptions of anew subgenus and new species of Arvicoline Rodents from British Columbia and Washington . Notes on the Mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Penn- Sylvania. 201. 2s a ioe eg, Seti aE oe A new Jumping Mouse from the Pacific Slope ....... Seott, W. B. A new Insectivore fromthe White River Beds. . Stone, Witmer, A revision of the genus Anous....... . A review of the Old World Ralline ... .. 4. see 455 111 152 213 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES PHILADELPHIA. 1894, JANUARY 2. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WiIsrar, in the chair. Forty persons present. The deaths of Richard R. Robb, September 12, 1893, and of Joseph D. Potts, December 3, 1893, members, were announced. A paper entitled ‘‘ Description of a new subspecies of trout from McCloud River, California,” by David Starr Jordan, was presented for publication. The Council reported that the following Standing Committees had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year :— On Lrprary.—W. 8. W. Ruschenberger, M. D., Henry C. Chapman, M. D., Gavin W. Hart, Charles P. Perot and J. Bernard Brinton, M. D. Own Pus.iications.—John H. Redfield, Charles E. Smith, Thomas Meehan, George H. Horn, M. D. and Edward J. Nolan, M. D. On Instruction AND Lecrures.—Charles Morris, Benjamin Sharp, M. D., Samuel G. Dixon, M. D., George A. Rex, M. D. and Uselma C. Smith. SraNDING CoMMITTEE OF CouNcIL ON By-Laws.—W. 8. W. 9 ~ ee | 10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Ruschenberger, M. D., Theodore D. Rand, William Sellers and Isaac J. Wistar. JANUARY 9. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WIsTAR, in the chair. Thirty-three persons present. The deaths of Henry Pratt McKean,a member, January 5, 1894, and of P. J. Van Beneden, a correspondent, January 8, 1894, were announced. A paper entitled ‘Contributions to the Life-Histories of Plants, No. X,” by Thomas Meehan, was presented for publication. JANUARY 16. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Forty-four persons present. JANUARY 23. Mr. CHARLES Morris in the chair. Forty-one persons present. JANUARY 30. The President, Genera Isaac J. Wisrar, in the chair. Thirty-five persons present. The death of Paul Fischer, a correspondent, November 29, 1893, was announced. The following were elected members :—J. Lewis Crew, Milton J. Greenman, M. D., Frank J. Keely, Edward K. Tryon, Jr. and William S. Vaux, Jr. The following were ordered to be printed :— 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11 CRITICAL LIST OF MOLLUSKS COLLECTED IN THE POTOMAC VALLEY. BY H. A. PILSBRY. The mollusks enumerated in this paper were collected by Mr. J. E. Ives and the writer during the course of a pedestrian tour through parts of Pennsylvania, Maryland and West Virginia, in September, 1892. The route walked over was as follows: From Gettysburg, Pa., westward to the summit of South Mountain, thence southwest to Maryland, across the Cumberland Valley to Hagers- town, Md. From this point the Cumberland Pike (State road) was followed, with occasional slight deviations, westward to Cumberland, Md. From Cumberland, Mr. Ives proceeded to Luray, Va., across the multitude of ranges which traverse West Virginia. The writer returning to Philadelphia, stopping to collect at Cherry Run, on the Potomac River, in West Virginia. On such a trip one is constantly tempted to stop by the wayside to examine or collect ; and if he be possessed of that passion for collect- ing “‘ specimens” which is the fatal birthright of most naturalists, these interruptions of the journey are likely to be many and long. The eye soon learns to recognize good collecting-ground; and the mere consideration that supper and a resting-place are miles farther on, is lightly esteemed when the charms and hidden possibilities of a wooded ravine weight the balance. The number of localities repre- sented in this collection is therefore great, as would be expected from the above considerations. Probably almost all of the species of mol- lusks inhabiting Maryland, from the South Mountain to Cumberland, were found by us; and as the southern tier of counties in Pennsy]- vyania is identical with Maryland in geologic and topographic features, the list practically tells what that portion of Pennsylyania contains of land and fresh-water shells. The list of a collection made by Mr. Witmer Stone at York Furnace, York Co., Pa., has been kindly furnished by him, and the species occurring there are noted herein. The general topography and geology of these portions of Pennsy|- vania and Maryland are well known. South Mountain, the Blue Ridge, Martin’s Mountain, Sideling Mountain, Town Ridge, Wills Mountain, and numerous smaller intermediate ridges, cut this district into a series of wide and narrow valleys, trending N. E. by 8. W.; 12 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. each valley supplying a creek tributary to the Potomac. The valleys are mostly eroded anticlines, so that a great variety of strata are ex- posed; but sandy shales and shaly sandstones predominate. The Potomac crosses this series of parallel ridges nearly at a right angle. It is everywhere shallow and rapids are frequent. At Cum- berland it is dammed, and allthe water which is not used by the city water-works feeds the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, which has its western terminus here. Above the backwater from this dam it is a shallow rapid stream from forty to sixty feet wide, with a rocky, or in places, gravelly bed; and the low banks are fringed with graceful maple, willow and sycamore trees, often festooned with grape vines, and in places mingled with oak and locust. The water here is of a dark sepia tint, being stained by the spruce sawdust from saw-mills upon its upper course, and probably also by decaying laurel and bay leaves, for the region above is densely wooded. No mollusk life whatever could be found in this brown water, but minnows and tad- poles were seen. Below the dam at Cumberland the wide river-bed is dry, except for occasional pools, in which a few Planorbis bicarina- tus and Amnicola limosa live. Except in times of high water therefore, the lower course of the river is an entirely distinct stream from this upper reach. About ten miles below Cumberland the river has about the same volume as the stream above the influence of the Cumberland dam, and the water is clear. Wills Creek, which flows through the city of Cumberland, is a swift stream with a rocky bed. The water is of crystal transparence, but no snails except Planorbis bicarinatus were found in it. Eviit’s Creek, which drains the valley next eastward, contains Anculosa in abundance. Family SELENITID. This family differs from Zonitide in having the teeth of the radula all ‘*aculeate,’’ and in lacking pedal grooves above the foot-edges. Genus SELENITES Fischer. Selenites concavus Say. Cumberland, Allegheny County, Md., 64,679. Morgan County, W. Va., opposite Hancock, 64,678. It has been taken by Mr. W. Stone at York Furnace, York County, Pa., and by Mr. C. W. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 Johnson in Fulton County, Pa. It occurs over nearly the whole of eastern North America. Family ZONITIDZA. A complete rearrangement of the American genera of this family is necessary, and although a local faunal list may be considered hardly the place for radical changes in nomenclature, still it may be preferable to the perpetuation of an untenable system. The species which were formerly referred to the genus Zonites will now be dis- tributed into several genera, distinguished by important structural peculiarities. The genus Zonites of Montfort has no representative in America, being confined to the circum-Mediterranean and adjacent faunas. In this genus the shell is large, solid, opaque and discoidal, and is al- ways strongly carinated, at least when young. The jaw has a strong median projection; the genitalia lack all accessory organs, being of the haplogonous type. The synonymy of the genus is as follows: 1810.—Zonites Montfort, Conchyliologie Systématique, II, p. 282. Type H. algira L. 1833.— Agopsis Fitzinger, Syst. Vers, p. 99. H. verticillus. 1837.— Tragomma Held., Isis, p. 916. H- acies Partsh. 1847.—Helicodes Dumas, Comp. Rend., XXV, p. 115. H. algira. 1849.— Helicella, in part, of Férussac, Prodrom. and of Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., IV, p. 68 (1826), and of Beck, In- dex (1837). 1855.— Verticillus Moq.-Tand. Hist. Nat. Moll. Fr., p. 91. Z. algirus. Not Zonites of American authors! Genus OMPHALINA Rafinesque. Omphalina Raf., Enumeration and Account of some remarkable Natural Objects in the cabinet of Prof. Rafinesque, in Philadel- phia, p. 3. November, 1831. (Type O. euprea Raf.,=H. fult- ginosa Griff.). Binney & Bland, Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. A., p. 283. 1869. Tryon, Amer. Journ. Conch., II, p. 247. 1866. V. Martens, Biol. Centr. Amer., Mollusca, p. 104. “1892. Mesomphix (in part), Beck, Index Moll. p. 7. 1838. Neozonitine Ptteffer, in Strebel’s Beitr. Mex. Land u. Stiss- W. Conch., IV, p. 1. 1880. Edusa Alb., Die Heliceen (2), p. 72. 1860. (Type H. zonites at: ) 14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Moreletia Gray, Pulm. Brit. Mus., p. 148. 1855. (Type H. eury- omphala Pfr. ). Zonyalina Martens, Mal. Bl., 1865, p. 16. (Type H. bilineata Pi): Patulopsis Strebel & Pfeffer, 1. «. (Type P. carinatus Str.) Zonites, 8. g. Mesomphix Binney, Terr. Moll., V, p. 98. 1878. The generic characters of this group are as follows: Shell rather large and solid but thin, umbilicated, smooth below, lacking teeth or folds within; the lip simple and sharp. Foot double grooved above its margin, the grooves meeting above the tail in a mucus pore; sole tripartite; dorsal surface from head to mantle entirely lacking longitudinal grooves. Genital system lacking dart sac and other accessory glands. See under O. fuliginosa, below. This genus contains the large Zonitoids of North America. It has not been recognized as yet in Palearctic regions. 0. fuliginosa Griff. Pl. 1, fig. 5. York Furnace, York County, Pa., 63,857. Collected by Wit- mer Stone. No specimens were found by us in Maryland. The genital organs of this species and its allies seem to have been misinterpreted by writers on United States forms, who have mis- taken the swollen base of the vas deferens for the penis, and have considered the penis itself to be a dart sack or prostate gland of some sort. In O. fuliginosa, the penis (P.), is a rather short stout sac, with the retractor muscle (7. p.} inserted at its apex, and attached dis- tally to the floor of the lung. Internally the distal half of the cavity of the penis is densely, finely and rather sharply granulated; the opening of the vas deferens is near the apex of the cavity, and is not provided with a papilla. The lower portion of the vas deferens (v. d.) is enormously swollen; and for a short distance from its inser- tion it is firmly bound to the penis itself. The vagina (vag.) is curiously swollen near the base. ‘The sperma- theca (sp.) is large, subglobular, and together with its rather long duct, is bound firmly to the oviduct. The albumen gland (a. gi.) is uncommonly large. The figure is drawn from a specimen collected by Mr. Witmer Stone at York Furnace, York County, Pa. (No. 63,857). Several 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 individuals from different localities were examined and found to agree in the characters described. Genus VITREA Fitzinger. (1817.—Not Hyalina Schumacher, Syst. Vers. Test., p. 234, belongs to Marginellide). 1819.—S. g. Helicella, Les Aplostomes, *** Les Hyulines, Hyaline, Férussac (includes the European translucent zonitoids and many exotic species of various genera). (1820.—Not Hyalina Studer, Syst. Verzeich. Schweiz Conch., p. 11, = Vitrina Drap. 1805). 1833.— Vitrea Fitzinger, Syst. Verzeich., p. 99. 1833. — Oxychilus Fitz., l.c., p. 100, in part, not Oxycheila Dejean, 1825. 1837.—Hyalinia Agassiz, in Charpentier, Nouv. Mém. Soc. Helv., igs pr 13. 1837.—Polita Held., Isis, p. 916 (proposed for cellaria Mill. , glabra Stud., nitens Mich., nitidula Fir., lucida Dr., nitidosa Fér., clara Held., lenticularis Held., erystallina Miill., hyalina Fér., contorta Held., fulva Mill. ). 1854.—Lucilla Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., p.-177, type H. cel- laria, Mill. 1854.— Crystallus Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., p. 178, type H. erystallina Mill. 1855. — Aplostoma Mogq.-Tand. Hist., Nat. Moll. France, II, p. 72. (Ineludes nitidus, olivetorum, lucidus, cellarius, glaber, allivrius, nitidulus, nitens, striatulus, purus, erystallinus). 1857.—Euhyalina Albers, Malak. Blatter, IV, p. 91, type H. cel- laria. 1879.—Aegopina Kobelt, Iconogr. Eur. Landund Siisswasser Moll., VI, p. 15 (proposed as a substitute for Mesomphix of European authors, not of Rafinesque. Type H. olivetorum Gm. ). 1880.—Diaphanella Clessin, Mal. Bl. (n. F.), I, p. 206, type H. diaphana Stud. 1880.— Mediterranea Clessin, 1. c. type H. hydatina Rossm. 1886.—Hydatina Westerlund, Fauna, ete., p.37, type H. hydatina Rossm. 1886.—Anomphala West., J. ¢, p. 29, types parthenica and diaphana. 1891.— Vitrea Fitz., E. A. Smith, Journ. of Conch., VI, p. 337, a9. 1892.— Glyphyalinia Martens, Biol. Cent. Amer., Mollusca, p.117. (H. indentata Say, etc.). Zonites of many authors, not of Montfort. This genus consists of small glassy zonitoid snails having no ac- 16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. cessory organs developed upon the genital system, differing in this respect from the Zonitoides section of Gustrodonta. The type of Vitrea is H. erystallina Miller of Europe. There are a great many generic synonyms, but part of the names quoted above are available for sectional divisions. The American species must all be examined to ascertain whether or not they possess a dart sac, as those having this structure must be removed to the genus Gastrodonta. I have not had time to examine the soft parts of any of them. V. arborea Say. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,696, S. E. cor. Franklin Co., Pa., near Maryland line, 64,695. Foothills of Martin’s Mt., Md., 64,694. Morgan Co., W. Va., opposite Hancock, 64,695. Also collected at York Furnace, York Co., Pa., by Witmer Stone. V. electrina Gld. Summit of North Mountain, west of Clear Spring, Washington Co., Md., 64,856. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,859. V. (Glyphyalinia) indentata Say. Monterey, Franklin Co., Pa., 64,838. Summit of North Moun- tain, west of Clear Spring, Md., 64,837. Morgan Co., W. Va., op- posite Hancock, 64,692. Also York Furnace, York Co., Pa. (Stone). Genus GASTRODONTA Albers. 1850.— Gastrodonta Alb., Die Heliceen, p. 88. 1857.— Gastrodonta Alb., Mal. Bl. IV, p. 91, type H. interna Say. 1862.—Zonitoides Lehmann, Mal. Bl. TX, p. 111, type Z nitidus Mill. 1864.—Pseudohyalina Morse, Terr. Pulm. Me., p. 15, (for H. exigua, minuscula, limatula, ete. ). 1869.—Ventridens Binney and Bland, Land and Fresh-water Shells of N. A., I, p. 292 (proposed for H. gularis and H. suppressa Say). The shell is provided with internal teeth or lamell: in the typical forms of this genus. In another group, consisting of G. ligera and _its allies there are no teeth, but a strong white callus upon the floor of the last whorl. In the section Zonitoides this callus is wanting, and the whorls are rounded below. The prominent feature of the genitalia is the presence of a dart sac containing a long curved calcareous dart, situated upon the va- 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17 gina; and this is the most important generic character. In PI. I, fig. 4, is shown the dart uf G. ligera, magnified twelve diameters. There are strong reasons for believing that the presence of a dart, the coronal glands being correlated with it, is a very old character in Zonitide, and that it was present in the undifferentiated stock from which nearly all the existing genera have diverged.’ If this be true, then Vitrea, Omphalina, etc., must be regarded as secondarily haplo- gonous, haying lost the dart apparatus which was present in their ancestors. G. suppressa Say. Gettysburg, Adams County, Pa., 64,085. Monterey, Franklin County, Pa., 64,087. Also at York Furnace, York County, Pa. (Witmer Stone). In Maryland at Cave Town, 64,084, and Sum- mit of North Mountain, 64,080; Martin’s Mountain, 64,680, between Green and Polish Mts., 64,682. Cumberland, Allegheny Co., 64,685, and Morgan Co., W. Va., opposite Hancock, 64,681. G. ligera Say. All of the specimens were small, shining and smoother than usuai, measuring about 11 mm. in diameter, the umbilical perforation minute, about °3 mm. wide. Gettysburg, Pa., 64,697. Chewsville, Washington Co., Md., 64,690. Ten miles west of Hancock, Md., 64,689; Cumberland, Allezheny Co., Md., 64,688. Family ENDODONTIDZ:. Genus PYRAMIDULA Fitzinger. The generic names used in this paper for Helices are fully ex- plained in the writer’s guide to the Helices, now being published. P. alternata Say. Chewsville, Washington Co., Md., 64,698. Martin’s Mountain, Md., 64,699, 64,700. West Virginia, opposite Hancock, Md. Cumberland, Md., 64,697. Collected by Stone at York Furnace, work Co., Pa. P. striatella Anth. Hanover, York Co., Pa., 64,703. 40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. (Fig. 3, 4, ¢), in the cartilage situated between the squamosal, parie- tal and occipital bones and consti- tuting, therefore, part of the wall of the cranium. The elliptical islet having been developed, a second ‘‘quadrate”’ islet (Fig. 3, 4, q) now appears in the cartilage and more particularly in the part of it lying between the elliptical islet and the squamosal. The two islets, the ellip- tical and quadrate, subsequently uniting together form the mastoid Fig. 3. memes Pane of human portion of the petrosal. If thedae ter be developed in the manner just described then the ‘‘ pyrifor- ma’’ and ‘‘scutum ovale’’ of Kerckringius would be the parts described by Leidy as the ‘‘elliptical’’ and ‘‘quadrate”’ islets, since the former, like the latter, ‘‘coalescent in unum” but not to the prootie and opistho- tie centres, since the latter are de- veloped and coalesce before the islets even appear, and for the reason already given that it is the pyri- forma or prootic and the scutum ovale or epiotic that unite according to Kerckringius, not the prootic Fig. 4. Temporal bone of human . 5 Weis. and opisthotie. The third ossicle of Kerckringius, however, the ‘‘vix aciculz majoris caput adaequans” corresponds to that part of the lower otic or opisthotic that, growing outward and backward, makes its ap- pearance at the edge of the tympanic ring at an early period of intra-uterine life and which soon combines, as we have seen, with the upper otic or prootic to form the pars petrosa, the latter subse- quently uniting with the squamosal to form the \\ mastoid portion of the temporal. If; however, there is no distinct mastoideus or epiotic centre of ossification in the temporal bone of Pig. 5. Upper anter-y,7, Franc 1: ae os : : Sm cntan se seal Man what interpretation is there to be offered as to of cod-fish. the homologies of the bones present in the fish and ee ee es 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 41 turtle and described by Cuvier * as mastoideus and occipital externe, by Owen” as mastoid and paroccipital, and by Huxley * as squa- mosal and epiotic in the fish and squamosal and opisthotie in the turtle? In reply to such query, in the judgment of the author the bone, No. 8, (Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8) deseribed by Cuvier as mastoidien and by Owen as mastoid in the skull of the lower vertebrates, should be regarded as it is by Huxley and most modern anatomists, as the homologue of the < SS aS SQ Ye squamosal (Fig. 3, s) of the temporal of Man. The bone No. 4, (Figs. 5, 8, the occipital externe (perch) Cu- vier, the paroccipital of Owen, the epiotic of Huxley in fish, opisthotic in turtle, is not, however, represent- ed as a distinct bone in the skull of Fig. 6. Side view of skull of cod-fish. Man but as the ‘‘eminentia aspera’! of the occipital bone or the ‘‘scabrous ridge extended from the middle of the condyle towards the roots of the mastoid process.”’” The name occipital externe, or its English equivalent external occipi- tal, may as well then be retained for the bone No. 4 as simply ex- pressing the fact that there exists in Fig. 7. Skull of python. the skull of the lower vertebrates a bone lying external to the supra and ex-occipital irrespective of any preconceived hypotheses. The names paroccipital and epiotic should be discarded, as the former implies that the bone No. 4 is the para- pophysis of the first cranial vertebra, the latter that it is the homologue of the special centre of ossification of the mastoid in Man. It has been urged in favor of the bone No. 4 being called the epi- otic in the fish that it enters into the formation of the ear-chamber, its inner surface being excavated for the reception of part of the posterior and external semicircular canal. Such argument, however, loses all force when it is remembered that the exoccipital is similarly 21 Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, Tome 1, p. 236. * Anatomy of Vertebrates, Vol. 1, p. 97. 2 Op. cit. p. 174. 4S. T. H. Soemmering “ De Corporis Humani Fabrica,” T. I, 1794, p. 105. 2% Alexander Monro. “The Anatomy of the Humane Bones,” Edinburgh, 1782, p. 110. 4 42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. excavated, and that the latter bone, together with the alisphenoid (prootic) petrosal (opis- thotic) squamosal and_ post-frontal bones enter into the formation of the otocrane. It should be mentioned in this connection that \ the external occipital bone, No. 4, (Figs. 5 ¥and 8), though presenting in the turtle the same characters and similar relations as in the fish, is usually described in that animal and inthe alligator, ete., as the opisthotic bone, the epiotic being supposed then to be repre- sented by an independent centre of ossifica- tion which, while distinct at an early period of life, later coalesces with the supra-occipi- Fig. 8. Posterior view of tal, No. 3+ (Fig. 9). eo ae Even if such be universally the case it would only prove that either the supra-occipital develops in reptilia from two centres in the embryo, or that there exists a bone (epiotic) in the skull of reptiles that has no homologue in that of fish or Man, not that the bone No. 4 is the opisthotic. Indeed, as we shall see presently, there is no reason to believe that an opisthotic bone that is the supposed homologue of the rocher or petrosal in the fish (cod) of the lower part of the pars petrosa of Man exists in the skull of the reptile (turtle) at all. Admitting that the petromastoid portion of the temporal bone in Man develops from two centres of ossification, it remains now to de- termine whether there exists in the skull of a cod-fish, snake, turtle or alligator the homologue of these two centres, two bones to which the names prootic and opisthotic can be appropriately given and which, taken together, represent therefore the pars petrosa of the of the temporal bone in Man. In considering this question let us begin by first pointing out in what respect the bone No. 6, (Fig. 6) in the cod resembles and differs from the prootie or upper portion of the human pars petrosa, (Fig. 2, p). It resembles it in its inner concavity usually supporting the anterior part of the vestibule and the anterior vertical semicircular canal. It differs from it in not presenting a fenestra ovalis, a cochlear roof, osseous semicircular canals, internal auditory meatus or tegmen tympani, no such parts ee “i 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43 being present in the cod, and in not transmitting the portio dura of the seventh nerve, the latter also not existing in the cod-fish.” If the bone No. 6 in the cod-fish be compared, however, with the great wing of the sphenoid in Man (Figs. 1, 2, @) it will be observed that it agrees with the latter (alisphenoid) in articulating with that part of the basi-cranial axis corresponding to the basi-sphenoid, and with the parietals in entering into the formation of the lateral wall of the cranium, supporting the mesencephalon, and in being notched anter- iorly (perforated in the carp) for the transmission of the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve. The bone No. 6 in the cod differs from the alisphenoid in Man, as already mentioned, in supporting part of the membranous labyrinth and in the notch trans- nitting the inferior maxillary branch of the fifth nerve being situated in the anterior part of the bone rather than in the posterior part as is the case in Man. In the consideration of the relative posterior of the notch v in the bone No. 6 in the fish and that of the foramen ovale in the alis- phenoid of Man, (Fig. 2, fo), the fact appears to have"been entirely lost sight of that the notch or foramen in the fish corresponds to two distinct foramina in Man: the foramen rotundum, (Fig. 2, 7) and the foramen ovale, (Fig. 2, fo) transmitting respectively the super- ior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve, and that the part of the notch in the fish, (Fig. 6, V) corresponding to the foramen rotundum in Man, is situated anteriorly just as is the case in Man. The situation of the exit of the superior maxillary nerve is therefore substantially the same in the bone No. 6 in the cod (and absolutely so in the carp) as in the alisphenoid of Man. ‘The objection that might still be urged that that part of the notch corresponding to the foramen ovale is situated anteriorly in the fish but posteriorly in 26 The author is familiar with the view entertained by some anatomists that hyomandibular branches of the fifth nerve represent in the fish the branches of the portio dura of the seventh nerve or facial in Man. Such an interpretation is, however, untenable, being based upon the assumption that the quadrate bone (jugal caisse hypotympanic) in the fish is the homologue Of the incus in Man, the articulare corresponding then to the malleus. As the quadrate and malleus are, however, developed as ossifications of the proximal ends of Meckel’s cartilage (mandibular arch) the quadrate must be the homologue of the malleus, not the incus, if it be homologous with either of the ear bones. The hyomandibular bone (temporal fnastoidien epitympanic) in the fish is homologous with the incus, these bones being developed through the ossification of the proximal ends of the hyoid arch. It must be admitted, however, that this last view leaves still un- explained why the articulare in the mandibular arch of the fish and the same bone together with the others entering into the formation of the lower jaw of the alligator are not represented in Man. 44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Man has no significance, since in Man and mammals generally there is always a small portion of the alisphenoid behind the foramen ovale, amounting, indeed, in the sheep to about one-half the bone. The statement often made that the bone lying behind the exit of the fifth nerve is the homologue of the upper part of the human pars petrosa is simply not correct so far as concerns Man and mammals. In view of the facts just mentioned some anatomists have con- sidered the bone No. 6 in the fish as the homologue of the alisphen- oid in Man and have so named it. Other anatomists, on the other hand, impressed with the fact that the bone supports a part of the membranous labyrinth, have regarded it as the homologue of the upper part of the human pars petrosa and called it accordingly pro- otic. In the judgment of the author an insuperable objection to accepting the latter view is that it involves the inevitable but absurd conclusion that its homologue, or the prootic portion of the pars petrosa, must transmit the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve. On the other hand, it might be urged that the bone No. 6 can not be the homologue of the alisphenoid in Man since the latter never supports any part of the membranous labyrinth. In reply to the latter objection, though at the risk of committing a petitio principii, the author must say that it is just in this respect that the skull of the eod- fish differs from that of Man: The bone No. 6, in the fish, the homo- logue of the alisphenoid in Man, protects the an- terior part of the laby- rinth as is done by the upper part of the human pars petrosa, the differ- ence being conditioned by the part of the mem- branous labyrinth being Fig. 9. Interior view of auditory region of alligator. relatively enormously developed in the fish, the osseous covering but little so, whereas in Man the labyrinth is but little developed while the pars petrosa is much so. If this view be correct then the bone No. 6 in the fish must be regarded as the homologue of the alisphenoid in Man 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45 and the name given to it by Cuvier of grand aile or its English equiv- alent alisphenoid (Owen) retained.” If the bone No. 6 in the skull of the python (Fig. 7), turtle (Fig. 10), alligator (Figs. 9, 11), be compared with that so numbered in the cod-fish (Fig. 6), it will be found that while it resembles the latter in articulating with the basisphenoid and parietal bones, entering into the formation of the lateral wall of the cranium, presenting a notch or foramen for the transmission of the superior and inferior maxillary branches of the fifth nerve and protecting the anterior part of the organ of hearing, it differs from it in transmitting the filaments of the portio dura and mollis of the seventh nerve and in forming the anterior half of the fenestra ovalis of the vestibule. In the latter respects, and in protecting the anterior part ot the labyrinth, the bone No. 6 in the reptile certainly resembles Fig. 10. Interior view of auditory region of turtle. the upper or prootic part of the human pars petrosa and would be more appropriately named, therefore, the prootic than the bone No. 6 in the fish. The fact, however, of this bone in the reptile transmitting by notch or foramen” the maxillary branches of the 27It should be mentioned in this connection that there are present in the skulls of certain fishes (salmon and carp) three bones which have been regarded as the prootic, alisphenoid and orbito-sphenoid. As the latter hone, the most anterior of the three, is, however, inconstant and as we regard it when present as an interorbital bone, not the orbito-sphenoid, its presence or absence will not affect the argument as stated above, the so-called. prootic in the carp, for ex- ample, being the alisphenoid, and the alisphenoid being the orbito-sphenoid, — 28 Tt will be observed in the case of the python (Fig.7) that the two foramina in the bone No. 6 are as well marked as the foramen rotundum and foramen ovale are in the alisphenoid of Man. 46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. fifth nerve is irreconcilable, as in the case of the fish, with the idea that it is the homologue of the upper prootic portion of the human pars petrosa. On the other hand, if the bone No. 6 in the reptile be regarded as the homologue of the alisphenoid in Man the difficulty presents itself that the former enters into the formation of the fenestra ovalis and transmits in the reptile the filaments of the facial and acoustic nerves, which the alisphenoid of Man never does, the fenestra rotunda and the nerves being confined to the pars petrosa. With the view of reconciling these difficulties the bone No. 6 in the reptile has been regarded by some anatomists as consisting really of two bones fused into one, the anterior and posterior parts being viewed respectively as alisphenoid and prootic bones. The study of the development of the reptilian skull offers some confirmation of this view, since as a matter of fact, according to Parker,” the bone No. 6 in the snake develops from two centres, the anterior of which is regarded as the alisphenoid, the posterior as the prootic. If the latter view be accepted the result of development in the skull of the snake is very different from that in Man, since the prootic ossification, instead of combining with the opisthotic to form the pars petrosa, unites with the alisphenoid to form one bone. Further, it does not follow because the bone No. 6 develops from two centers of ossification that it must necessarily be regarded as consist- ing of two distinct bones, any more than the basi sphenoid must be regarded as consisting of three bones because it develops from three centres.”’ It seems to the author that the view most reconcilable with the facts of development as well as those relating to the adult condition of the skull is to regard the bone No. 6 in the reptile as the homologue of the bone so numbered in the fish and of the alisphenoid in Man. In the absence of a pars petrosa in the skull of the reptile and bird some other bone or bones must fulfil the functions of that bone in supporting and protecting the labyrinth and in transmitting the facial and acoustic nerves. These functions are filled in the reptile more or less by the bones Nos. 6, 4, 2, 3, which we regard as the alisphenoid, external occipital, ex-oecipital and supra-occipital, or, * The Morphology of the Skull, London, 1877, p. 204. One for the median basisphenoid, two for the symmetrical basitemporals, the homologues of the lingulae sphenoidales of Man. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 47 in regard to the latter more particularly, its inferior and internal part (epiotic),” No. 3 + (Fig. 9). There remains now for consideration the question as to how much of the lower portion of the human pars petrosa is represented in the skull of the lower vertebrata. In other words, is there any distinct bone in the skull of the lower vertebrata to which the name opistho- tie can be appropriately given? In the skull of the cod-fish, as in that of the Gadidae generally, there exists, though often but little developed or even absent in many fishes, a large and conspicuous bone, No. 16, (Fig. 6) which articulates with the basi-occipital, basi- sphenoid, ex-occipital, par-occipital, squamosal and alisphenoid bones and forms the posterior lateral wall of the cranium. This bone, No. 16, on account of supporting that part of the membranous labyrinth containing the otolithes has been usually regarded by anatomists (Cuv- ier, Owen, Huxley) as corresponding to the whole of the human pars petrosa or at least to some part of it, and has been accordingly named rocher, petrosal, opisthotic, ete. In the fish the labyrinth, however, is not exclusively and entirely enclosed by a special osseous covering as in Man. The cavity enclosing the organ of hearing is formed not only by the bone No. 16, but by the alisphenoid, ex-occipital, par-occipital, squamosal and post-frontal bones as well. It opens widely into the cranial cavity. It presents nothing comparable to the fenestra ovalis and fenestra rotunda of the pars petrosa. Such being the case it is impossible to determine whether the bone No. 16 in the fish repre- sents the whole, or only a portion and more particularly the lower or opisthotic portion of the human pars petrosa. The author would therefore prefer to call the bone No. 16 in the fish simply the rocher or its equivalent, the petrosal, as indicating the probability of it cor- responding to some part of the human pars petrosa. The term opisthotic is objectionable as not only implying that the bone No. 16 in the fish corresponds to the lower or opisthotic part of the human pars petrosa, for which view there is no evidence, but further, for the reason already given that it is the bone No. 4 in the fish, not the bone No. 16, that is the homologue of the external occipital, the so-called opisthotic in the turtle. Indeed, the bone No. 16 of the fish does not appear to be represented as such either in #1 Even Parker admits that “in some forms the periotic bones do not arise separately, but the supra-occipital and ex-occipitals extend into the epiotic and opisthotic regions respectively.”” Op. cit. p. 349 Se ee ae 48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. the reptile or in the higher vertebrata. In some respects it is a peculiarly ichthyic bone though not invariably present even within the limits of the class, as already mentioned. The ear-chamber in reptiles is more or less closed, internally at least, in the adult condition by three bones separated by a Y-shaped suture distinctly visible in the longitudinally divided skull (Fig. 9). The two lower, No. 2, 6, (Fig. 9,) of the three bones are situated on either side of the vertical stem of the Y-shaped suture, the third remaining bone No. 3 within the diverging branches of the latter. Externally the osseous vestibule presents a fenestra rotunda fur (Fig. 11), situated entirely within the bone No. 2 and a fenestra oyalis, Jno, the posterior half of which is formed by the margin of the bone just mentioned, the anterior half by that of the bone No. 6. The mem- branous labyrinth consists of a vestibule, semicircular canal and, in the turtle and alligator, of a rudimentary cochlea. The fenestre are closed by membranes in the living animal and to that of the fenestra ovalis is attached a col- umellar-like bone which, on account of being con- nected with the mem- brana tympani, is re- garded as the homologue of the stapes of the hu- man ear. The membra- na tympani is attach- ed in turn to bone No. 28, (Figs. 7, 10) usually called the quad- Fig. 11, External view of auditory region of alligator. rate and regarded as representing either the tympanic bone or the malleus in Man.” The tympanic membrane being so superficially situated, neither external auditory meatus nor external ear can be said to exist in reptiles. The nearest approach to-an external ear is seen in the crocodilia which are provided with two cutaneous folds situated just “Some of the reasons that may be regarded in favor of accepting the latter hypothesis as the correct one have already been stated. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49 outside the membrana tympani which, when approximated, close the entrance thereto. In the ero- codilia each tympanum (Fig. 12, T) is not only provided with itsown lateral Eustachian tube proper, LE, but the two tympana communicate directly with each other superiorly by means of a passage traversing the supra occipital bone, S, and inferiorly by anterior Fig. 12. Diagram of tympanic canals of lateral passages, C, descending alligator. from the floor of the tympanum into the anterior branch, A, of median Eustachian tube, ME, situated just behind the posterior nares and indirectly by posterior lateral pas- sages, B, given off on either side from the lateral Eustachian tubes proper, LE, and terminating in the posterior branch, P, of the median Eus- tachian tube, ME. Further passages extend from each tympanum, Q, through the quadrate, thence by a membranous tube into the articulare of the lower jaw.” In the turtle the most posterior of the two lower bones entering into the formation of the ear-chamber is a distinct bone, No. 4, (Fig. 10), and, for reasons already given, is regarded by the author as homo- logous with the external occipital of the fish and is therefore similarly numbered and named. In the lizard, python and alligator the functions of the external occipital bone of the turtle, No. 4, (Fig. 10), are, however, filled by what appears, in the adult skull at least, to be a part of the ex-occipital bone, No. 2°, (Fig. 9). At an early period of development in the snake and possibly in all reptilia, this part of the ex-occipital exists as a distinct bone, notwithstanding that in later life it may have coalesced to such an extent with the ex-occipital that its original distinctness is entirely lost. Ifsuch be the case, which is not at all improbable, then that part of the ex-occipital in the alligator, No. 2*, (Fig. 9), entering into the formation of the in- ternal ear-chamber, should be regarded as the homologue of the ex- ternal occipital No. 4, (Fig. 10), in the turtle. The only essential 33 Windischmann. De Penitiori auris in Amphibiis structura, 1531, Owen, Phil. Trans., 1850. Stannius. Handbuch der Zootomie, Zweite Aufl., Zweites Buch, 1856, pp. 58, 164. 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. difference in the two would then be that in the alligator the external occipital coalesces with the ex-occipital, whereas in the turtle it re- mains a distinct bone throughout life. It will be observed, how- ever, whether the osseous part in question be regarded as an out- growth of the ex-occipital or as a distinct bone coalescing with the lat- ter, that in neither case would the name opisthotic be appropriate, since this bone or part, being homologous with the external occipital, should be so named. It has already been mentioned that that part of the supra-occipital entering into the formation of the ear-chamber is said to be developed from a special centre of ossification, No.3 + (Fig. 9), and in accordance with the idea of it being the homologue of the epiotic centre of the human mastoid, named the epiotic. As there is no reason, however, for supposing that such a third centre of ossification exists, even if the part in question be characteristic of reptiles, the name epiotie should be discarded because it is misleading. Finally, as the author regards the bone No. 6, (Figs. 6, 7, 9, 10), not as the prootic but as the homo- logue of the alisphenoid in Man, (Figs. 1, 2, a), there is no reason for retaining the names prootic, opisthotic and epiotic.* Indeed, the periotic bones, or bone so named, should not be regarded as constituting any part of the proper cranial wall but as special ossifications of the ear-chamber depending upon the extent of the development of the organ of hearing. In a general way it may be said that the transitory conditions through which the human ear passes in the course of its develop- ment are more or less permanently retained as such in the organ of hearing in the lower vertebrata. Such being the case we cannot expect to find the protective osseous covering of the ear in the higher vertebrata equally well developed in the lower ones. On the con- trary, in proportion as the ear is undeveloped, we may expect to find any of the adjacent bones forming the wall of the cranium pro- tecting and entering into the formation of the ear-chamber, just as the tympanum is formed in birds by the basisphenoid, squamosal and ex-occipital rather than by the pars petrosa as in Man. There is no more reason for supposing that there is an archetypal temporal bone, “The author does not refer to the skulls of birds, since the latter being specialized reptiles the disposition of the parts in question, as might be expected, is essentially the same. It should be mentioned, however, that the membrana tympani is not attach- ed in birds to the quadrate bone as in reptiles but to the outer margin of the tym- panum. a of 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51 the different parts of which must exist in all vertebrata, than for believing that there is an archetypal vertebra and that the skull must consist of several of the same, at least in a Goethe-Oken sense. It does not follow, however, because a difference ot opinion may prevail among morphologists as to the special homologies of certain of the bones of the head that there should be any question as to the truth of the general doctrine of the unity of organization of the skull, so firmly established by Cuvier and others. On the supposition that the higher vertebrata have descended from the lower, it is to be expected that the general structure of the skull should be the same in both, the fundamental characters of the skull of the former haying been acquired by inheritance from that of the latter. On the other hand, the skull should present greater or less modifications according to the special nature of the different vertebrata, such modifications being induced by the causes of varia- tion incidental to different kinds of life. The skull, like the organism in general, is not made according to a Platonic idea or pattern, but grows, its characters being acquired by inheritance as modified by variation. 9 “= (1894. 5 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF SYNONYMS OF CERTAIN OF THE BONES OF THE HEAD ACCORDING TO FRENCH, GERMAN AND ENGLISH ANATOMISTS. CUVIER (1). MECKEL (2). OWEN (3). | HUXLEY (4). Occipital lateral. Seitliches unteres Hinter- Ex-occipital. ‘Ex-occipital. 2 \hauptbein. Occipital supérieur(perch| Hinterhauptschuppe. Superoccipital Supraoceipi- reptiles and birds). tal.) 3 Occipital externe (perch, Seitliches oberes, Hinter-|Paroccipital. | Epiotie in fish, reptiles), apophyse mas- hauptbein. Opisthotie in toid (mammals). reptile. 4 Grand aile (fishes, birds. Felsenbein (fishes and|Alisphenoid. | Prootie. 6 mammals), rocher (rep-|reptiles), Grosserkeil- tiles). beinfliigel (birds and mammals). Mastoidien (fishes and/Zitzenbein. Mastoid. Squamosal. 8 reptiles), temporal (birds and monotremes). Aile orbitaire. Grosserkeilbeinfligel. Orhibospeu-as Alisphenoid. | 19 oid. Rocher (fishes, birds and|Felsenbein (fishes). Petrosal. Opisthotic. 16 mammals). Jugal. Jochbein. Malar. Jugal. 26 Temporal (lizards, croco-|Schlafenbeinschuppe. Squamosal. Quadrato-ju- dilesand mammals), Jugal gal.| 97 (birds, monotremes). Caisse (ophidia, croco-|Pauke. Tympanie. Quadrate. 28 diles, mammals), Os tym- panique (lizards), Os ear- ré (birds). Temporal (fishes), Tym-)Oberesgelenkbein. Epitympanie |Hyomandibu- panique (batrachia). (fishes)./lar (fishes). 29 Symplectique (fishes). Griffelformiges, Stick|Mesotympanic Symplectic des Sehlafenbeins. (fishes). (fishes).| 30 Tympanal (fishes). Scheibenformiges Stiick(Pretympanic Metapterygoid ) des Schlafenbeins. (tfshes). (fishes). 12 31 Jugal (fishes and ba-|Unteresgelenkbein. Hypotympan- |Quadrate trachia). ic (fishes). (fishes).| 32 (1) (2) (3) (4) Lecons dU Anatomie Com-|System der vergleichen-|Archetype of} Elements of parée. F den Anatomie. Vertebrate Comparative Régne Animal. Skeleton. Anatomy pete Naturelle des Anatomy of Manual of Oeeer dts Fossiles Vertebrates. the Anatomy hat Cea of Vertebrated Animals. | a 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53 CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORIES OF PLANTS, No. X. By THOMAS MEEHAN. THE ORIGIN OF CORELESS APPLES. There are apple trees which have occasionally apetalous flowers and bear fruit which is, as popularly stated, coreless. The pre- cise morphology of this condition has never been explained. Re- cently some specimens were presented to the Academy by Mr. Anchutz of Arch Street, Philadelphia, from a tree growing on the grounds of Captain F. J. Williams, in PleasantsCo., West Virginia. Though bearing fruit abundantly every year it never had been known to have a ‘‘blossom,’’ that is to say, petals. The corrugated appearance of the apex of the apple suggested the course of growth which results in the ‘‘ navel” varieties of orange, explained in Proceedings of the Academy, July 25, 1893, p. 292, and an examination showed that a similar explanation applies to the apple as well as the orange. The ordinary apple is simply an arrested branch in which the leaves, with the axis, have been transformed into the succulent or carpellary structures which go to make up the fruit. But in these coreless apples, the growth-wave resulting in the production of fruit did not become so fully arrested, but made a renewed though weaker rhythm. ‘This was sufficient to draw nutrition from the original fruiting wave, and perhaps interfere with its proper pollination, thus permitting the formation of an upper carpellary system,—weak, certainly, but sufficiently well situated to secure pollen and produce a few * ts Book SS SEED tm [ee tn =< ee ee .. Se ee ee — sr o4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. very small seeds in the upper section. The illustrations explain the process by which this coreless condition is brought about. Fig. 1 gives an external view of the apex of the apple. In the ordinary apple we hays the dry remains of five small sepals; in this we have three series of five, alternating with each other in a perfectly normal manner. The interior series of five are quite fleshy and, as they are evidently the apical portions of the five sectional protuberances in the apple, we may safely conclude that it is this series which has chiefly aided in the development of the fleshy portion of the fruit. It should haye been the matrix of the petals in the normal apple, and we may infer that in this fruit, as we generally have it, with the ealycine and petaliferous verticils combined, it is the inner or petal bearing series that gives the apple its chief succulency. In the nor- mal apple, the carpellary structure commences at a, Fig. 2, but in this case, by the imperfectly arrested growth of the axis, it has been carried up to 6,—and even then not wholly brought to rest, as it has made another step, ¢ resulting finally in a small system capable at least of seed-bearing, though having lost most of its power to give succulence to its calycine series. We may say that a coreless apple is, morphologically speaking, but a restless attempt on the part of the tree, to develop several carpellary systems, instead of confining itself to the perfection of one, as in ordinary cases. This phenomen is not unusual in plants. The rose, a near rela- tive of the apple, is not infrequently seen with another small rose growing from its centre, the explanation being of the same charac- ter as here given for the apple. It may be tersely stated that navel oranges and coreless apples are feeble attempts at proliferation. THe Reiarions BerwEEN INSECTS AND THE FLOWERS OF IMPATIENS FULVA. Along a small stream on my grounds, masses of Impatiens fulva abound, growing in great luxuriance. The humming bird ,visits the flowers as freely as various insects. I frequently amuse myself by standing perfectly still in the midst of a mass of flowers, and have these little creatures rest on my shoulder or even on my hand when I kept it still above the. flowers. While thus enjoying myself, I have been led to note many items of interest worth recording. Variations in species are often referred to the visits of insects. ill tail naa te a 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 55 They bring pollen from other flowers, and intermediate forms neces- sarily result. Quite early in the modern discussions of this subject! I showed that variation must first occur, and that the insect visitor was rather a conservative agent than a factor in variation, —bringing back towards the original that which had departed. I have published many papers showing that variation is at least as great in monotypic species as where there are numerous closely related species or varie- ties to cross with. Impatiens fulva is another illustration. — It is not necessary to recount the character of the variations. One may fairly say that no one character can be named that does not show variation in some individuals. Even the glaucous leaves are some- times bright green, at others almost silvery. The flowers not only vary in color and markings, but the several parts of the flowers are changeable. The spur particularly is sometimes of remarkable length, at others well warranting the remark of Dr. Gray “spur rarely wanting.” Aside from the fact that there is no other species near to get any aid to variation in that way, many of the colonies on my grounds are from last years’ seeds. The obser- vations on this plant confirm records I have made during the past quarter of a century that there is an innate power to vary co-existant with the species itself, independent of any conditions of environment. This may be granted without prejudice to the proposition that changes can and do occur at times by the influence of environment, for which there is abundant evidence. It seems proper to present the strong facts on the former side, because of the modern tendency to exalt the latter as the prime motor in evolution. The amount of nectar secreted at the base of the spur is consider- able. By cutting off the apex and stripping down the tube as in milking, a globule as large as a pin’s head will form at the cut. A large proportion of flowers, especially in the latter part of the season, are cleistogene. But even in these cleistogamous flowers spurs are formed. An interesting fact was that the nectar formed as freely in the spurs of the cleistogene flowers as in those which we should call normal and fully “adapted” to insect visitors ! Is there any necessary relation between the nectariferous structurés of flowers and the visits of insects? The cases in which the relationship appears close are numerous, but equally numerous 'On the Agency of Insects in Obstructing Evolution. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sciences, 1872, pp. 235-237. 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. are the cases on the other side, and this cleistogamous case is one. But in the normal flowers only a few ‘insects could work to advantage. The spur of the nectary is incurved, and only creatures with a long and flexible tongue could reach the sweet deposits stored, mostly, at the base of the tube. In my ‘‘Flowers and Ferns of the United States’’ (Series II, p. 44, 1880) Prof. W. W. Bailey is quoted on the authority of a friend of his that ‘the sacs were all perforated by bumble bees.’’ Numerous species have their sacs perforated in this way, and all have been charged, even by myself, to bumble bees. Dr. J. H. Schneck of Mount Carmel, Illinois, suggested to me that this is probably a mistake, and that species of Xylocopa (carpenter-bees) and not Bombus, are responsible for this act. Watching these flowers I found the slits were made by a wasp, Vespa maculata, that some species of Nylocopa, and also the honey bee, took advantage of the work of the wasp; but the only species of bumble bee I noticed working on the flowers, Bombus Pennsylvani- cus, entered the flower every time by the flower’s mouth, and got the nectar from the curved spurs as best it could. Properly speak- ing, the openings made by the hornet are not slits, but rough openings, chewed out. The slits proper appeared to have been made by the small carpenter bees. It is evident that in view of the many insects these flowers support, no advantage is received by the flowers in- return. The relation of Bombus to fertilization was next examined. The longitudinal streak of white pollen on the back of the visiting bee gave it a picturesque appearance. That he could carry pollen from one flower to the other was very apparent. It seems impossible for the visiting bee to reach the stigma, as these are protected by con- nivent scales under the anthers, which form a close cap covering the stigma. Usually the earlier petaliferous flowers are infertile. In these plants, early in August, numerous flowers had perfected fruit, though the great majority were infertile. In what manner did the bee or the humming bird aid in the pollination? Examining a num- ber of flowers after these creatures had retired I was satisfied that they did not aid in any way. I have had evidence in other cases that where sufficient moisture exists, pollen tubes can reach the stigma without actual contact with it. There is abundant moisture around the stigma, and it is not improbable that the pollen tubes, by the aid of this moisture, pass over the membranous border, in = 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. o7 many cases, to reach the stigma and effect fertilization. The positive fact gained by these observations is that neither humming birds nor bumble bees in any way aid in pollenizing the petal-bear- ing flowers. They are as absolutely self-fertile as the apetalous cleistogene ones. An especially interesting observation was the existence of many plants bearing wholly cleistogene flowers among the normal petal- bearing ones. These plants were not as tall or vigorous as the petal- bearers, and could be readily distinguished from a distance by a yellowish-green tint, indicative of imperfect nutrition. It had been before suggested to me by an incidental remark of Mr. Willis in the Proceedings of the Cambridge (England) Philosophical Society, that in some unexplained way there is a relation between imperfect nutri- tion and cleistogamy,—a point which this observation confirms. The sum of these observations is, that in Impatiens fulva variation is innate and not dependent on environment; that bright color and sweet secretions have no relation to the visits of insects; that the petal-bearing flowers are self-fertile, and that cleistogamy is the result of impaired nutrition rather than of any mere labor-saving influence. APETALISM AND SEED PROPULSION IN LAMIUM PURPUREUM. Lamium purpureum, a well-known European species, is some- What common as a weed on my grounds at Germantown, near Philadelphia. It exists in two forms: one with small pale lilac flowers, the other with flowers more rosy and larger. While examining the flowers with a lens to trace any difference that might exist, I was surprised to have my face peppered by the seeds which had been expelled from the calyx with consider- able foree. Examining plants with an abundance of seed vessels, it was seen that most of the calices were empty though still compara- tively erect. The seeds, or properly nutlets, could not easily have fallen out, and doubtless propulsion is the usual method by which they are distributed. Examining plants in the early part of July I found large numbers of the upper flowers apetalous. The calyx was perfect, the stamens were of the usual length, and the anthers profusely laden with pol- len; the pistil seemed in every respect perfect, but not the slightest trace of corolla existed. The stamens, normally borne on the 5 Fe ee ee if } i H' 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. corolla, were now wholly independent of each other, and hypogyn- ous. This is probably the first case of apetalism recorded in Labiatee. FRvuIrinG OF ROBINIA HISPIDA. In descriptions of Robinia hispida, no reference is made to the legumes. In cultivation they are not known ever to be formed. The writer has searched for them in his botanical collect- ings in Tennessee without finding any, and it is a general belief that they are rarely produced when the plant is growing either in a wild or cultivated state. Mr. David F. Day of Buffalo, New York, notices * that the anthers are destitute of pollen in the flowers he ex- amined from cultivated plants in that region, a condition often found, in most plants of Lathyrus grandiflorus and some other Leguminose plants. In an excursion around Linville, North Carolina, in July 1895, Mr. C. F. Saunders of Philadelphia found a number fruiting, some specimens of which have been deposited in the Herbarium of the Academy, and in the Royal Herbarium at Kew. THE VITALITY OF SEEDS. Antirrhinum glandulosum. Exact facts in regard to the power of seeds short-lived under ordinary circumstances to retain vitality when deeply imbedded in the earth, or under some other specific conditions, are not numerous. Hence many controversies occur be- tween the ‘* practical man” who knows they will live an indefinite time, and the man of ‘‘ science,” who as firmly believes they will not. The writer of this has frequently been among the doubting ones, simply because the facts adduced for long vital power, could bear other interpretations. Ten years ago his friend, the late Dr. C. C. Parry, gave him some California seeds. Antirrhinum glandulosum was raised from them. The following year the plot was required for buildings and covered with earth from the cellar several feet deep. No plant of it has, to a certainty, been there since until this season, when, the earth in one spot being turned up a few_feet in depth, one plant came up and flowered. Dimorruic Flowers my Lasiara. Dracocephalum nutans.—I have shown in various papers that a tendency to dioecism is not uncommon in Labiate. Another addition *Meehan’s Monthly, ITT, p. 118. 7 1894]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59 to the list is Dracocephaluin nutans, a European plant which has many individuals with all the anthers sterile. The plants which bear the highly polliniferous anthers are much larger and more showy that what may be called the female flowering plants, a fact I have noted in other dimorphic species. Some European works have noted a mixture of species, or marked varieties, of this plant in a wild state. The dimorphic character is the probable explanation. APETALISM IN SISYMBRIUM THALIANA. Apetalism is not common in Crucifere. I have noted tendency in this direction in Cakile and in Raphanus. Early in the present sea- son 1893 the plant being a common weed in my garden, I found apetalous flowers very common. Numerous instances of flowers with only one, two or three petals, were also observed. Later in the season there was seldom found any variation from the normal condition. No difference in strength, position, or any other condition could be observed that would satisfactorily account for the abortion. 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SUBSPECIES OF TROUT FROM McCLOUD RIVER, CALIFORNIA. BY DAVID STARR JORDAN. Salmo gairdneri stonei, subsp. noy. Allied to the form called Simo irideus, but distinguished by its small scales, the number of scales in a longitudinal series being about 155, 82 before dorsal, where they are small and imbedded, 25 above lateral line. Teeth fewer and smaller than in var. irideus, those on the vomer in a single zigzag series. Axillary seale of ven- tral small. Pectoral 14 in head. Eye large, 43 in head. Maxil- lary 2 1-10. Upper parts plain greenish. Spots small and sparse on dorsal, adipose fin and caudai; a few spots only on posterior part of the body. A faint red lateral band; cheeks and opercles with red; no red between branches of lower jaw. Depth 4 in length. Anal rays 11. Described from a specimen (No. 900 Mus. Stanford Univ.) 14 inches in length collected by Livingston Stone in McCloud River at Baird, California This form is well known to the Indians and to fishermen on the Upper Sacramento According to Mr. Stone the Indian fishermen say that it is abundant in the McCloud River about eight miles above Baird. They are larger in size than ordinary irideus, one haying been taken weighing 12 pounds. It is known to the Indians as No-shee or Nissuee. The subspecies is named for Livingston Stone, Director of the U.S. Fish Hatchery at Baird. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61 FEBRUARY 6. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTar, in the chair. Thirty-seven persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Observations on the Geology of adjacent parts of Oklahoma and northwest Texas,’’ by Edw. D. Cope, was pre- sented for publication. A New Central American Pupa.—Mr. H. A. Pitspry exhibited specimens of a small land shell from Polvon, Nicaragua, and offered the following description : PUPA POLYVONENSIS n. sp. (PI. I, fig. Shell cylindrical, somewhat tape ring ie e, opaque grayish-white with oblique brown streaks. Whorls 5}, somewhat convex; aperture small, without internal pliczee or denticles; lip thin, simple, the Eafirellar margin dilated, partly concealing the round and rather large umbilicus. Alt. 2, diam. 1°35 mm. This species resembles P. simplex Gld. in the toothless aperture and thin lips, but differs in coloration, the larger umbilicus, ete. FEBRUARY 13. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. Wuisrar, in the chair. Thirty persons present. FEBRUARY 20. The President, GenERAL Isaac J. Wisrar, in the chair. Thirty-nine persons present. The death of Edward S. Whelen, a member, was announced. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :— “Tanais robustus, a new species of Anisopoda.’? By H. F. Moore. “List of Port Jackson Chitons collected by Dr. Cox, with a re- vision of Australian Acanthochitidee.’’ By Henry A. Pilsbry FEBRUARY 27 Mr. Cuarvues Morris in the chair. Thirty-nine persons present. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF CL A paper entitled “‘ Re-exploration of Hartman’s Bee: in 189: , H. C. Mercer, was presented for publication. _ W. Graham Tyler and Ruth Clement, M. D., were Sex bers. : The following were ordered to be printed :— a 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63 OBSERVATIONS ON THE GEOLOGY OF ADJACENT PARTS OF OKLA- HOMA AND NORTH WEST TEXAS. BY E. D> COPE. Through the codperation of certain members of the Academy I was enabled to make an expedition in the interest of vertebrate pale- ontology during the summer of 1893. The gentlemen who contribu- ted the means for this exploration were Mr. Charles Cramp, Gen. Isaac J. Wistar, Dr. Samuel Dixon, Mr. Thos. H. Savery and Mr. William Sellers. I had the privilege of the society and assist- ance of Prof. Amos P. Brown, in charge of the Department of Geology and Mineralogy in the University of Pennsylvania. Theexpedition left Bismark, Dakota, July 10th, and completed its labor at Galena in southwestern Missouri on September 4th. The month of July and thirteen days of August were occupied in explorations in the Standing Rock and Cheyenne River Sioux Re- servations in North and South Dakota. Near Fort Yates, N. D., we examined the hills which are directly to the north of the fort and extend northward. We obtained from them several fossils which indicate their marine origin, and that they belong to the Fox Hills epoch of Meek and Hayden. These include sharks’ teeth of the genera Galeocerdo and Otodus, and a fragment of a probable Chimerid fish. The blufts of the eastern escarpment of the Laramie formation ex- tend across the plain at a distance of twelve miles west of Fort Yates, and these were explored without result, except the discovery of a few fragments of Dinosaurian bones. We made an expedition to the Laramie bluffs which border Hump Creek in the northern part of South Dakota. This stream rises in North Dakota, and after a course of perhaps thirty miles it flows into the Ree (or Grand) River. Its valley is bounded by bad land bluffs, but in only one portion of these did we find vertebrate fossils. I owe my knowledge of this locality, as well as that which [had previously visited in 1892, to Miss Mary Collins, who has spent much of her life as a missionary among the Sioux, and who has the confidence of these people in a marked degree. One of Miss Collins’ assistants, a Sioux named Maza (Iron), had observed the fossils, and served as my guide during both the expeditions which | 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. have made to obtain them. As a trustworthy, amiable, and help- ful man Maza proved himself to be an invaluable adjunct to the party. We returned from Hump Creek on August 2d, and on the way to the fort examined the escarpment of the Laramie at a point further south than previously, and had greater success in obtaining fussils. Altogether we obtained in the Laramie, bones of three species of fishes and twelve species of reptiles; but no mammals or birds rewarded our search. Our next points of investigation were the Upper Permian bad lands of the Cimarron in Oklahoma, and such other outcrops of the formation south of that river as should promise favorable results of — exploration. On our way thither we found ourselves, on August 10th, — at Sioux City, Iowa. Here we were courteously entertained by Mr. John H. Charles, President of the Missouri River Transportation Com- pany. He presented to the Academy portions of the vertebral columes of two species of Plesiosauridze, from the Pierre formation of the Upper Cretaceous, which were new to science, and which I have described in the Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society as Embaphias circulosus and Elasmosaurus intermedius. On an excursion along the bluffs bounding the valley of the Sioux river we observed the eastern extension of the Niobrara Cretaceous lime- stone and chalk, and the superimposed loess. In the absence of a good point for fitting out an expedition for the explorations on the Cimarron River, we went to Fort Supply, a con- siderable distance to the southward of it. We were there entertained by the officers of the post, especially by Captain William Ahman and by Lieut. Fox. The officer in command, Col. Daingerfield Parker, very kindly gave us the use of the post ambulance, and by this means we were enabled to make a pretty complete examination of the neighborhood during the days of our sojourn. Our first object was to examine the red bluffs of Permian or Trias, which bound the ‘anyons N. and N. W. of the post, which form part of the drainage system of the Cimarron. These bluffs we examined at various points and for considerable distances, but without obtaining any traces of fossil remains, excepting some fragments of wood. We found that the formation which constitutes the higher levels at the heads of the canyons tributary to the Cimarron, is an impure friable caleareous limestone of evidently lower cretaceous age. We obtained from it Exogyra texana and Gryphwa piteherii with other species, which haye | 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65 heen determined by Prof. Brown as follows:— Exogyra texana, Gryphea pitcherii, Ostrea subovata, Ostrea Zerenulimargo, Ostrea sp., Cucullea terminalis, Neithea occidentalis, Plicatula incongrua, Trigonia sp., Trigonia emoryi, Turritella seriatimgranulata, Schlon- bachia peruviana. We found also the following vertebrata: Lamna No. 1, Lamna No. 2, Lepidotid scale, Uranoplosus arctatus, U. flectidens, Coelo- dus brownii, Plesiosaurus vertebrae, crocodile fragments, and frag- ments of a tortoise. The three species of Pyenodont fishes were new to science, and they have a Lower Cretaceous facies. Plesiosaurus is represented by dorsal vertebrae only, but these are not of the Upper Cretaceous type. I have never found Lepidotid fish remains in the Upper Cre- taceous of North America, while they are characteristically Lower Cretaceous and Jurassic in Europe. The only occurrence of Lepi- dotid fishes so far recognized in N. America, is based on some teeth sent by Mr. Charles H. Sternberg in the Dakota sandstone of Kan- sas, and on the new species, Macrepistius arenatus, from the Trinity bed of Texas discovered by Prof. R. T. Hill. (See Journal of the Academy Vol. IX, Part 4). The crocodilian remains are unde- terminable. Below this formation, which is of a strong yellow color and about twenty-four feet thick, is a stratum of marls, black above, whitish in the middle, and buff below, of about equal thickness with the lime- stone. The black color is due to carbon, which is some places forms thin layers of impure coal. This formation contained no fossils by which its age could be determined, and thus stood in strong contrast with the cretaceous above it, and agreed with the red beds of the Permian below it. Between the black marl and the cretaceous there intervened at some points a shallow bed of sand, usually coarse, and reaching in places a thickness of six feet. Its color is yellow, varied with horizontal red streaks. The age of the marine Cretaceous beds corresponds, according to Prof. Brown’s determination, with the Comanche Peak terrane of the Texas geologists. The tract first ob- served lies about five miles northwest of Fort Supply, and is of limited ¢xtent, being cut off to the north by the drainage of the Cimarron River, and to the south by the drainage of the North Fork of the Canadian. Its horizontal extent cannot exceed fifty square miles. We examined another and more limited area of the i ; e } ( ——————— arth ae —— 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. same bed which contained the same invertebrate fossils, at a point about twelve miles south of the fort. The Permian red beds are traversed conformably by layers of gypsum at different horizons. The sand bed below the cretaceous limestone is sometimes consolidated into a sandstone, which forms a ledge near the summit of the bluffs. From fifty to seventy-five feet below this and in the red beds, is a bed of saccharoidal limestone. This limestone is luminous when struck or scratched with a metallic object, like a similar limestone which occurs in some of the silver mines in Utah in the Wasatch Mountains. At the locality already referred to, twelve miles south of Fort Supply on a low ridge of the Cretaceous terrane, we observed a white discoloration, as though two or three cartloads of a chalky material had been deposited there. Prof. Brown was so fortunate as to find in it the fragments of a solitary superior molar tooth of Proto- hippus perditus, which determined the age of the material as the Loup Fork, or Upper Miocene. Careful search failed to reveal another fossil, and it is evident that we have here the last remnants of a formation which has been almost entirely removed by erosion. With the view of further determining the extent of the Comanche and Loup Fork formations, we left Fort Supply and went by rail to Miami, which is a village in Roberts County of the Panhandle of Texas, south of the Canadian river. For several miles before reach- ing Miami, the railroad runs between steep bluffs, which form the southern border of the flood plains of the Canadian river, and are the escarpments of the outlying tracts and fingers of the Staked Plains. They are about two hundred feet in elevation, and include two hard strata, while the great mass is sandy clay, or sand in a few localities. One of the indurated beds is at the summit of the bluffs, forming the surface of the plain, and is about six. feet in thickness. The softer argillaceous bed below it varies from fifteen to fifty feet, when the second impure sandstone is reached, which has a thickness of about eight feet. The one hundred and fifty feet below this is friable, so that the construction of the escarpment is such as to keep it more or less perpendicular. The general appearance of the bluffs is closely similar to that of the Blanco beds at the typical locality one hundred and fifty miles south, at the point where the Brazos River issues from the Staked Plains inthe Blanco Canyon. In order to ascertain whether this formation is the Blanco or the Loup Fork, 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67 which it resembles, we examined the bluffs for a day and a half for fossils. They are rare in that region, but I obtained on the sec- ond day, teeth of both series of a horse, Equus cumminsii Cope, which demonstrated at once that the age is the Blanco. _Mr. Brown found camel bones which approach in dimensions those of the Blanco species, rather than those of the Loup Fork ; but the species could not be identified. On the succeeding day, we drove, thanks to Mr. R. T. Cole, ot Mobeetie, to the town of Mobeetie in Wheeler County, eighteen miles S. E. of Miami. The route takes the traveler across a part of the Staked Plains, and a considerable distance before Mobeetie is reached, ravines belonging to the drainage system of the tributaries of the Red River are passed. We examined a number of these for considerable distances without obtaining fossils. As we passed the deserted Fort Elliott, near to Mobeetie, | examined some sandy beds like those of the Upper Blanco beds, and obtained additional tooth fragments of Equus cumminsii and a second species of Equus proba- bly E. eurystylus, and fragments of teeth and other bones of unde- terminable camels. We thus determined the extension of the Blanco bed as far east as Mobeetie. The result of my observations on this, the northeastern border of the Staked Plains, is to the effect that this plateau to the north of the Red River like that part to the south of it, belongs to the Blanco de- posit, giving the latter a north and south extent of two hundred and fifty miles. It had been hitherto positively determined at the typical locality only, that distance south of Miami, on the upper waters of the Brazos. From this point to the Red River the formation appears to be continuous; and the portion north of the Red River now deseribed, not only has a close physical resemblance to the portion south of it, but contains as now appears, fossils of the same age. (See Report of the Geological Survey of Texas for 1892, tor reports by Cummins and Cope on the Blanco terrane). On our return from Texas, we stopped at Tucker, Oklahoma, near to the Cimarron River, and examined for a day the exposures and bad lands of the Upper Permian of that region. Although the ex- posures are most favorable for the exhibition of any fossils which the strata may contain, nothing of organic origin was found, Crystallized gypsum is very abundant, On reaching Kansas on our return, we stopped at Wellington and 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. examined the Plistocene sands of that locality. At the west side of the town is an abandoned sand quarry, and on the east side is a simi- lar quarry, from which the town derives its supply of building sand. We obtained from a saloon a number of fossils which were said to have been found several years previously in the west-side quarry. These consist of an almost entire mandibular arch of an adult Ele- phas primigenius with both molars in place, with several bones of probably the same animal; together with the muzzle and parts of both horns of a large bison, which differs considerably from B. lutifrons, and to which I have given the name of Bos crampianus. It is figured and described in the Journal of the Academy, Vol. LX, Part 4. I also obtained from Mr. Wheeler, owner of the east-side quarry, an entire posterior molar of Elephas primigenius of the coarse plated variety, which was taken from his pit. Hearing of remains of the Mammoth in possession of some one near to Hennessy in Central Oklahoma, we took rail forthat place. On arriving, we found that the fragments were in possession of a rancher eight miles west of that town. We visited the ranch, and found that the fragments were much broken, and included the four molar teeth of an adult Klephas primigenius of the coarse plated variety. The rancher, Mr. Painter, had in his possession a number of teeth and some bones of the limbs of a saber-tooth tiger, which he had found with those of the mammoth. Both its bones and those of the mam- moth were stained red by the coloring iron of the Permian clay, and were covered by a thin layer of it. The animals had been in some way buried in this material during the Plistocene epoch. I have described the cat under the name of Dinobastis serus in the Journal of the Academy, Vol. IX, Part 4, as it represented both a species and genus new to science. On our return northward we stopped a few days at Galena, Mis- souri, and visited the Marble cave eighteen miles east of that place, under the guidance of the proprieter, Mr. Truman Powell. I wish here to express the obligation under which Mr. Powell placed me through his hospitality and general assistance. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69 LIST OF PORT JACKSON CHITONS COLLECTED BY DR.J.C. COX, WITHA REVISION OF AUSTRALIAN ACANTHOCHITIDE. BY HENRY A. PILSBRY. The following pages contain a part of the results of the study of a collection of the Chitons of Port Jackson, New South Wales, Australia, recently made by Dr. J. C. Cox, the well-known Australian con- chologist. Dr. Cox, with great liberality, transmitted to the Academy a large number of specimens both dry and preserved in spirits, with the request that they be studied and reported on. I am therefore enabled to make a contribution toward an exact knowledge of the distribution of the Polyplacophora inhabiting the New South Wales coast, as well as to elucidate several important points relating to particular species and genera. With the exception of a few records by Mr. E. A. Smith, of Port Jackson species collected by Coppinger,’ and by Professor Haddon of those collected by the ‘‘Challenger,”* our knowledge of the Chi- ton fauna of the New South Wales coast is limited to the lists pub- lished by Mr. G. F. Angas* many years ago. At that time, the morphology of Polyplacophora was very imperfectly understood ; and consequently these admirable lists, which have been so helpful to subsequent conchologists in dealing with most families of mollusks, are almost useless in the study of Chitons, so many errors do they contain. Angas, however, found some forms in Port Jackson which subse- quent observers have not yet found, and among them several, such as Microplax Grayi, of exceptional interest to the general student on account of their peculiar and ill-understood features. To direct the attention of local malacologists to these forms, if for no other reason, it is thought expedient to quote Angas’ list of species, the modern equivalents of his names, so far as known to me, being given in another column. ' Zool. Coll. H. M. S. ‘* Alert.’’ * Challenger Reports, Vol. XVII. *Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 221, and 1871, p. 97 70 PROCEEDINGS OF ANGAS’ Port JACKSON List. Lophyrus australis ee concentricus ps glaucus AG muricatus e jugosus smaragdinus Lepidopleurus proteus ce longicvmba es ustulatus a antiquus Tonicia Carpenteri Ang. Leptochiton versicolor Onithochiton Incei es rugulosus Chiton piceus Cheetopleura rugosa Lorica cimolia ‘¢ Angasi Plaxiphora petholata Acanthochites costatus scutiger ag carinatus Microplax Grayi Cryptoplax striatus (1894, THE ACADEMY OF MopERN EQUIVALENTS. = Ischnochiton australis Sowb. =Chiton jugosus Gld. ?’=TIschnochiton lentiginosus Sowb. =Chiton muricatus A. Ad. == §°" (GoxmePils: =Ischnochiton smaragdinus Ang. __ ( Isehnochiton divergens Reeve ~ { and fruticosus Gld. =Ischnochiton Haddoni Pils. ? =Tonicia Carpenteri Ang. =Callochiton platessa Gld. =Callistochiton antiquus Rve. | | | = Onithochiton | —— UL Liolophura Gaimardi Bly. | = Lorica volvox Rve. . =Loricella Angasi H. Ad. = Plaxiphora petholata Sowb. =A. (Loboplax) costatus H. Ad. and Ang. | »__ | A. (Meturoplax) retrojectus “~~ ( Pils. or A. granostriatus Pils. | i= AY CoxmPils, =Choriplax Grayi H. Ad. & Ang. | =Cryptoplax striatus Lam. | Of the twenty-four species listed by Angas, I have not seen Lepi- dopleurus ustulatus,* Tonicia Carpenteri, Chetopleura rugosa or Micro- plax Grayi. The type of T. Carpenter who considered it a to the section Lueilina. Angas’ Carpenteri was examined by Dr. good species. It probably belongs | Chetopleura rugosa may possibly be a young Plaxiphora, but it is with hesitation I hazard any conjecture upon it. A note upon Microplax Grayi will be found in The Nauti- | lus for April, 1894, p. 139. have The other species of Angas’ list I identified with a considerable degree of certainty, having numerous specimens of all of them before me, as well as some addi- | tional forms lately discovered. The species collected by Dr. Cox are as follows :— * Ischnochiton ustulatus Rye. occurs abundantly in South Australia, but nothing I have seen from Port Jackson corresponds to this species. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 71 Family ISCHNOCHITONIDA. Genus CALLOCHITON Gray. Callochiton platessa Gould. Port Jackson. This is the Leptochiton versicolor Ad., of Angas’ list. It is a lovely shell of the most brilliant orange-red color. A larger, dark-brown species allied to this, occurs on the Tasmanian coast, Callochiton ( Trachyradsia) inornatus Ten.-Woods. Genus ISCHNOCHITON Gray. The general arrangement of the species of this genus is far from satisfactory. Former classifications have been founded too exclusively upon the girdle scales. The Australian species fall into five natural groups, or sections, which may be defined as follows :— 1. Ischnochiton s. str: type longicymba Q. & G. Intermediate valves having 1-1 slits; lateral areas radially sculptured, central areas finely granulated in quincunx, or longitudinally lirulate at the sides, with “ Vv sculpture along the ridge. Girdle scales subequal, striated. 2. Stenochiton: type juloides A. & A. Animal much elongated: intermediate valves having several slits on each side. 3. Heterozona: type cariosa Cpr. Like Jschnochiton (sensu stricto), but girdle scales minute and large, intermingled. 4. Haploplax nov.: type smaragdinus Ang. Intermediate valves having 1-1 slits; entire surface smooth except for minute granulation; girdle scales convex, smooth. or Ischnoradsia: type australis Sowb. Shell not unusually elongated; intermediate valves with several side-slits, sculpture coarse; girdle scales very convex, not striated. Ischnochiton Haddoni Pilshry. Very abundant at Port Jackson and Port Hacking. This should he compared with the type of Chiton crispus Reeve, Conch. Icon. pl. 19, fig. 120, a species I have not seen. Also with C. pallidus Reeve, /. c. pl. 16, fig. 92. It is certain that this is not Chiton longicymba Blainyille, 72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. nor is the New Zealand species described by Quoy & Gaimard the same as that of de Blainville. Ischnochiton fruticosus Gld. Abundant at Port Jackson, with the next species. This form is distinguished from J. divergens by its very much smaller girdle scales. In fruticosus the individual scales measure in width -25 mm., or four to a millimeter. In divergens they measure °40, or only two and a half to the millimeter. The difference is perfectly obvious to the naked eye. This species and the next seem to have been included by Angas under the name Lepidopleurus proteus. I believe Callistochiton Coppingeri Smith to be the young of this species. Ischnochiton divergens Reeve. Port Jackson and Port Hacking (Cox). “Reeve’s Ch. proteus, described from Neweastle, is a synonym. Ischnochiton (Ischnoradsia) australis Sowb. Port Jackson (Cox). Ischnochiton (Haploplax) smaragdinus Angas. Port Jackson (Cox). This species varies wonderfully in colora- tion. The following patterns being represented in the lot before me: (a) white or pale olive, the front and hind valves black; sometimes the fourth, fifth and seventh valves marked boldly with black. (6) Pale olive, flecked closely with olive, head and tail valves black. (c) Sky-blue, closely reticulated with olive, and in places marked with white. (d) Rich brown, speckled with olivaceous, and marked with white on valves i, iv, viii. The details are thus endlessly varied. Mr, E. A. Smith has kindly verified my determination by a comparison with Angas type of smaragdinus. I, smaragdinus picturatus var. nov. Color-scheme consisting of a wide dorsal stripe of jilac, dark blue, ochre or some combination of these or other hues; the stripe bordered with brownish, this border spreading forward on valve i, and spread- ing over most of valves ii and yi. Remainder of the side-slopes light and variegated. Girdle irregularly tessellated. This seems so well defined a pattern of coloring that I venture to give ita name. Many specimens are before me from Port Jackson. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 73 Ischnochiton (Haploplax) lentiginosus Sowb. Shell rather thin, oval, moderately elevated, carinated, the side- slopes straight. ‘Surface smooth except for slight radial riblets on the lateral areas. Ground-color orange, orange-brown, or even with an olive suffusion, coarsely spotted throughout with bright blue; the girdle olive-green, unicolored or with dusky bars. The intermediate valves are slightly concave behind, the beaks slightly projecting and interrupting the curve. Lateral areas slightly raised, marked by 4 to 6 weak, low radial riblets, obsolete in some specimens. Central areas having slight growth lines, but otherwise unsculptured except for the usual microscopic granulation of the whole surface. End valves showing traces of radial riblets toward the periphery. Posterior valve having the rather blunt mucro at the summit of the straight posterior slope, and in front of the middle. Interior roseate in the cavity, olivaceous behind the valve-callus, the sutural and insertion-plates blue-white. Sutural-laminz short, projecting less than half the length of a valve, separated by a rather narrow, hardly squared, sinus. Anterior valve having 11, inter- mediate valves 1—1, posterior 13 slits; teeth sharp, normal. Girdle clothed with densely imbricating convex, polished scales, which generally show a very minute striation under the compound microscope. The scales measure: width °28, alt. about -22 mm. ; the width of a scale is therefore contained about 33 times in a milli- meter. Length 19, breadth 10 mm.; divergence about 115°. This species was described from Newcastle, N. S. Wales. It has since been confused with J. cyaneopunctatus Krauss, a very similar species from the Cape; and its Australian habitat has been doubted. The rediscovery of the species in Australia (Port Hacking, N. 8S. Wales) by Dr. Cox is therefore of unusual interest. In some specimens there is a narrow whitish stripe on the ridge of valves iii, iv, v, vii and viii; and in some the blue spots become en- larged and diluted on valve iv, forming a pale blue or whitish varie- gation. This cannot be Chiton clypeus Blainy. (Dict. Sci. Nat., xxxvi, p. 540), which is also described as blue-spotted. Genus CALLISTOCHITON Cpr. Callistochiton antiquus Reeve. Port Jackson (Cox). Readily recognized by the very strong 6 74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. sculpture of the valves, which is not paralleled by any other small Chiton of Australian waters. Another species referred to this genus, Callistochiton Coppingeri E. A. Smith, has been described from Port Jackson. Ihave not seen the type, but I believe it to be a young, roughly sculptured Isch- nochiton fruticosus Gld. Family MOPALIID. Genus PLAXIPHORA Gray. Plaxiphora petholata Sowb. Abundant and typical at Port Jackson and Port Hacking. At the latter locality some specimens occurred having the exterior colored like P. glauca Quoy (Man. Conch., XIV, pl. 68, fig. 72), and the inside pink and white, slightly clouded with blue. I have not seen specimens of the true P. glauca, which is described as smooth outside. The valves of P. petholata are always finely corrugated. Family ACANTHOCHITIDA. But one genus of this family, Acanthochites, has been found to have representatives in Australian waters. This genus is nearly world-wide in distribution in tropical and temperate seas. The other genera of the family are local in distribution, and contain very few species. Genus ACANTHOCHITES Risso. The genus Acanthochites is one of the most difficult groups ot Chitons, partly on account of the insufficiency of the published descriptions of species, partly because the specific characters are not easy to see in the creatures themselves, especially if the external features only of the animal are studied. When the valves are removed from the girdle, a number of ex- cellent distinguishing characters are seen, enabling us to reach more satisfactory conclusions in most cases. The characters to be especially observed are :— 1. General form, etc., features of girdle, its tufts, and presence or absence of a marginal fringe of longer spicules. 2. General features and coloring of valves; shape of their posterior (sutural) margins, which may he either concave, or convex and strongly imbricating. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75 3. Degree of differentiation of dorsal areas, which may be either raised at the edges, or continuous with the side areas, and either transversely or longitudinally striated. Sculpture of side-areas, and shape of the pustules, which may be either convex or concave. The preceding features may be observed without disarticulating the specimen; the following require its dissection, which is easy enough after soaking it in warm water. 4. Shape of tegmentum of tail valve, proportion of its breadth to length, and position of mucro. 5. Shape of posterior insertion-plate of tail valve, which may be either regularly rounded or angular. Number of slits. 6. Length of front slope of tegmentum of head valve as compared with length from apex to edge of front teeth of same. The last mentioned character is a good index to the degree of im- mersion of the valves in the girdle. Of course, any of these charac- ters is subject to individual variation, but if a description is prepared noticing them all, it is extremely likely to contain something which will lead to the identification of a given specimen. In my account of this genus in the Manual of Conchology, insufficient attention was given to the features of the tail valve. The following species referable to the family Acanthochitide have been described from Australia: 1825.—Chiton polychetus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat., XXXVI, p. 552, New Holland. 1825.—Chiton roseus Blainville, t .» p- 593, New Holland. 1825.— <‘* Sueurii ce es King George Sound. 1825.— ‘ scaber es $6 cs Seas of New Holland. 1861.— Cryptoplax (Notoplax) speciosa H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. Lond., p. 385, Tasmania (Cuming); Flinder’s I. (Mil- ligan). 1864.—Hanleya variabilis H. Adams & G. F. Angas, P. Z. S. p. 194. Yorke Peninsula (Angas). 1864.— Acanthochites carinatus H. Adams & G. F. Angas, P. Z. 5 p- 194. Port Jackson (Angas). 1864. — Acanthochites costatus H. Adams & G. F. Angas, P. Z. 5 p. 194. Port Jackson (Angas). 1865.—Acanthochites scutiger A, Ad. & Rve., Angas, P. 2. Bx, D- - 188. Port Lincoln (Angas) 1882.—Acanthochites tristis Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philomath. Paris, 1881-1882, p. 194. New Holland (Dussumier). 1882. — Acanthochites turgidus Rochebrune ¢. ¢., p. 194. New Holland (Peron & Lesueur). 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 1882.—Acanthochites jucundus Rochebrune, t. ¢., p. 194. New Holland ( Belligny). 1884.—Chiton (Acanthochiton) asbestoides Cpr. MS., E. A. Smith, Zool. “Alert”? p. 83. Port Molle (Coppinger). 1894.—Acanthochites (Meturoplax) retrojectus Pilsbry, Nautilus, p. 107. Port Jackson (Cox). 1894.—Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry, Nautilus, p. 119. Port Jackson and Port Hacking (Cox). 1894.—Acanthochites Coxi Pilsbry, Nautilus, p. 119. Port Jackson (Cox). 1894.—Acanthochites Matthews Bednall & Pilsbry, Nautilus, p. 119, S. Australia (Matthews). Of these seventeen species, the four described by de Blainville have not been recognized, and without an examination of the types they cannot, in my opinion, be really known. The three species described by Dr. Rochebrune will also prove difficult to identify, although A. jucundus will probably be recognized by its peculiar coloration. Most of these species of Blainville and Rochebrune were founded upon specimens collected in the early part of the century and no locality more exact than ‘‘ New Holland”’ is stated. It must be remembered that even this vague geographical information is not to be considered conclusive. Some early voyagers have been known to get the localities of their shells mixed. The remaining species are known to be Australian; but two of them, H. carinatus and A. scutiger, must be rejected; the first be- cause the name is preoccupied by Risso (Acanthochites carinatus Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., IV, p. 169. 1826), the other because it is founded upon an incorrect identification. We have, therefore, eight recognizable species of Acanthochites from this region, if we include “ Hanleya’’ variabilis which is un- known to me autoptically. To this number, one more is herein added. The Australian Acanthochites fall into four subgenera or sections, distinguished by the following characters: a. Anterior valve haying five strong radiating ribs, lobing the periphery of the tegmentum; tail valve with several slits. Loboplax aa. Anterior valve without radial ribs, the lower margin of the tegmentum not obviously lobed 6. Valve viii having the mucro posterior, its insertion-plate 894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77 2-slit, the posterior portion strongly directed forward . Meturoplax bb. Posterior insertion-plate of valve viii spreading backward or vertical; mucro not at the posterior extremity. e. Valve viii with two slits, and a wide, shallow posterior SUNUR GE ss opie - - - . .» Acanthochites cc. Valve viii with several shts. . . . . . . Notoplax Key To AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF ACANTHOCHITES. Anterior valve having five strong radiating ribs; insertion- plate of tail valve with more than two slits. . . . costutus Anterior valve not strongly ribbed. b. Posterior insertion-plate of tail valve directed forward, two-slit. c. Posterior margins of median valves convex (or straight by erosion); side areas of valves coarsely granulose, the dorsal areas smooth, not defined, not longitudi- nally striated. Sizesmall. . . .-. . retrojectus bb. Posterior insertion-plate directed backward or vertical; - mucro not at the posterior extremity. ce Valve viii with two slits, a wide, shallow sinus between them. d. Tegmentum of valve viii less than half as wide as those of the intermediate valves; dorsal areas smoother than sides, but not defined, not longitudinally striated; posterior margins of valves very convex, broadly reflexed within; tufts dense, silvery, asbestus-like . asbestoides dd. Tegmentum of valve viii more than half as wide as those of intermediate valves; dorsal areas longitudinally striated; posterior mar- gins of valves ito vii not convex, generally concave. . e. Posterior margin of the insertion-plate of of valve viii regularly convex, not bilobed ; sides of valves with radially elongated convex pustules; interior and sutural- lamin:e roseate; tufts inconspicuous, hardly 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. longer than the harsh, stiff pile of the girdle generally . - . . =|. 2 aeGgmm ee. Posterior margin of insertion- plate of valve viii biangular; sides of valves with flat or concave pustules; tufts noticeably longer than the pile of the girdle. f. Dorsal areas smooth, with delicate longitudinal strie . . granostriatus ff. Dorsal areas strongly, deeply striated longitudinally. . . . . . Bednalli ce. Valve viii with more than two slits. d. Tegmentum of valve viii pear-shaped, longer than wide; sides of valves pustulose, dorsal area defined, smooth; tuftssubobsolete, speciosus dd.—Tegmentum of valve viii irregularly rounded; pleural tracts of valves longitudinally costate, lateral areas granulated; dorsal areas deli- cately striate longitudinally . . . Matthewsi Acanthochites (Loboplax) costatus Adams and Angas. Man. of Conch., XV, p. 40, Pl. 3, fig. 74. This species is distinguished by its strongly lobed head valve from all other known Australian Acanthochites. It is allied to A. viola- ceus of New Zealand and A. tridacna of New Caledonia. A. costa- tus has been collected by Angas at Watson’s Bay, during an un- usually low tide; also by Coppinger in Port Jackson. It has not been found there by Dr. Cox. Acanthochites (Meturoplax) retrojectus® Pilsbry. Pl. II, figs. 12, 13, 14, 15. Nautilus, vii, p. 107, January, 1894 (Preliminary description). Shell small, narrow and elongated, convex, not carinated, black or black-brown, with a whitish “V’’ or three white stripes on each valve, sometimes broadly maculated with whitish at the sides, some- times unicolored dark chestnut brown. Intermediate valves moder- ately heaked, convex behind (except valve ii, the posterior margin of whichisstraight), sculptured with comparatively coarse, rounded, scat- tered pustules, which become smaller and more crowded toward the mid- dle, and are lower and less distinct on the ridge; no areas being dis- tinctly differentiated on the valves. End valves similarly sculptured. 5In allusion to the backward thrown mucro. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79 Posterior valve small, having the mucro obtuse and_ posterior, the posterior slope short, vertical. Interior green, marked with black in the cavity. Head valve having the insertion- plate about one-third as long as the front slope of the tegmentum, with 5 small slits. Intermediate valves having very oblique plates with 1—1 minute posterior slits; posterior valve having the insertion plate short, and strongly directed forward, with a small slit on each side. Sutural laminz rather long and narrow, projecting far forward. Sinus wide, deep and square. Girdle microscopically chafly, with a series of hyaline spicules at the edge and 18 small and compact silvery tufts. Length 93, width 352 mm. (dry specimen). « 686-12, «=6** 6 ‘ (averave specimen preserved in alcohol). Abundant in Port Jackson, near Sydney (Dr. J. C. Cox!). This is a very distinct and easily recognized little species, of which Dr. Cox has collected great numbers. — It varies interminably in the color and pattern of the valves, but not much in sculpture. The subgenus which I have constituted for the reception of this one species may be defined as follows: Meturoplax, n. subg. of Acanthochites. Subg. Char.: Valves i to vii as in Acanthochites, but dorsal areas indistinctly difteren- tiated; valve viii having the mucro posterior, the insertion-plate strongly directed forward, with one slit on each side, and no sinus behind. Girdle as in Acanthochites. Type A. retrojectus. This group holds the same relation to Acanthochites that Pallochi- ton holds to Chetopleura. It is a variation distinctly in the direction of the Cryptoplacida, recalling Choneplax, and clearly showing the Acanthochitoid genesis of that family. Acanthochites (s. s/7-.) asbestoides Cpr. PI. III, figs. 16, 17, 18, 19, 20. Man. of Conch. XV, p. 17. The prominent features of this species are (1), that the dorsal ar- eas are hardly differentiated, being only somewhat smoother than the densely granulated latero-pleural areas, and totally lack longitudinal striation. (2) The posterior margins of the median valves are pro- duced fat backward in the middle, each strongly imbricating over the following valve, and inside the beak-margin is very broadly re- flexed (fig. 16). (3) The tail valve is disproportionately small (compare fig. 20 with fig. 17) and its sutural-laminze are very long. ee _ : Pe eg eh, Pega ID I Bete pe a, x Se —* i ene 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. These features, in combination with the compact, asbest us-like sutural tufts, readily distinguish the species from other known forms. A. asbestoides was collected by Coppinger at Port Molle, Queens- land. It is also in the British Museum from Flinder’s Island, Bass Strait. This last locality should be confirmed. Acanthochites Coxi® Pilsbry. Pl. III, figs. 21, 22, 23, 24, 25,26; Pl. IV, fig. 34. Nautilus VII, p. 119, Feb. 1894 (preliminary description). Shell elongated, the visible portion of the valves occupying less than one-third of the entire breadth of the animal (when preserved in alcohol). Valves grayish, somewhat mottled with olive and fleshy, the dorsal areas dark red or marked with oli- vaceous. Girdle olivaceous. Exposed portions of the intermediate valves subtriangular, slightly elevated, hardly carinated, nearly separated at the sutures by spicu- lose bridges of the girdle. Dorsal areas,wedge-shaped, convex, dis- tinctly differentiated from the pleura but not elevated at the sides, sculptured with fine longitudinal striz. Latero-pleural areas having the diagonal rib indicated by a low rounded convexity, and sculptured throughout with convex pustules elongated in a radial direction (fig. 21). Anterior valve having five low riblets indicated, each produced at the lower edge in a slight lobe. Posterior valve (PI. III, figs. 22-25) having the tegmentum subcireular, a trifle wider than long, the mucro rather elevated and acute, behind the middle. Interior rose colored. Anterior valve with the insertion-plate more than half as long as the front slope of tegmentum, pink, with five deep slits; intermediate valves having 1-1 slits, and a ridve running upward from the slits, as though the anterior edge of the posterior tooth projected over the posterior edge of the anterior tooth. Posterior valve having the insertion-plate subvertical behind, and slightly waved up between the two slits; its posterior contour conyex. Sutural laminz large, rounded; sinus angular. Girdle fleshy, densely clothed with short hyaline spinelets, the tufts being represented by inconspicuous clumps of somewhat longer spines. Gills three-fourths the length of the foot. Length 25, breadth 13 mm. (alcoholic specimen ). ®Named in honor of Dr. J. C. Cox, of Sydney, N.S. W. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81 Port Hacking, N.S. Wales (Dr. J. C. Cox). This species differs from A. granostriatus in the inconspicuous tufts, obvious though low diagonal ribs, convex pustules, rounded contour of the insertion-plate of the tail valve, ete. Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry. Pl. II, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6: Pl. IV, Newilins VII, p. 119. Feb. 1894. Shell rather elongated. Exposed portion of valves occupying about one-third to one-half the total width (in dried specimens). Valves moderately elevated and obtusely keeled, the ridge indis- tinetly clouded with whitish, orwnge and blackish; sides mottled in indistinct and varying pattern with olive and white. Girdle oliva- ceous, tufts silvery stained with blue or dirty olive. Intermediate valves having the exposed portions broadly wedge- shaped, truncated in front, decidedly imbricating. Dorsal area of each valve wedge-shaped, rather wide, convex, distinctly differentiated from the pleural areas, but not raised at the sides, sculptured with numerous rather weak longitudinal striz: and crossed by slight growth-lines. Latero-pleural areas having no trace of a diagonal rib, sculptured with elongated, concave or flat pustules, arranged radially, and connected by opaque lines giving the appearance of radial striz. Anterior valve with very slight indications of three or five low rounded radial ribs. Posterior valve having the tegmen- tum subcirecular, the mucro rather acute and elevated, situated at the posterior third (Pl. II, figs. 2-5). Interior of valves pink, becoming salmon colored posteriorly, stained with dark in the middle of the cavity, where there is a dis- tinctly porous longitudinal band. Sinus moderately deep, squared and minutely crenulated. Posterior valve triangular, having an up- ward wave in the straight posterior margin, the postero-lateral mar- gins concaye. Girdle clothed with short, greenish spicules and having eighteen conspicuous bluish or silvery tufts. Length 9, breadth 33 mm. (dried specimen ). Length 10, breadth 7 mm. (alcoholic specimen). Port Jackson and Port Hacking, N.S. Wales (Dr. J. C. Cox !). Acanthochites Bednalli Pilsbry. PI. II, figs. 7,8, 9, 10, 11. Shell oblong, moderately elevated, carinated, the side-slopes 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. straight. Color of valves light creamy-gray, sparsely maculated with dingy brown and white, usually showing some indistinct olive stains on some valves. Girdle gray, with conspicuous silky, silvery tufts. ‘The posterior (sutural) margins of the valves are nearly straight, the small beaks slightly projecting along the middle line. The teg- mentum of each intermediate valve is divided into a distinct but not sharply defined triangular dorsal area, which is longitudinally marked by 15-20 deeply cut strie, and two subequilateral triangular side areas, which bear concave or flat topped ovate pustules, rather irregularly arranged. ‘Che anterior valve is similarly sculptured; and has several indistinct radial elevations; the front slope of its teg- mentum is nearly double the length of the anterior teeth. The pos- terior valve has a rounded-hexagonal tegmentum which is somewhat broader than long, with the mucro between the posterior third and fourth of its length; behind the mucro sloping outward. Interior tinged with rose in the middle andsomewhat porous there, the teeth and sutural plates bluish or greenish; valve-callus strong; reflexed border of tegmentum very narrow. Anterior valve with five, intermediate valves 1-1 slits; posterior valve (PI. II, figs. 8-10) having a distinctly biangular, bilobed contour behind; the pos- terior median portion straight, latero-posterior sides concave behind the two narrow slits. Sinus wide and angular in all the valves. Girdle wide, densely clothed with short, gray-brown spicules, and having nine large tufts of long, silvery spicules on each side. Length about 13, breadth 63 mm. (dried specimen). Habitat: Western Shore of St. Vincent Gulf, S. Australia (W. T. Bednall). This species is closely allied to A. granostriatus, but the valves are more solid; the dorsal areas are much more deeply striated longi- tudinally; that of valve viii is largely broken into granules. The sutural lamin in A. bednalli are greenish; the pustules of the side- ireas are somewhat larger and rather less regularly arranged in longitudinal series. The profile of valve viii is not notably different in the two species, but the muero of A. granostriatus is rather more posterior. A. Bednalli ditiers from A. Coxi in having much more conspicuous and silky sutural tufts, in the color of the interior and sutural Jamin:e, in the flat pustules, and in lacking the curved dia- ae 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85 gonal rib which in Cozi extends from the apex of each median valve to its lateral slits. Acanthochites (Notoplax) speciosus H. Ad. Pl. IV, figs. 31, 32, 33. Man. of Conch., XV, p. 32, Pl. 1, figs. 23-26 (drawn from type). This peculiar species may instantly be known by the wide, Crypto- plax-like girdle, densely clothed with minute spines which are thick and blunt for an Acanthochites, and haying inconspicuous sutural tufts, not longer than the surrounding pile, but composed of finer, whiter spicules. The tegmentum of each intermediate valve is tri- angular, the girdle tissue forming spiculose bridges at the sutures. The dorsal areas are sharply defined, convex, and arcuately striated by growth-lines, but show no longitudinal strive. The latero-pleu- ral areas have round concaye-topped pustules. Other notable fea- tures are found in the tail-valve, which is very high, with vertical posterior insertion-plate, and pear-shaped tegmentum. The sutural laminz and insertion-plates are radially striated, and the posterior valve has several slits, besides the usual pair. The tegmentum of the head-valve is small, extending hardly half the length of the front slope of the valve. The figures are drawn from a specimen from St. Vincent Gulf, furnished by Mr. W. T. Bednall. It has been known hitherto from Tasmania (Cuming coll.) and Flinder’s Island (Jos. Milligan). Acanthochites (Notoplax?) Matthewsi Bednall and Pilsbry. Pl. IY, figs. 27, 28, 29, 30. Nautilus VIT, p, 120, Feb. 1894. Shell elongated, narrow, moderately elevated and carinated, the side-slopes straight. Valves of a delicate flesh tint, each having several concentric, forward-converging, zigzag bands of olive-brown. Girdle hoary, with white sutural pores. Valves i to vii have the posterior (sutural) margins concave, the small beaks slightly projecting. Dorsal areas narrow, very convex, but not raised at the edges, delicately striated longitudinally. Side areas divided into pleural and lateral tracts by a small curyed dia- gonal riblet; the pleural tracts sculptured with longitudinal riblets (about fifteen on each side), flattened and faintly crenulated; as they crosé the diagonal rib these riblets bend abruptly upward, passing obliquely across the lateral areas, upon which they are more distinctly crenulated or broken into pustules, especially near the beak of each valve. Anterior valve having five low radial elevations, 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. pinnately corrugated, the lower margin of the tegmentum feebly angulated by them. Posterior valve having a large, irregularly rounded tegmentum, ribbed in front, granulated behind; muero at the posterior fourth of tegmentum, decurved and hooked, the slope be- hind it concave. Interior white, with bluish maculze at sinus and bases of the sutural lamine. Anterior valve with five, intermediate valves 1—1 slits; posterior valye having the posterior insertion-plate flaring backward and outward, with one strong slit on each side and several (two or three) between them. Sinus rather wide. Girdle narrow, densely clothed with minute spicules, and having rather jarge bunches of very short white spicules at the sutures. Length 26, breadth 8 mm. (dried specimen). Habitat: South Australia (E. H. Matthews !) The sculpture of this species is extremely peculiar, and totally dif- ferent from that of any previously known member of the family Acanthochitide. The coloring is also markedly distinct. The type was sent me by Mr. W. T. Bednall of Adelaide, South Australia, who suggested the specific name employed above. Although techni- cally a Notoplax in its multifissate tail valve, this species is very un- like A. speciosus, the type of that group. Acanthochites (Notoplax ?) variabilis. Hanleya variabilis H. Ad. and C. F. Ang., P. Z. S., 1864, p. 194; Angas, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 188. Shell oblong, whitish, variegated with blackish-brown. Valves broad, carinated; dorsal areas longitudinally densely costate, the ribs closely pustulose; lateral areas but slightly elevated, trans- versely undulately costate, the costz closely pustulose. Girdle hay- ing short white corneous spicules at the margin, and bunches of pale spicules. Length 16, breadth 10 mm. Habitat: Yorke Peninsula, under stones at low water ( Angas). The above translation of the original description is given for com- parison with that of A. Matthewsi. This species is otherwise un- known to me, and may prove to belong to some other group. It is evidently distinct from A. Muatthewsi, the proportions of breadth to length in the two being so different as to preclude the suspicion of identity which I at first entertained. 2) | 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Family CRYPTOPLACID. Genus CRYPTOPLAX Blainville. Cryptoplax striatus Lamarck. Abundant in Port Jackson. The large series of admirably preserved specimens submitted by Dr. Cox shows conclusively the uncertainty and variability of the pore bunches. In some individuals they are all developed; in others most of them are certainly absent, the minutest scrutiny of the sur- face showing no trace of pores or their spicules. Family CHITONID. Genus CHITON Linné. Chiton pelliserpentis Q. & G. Port Jackson (Cox). Iam quite unable to detect any difference between the excellent, fresh specimens sent by Dr. Cox and the New Zealand specimens from Auckland. This is the only species of the order known to me to be common to New Zealand and Australia, Chiton muricatus A. Ad The central areas have a ribless triangle in the middle; the pleura have about 10 narrow riblets on each side in front of the diagonal rib, but not extending forward to the anterior margin of the valve. The most prominent feature of this species is the peculiar sharp- pointed girdle scales, a character unique in this genus. This species was described from Sydney. Dr. Cox obtained specimens in Port Jackson showing great variation in color. Angas found it at Port Lincoln. ; Chiton jugosus (ld. A beautiful species abundant in Port Jackson. Chiton Coxi n. sp. Shell oblong, strongly elevated, carinated, the side slopes straight, Plewra longitudinally grooved in front of the diagonal, the surface elsewhere smooth. Color delicate bluish, mottled or blotched with olive-brown, yellow and white. Girdle a delicate blue-green, with narrow white bars. Intermediate valves moderately beaked; /aterul areas smooth and well raised; central areas haying a large smooth triangle in the 86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. (1894. middle; the pleura sculptured with deep narrow grooves, separated by intervals about double their width, and extending but a short distance forward from the diagonal line, except that the outer three or four grooves extend to the anterior edge of the tegmentum. About 9 or 10 grooves may be counted on each side of a valve. Anterior valve much larger than the posterior, unsculptured. Posterior valve hav- ing the mucro acute, about central, distinctly projecting; the posterior slope concave. Interior bluish or creamy white; sinus notched at the sides, deli- cately denticulate. Anterior valve having 8, intermediate valves 1-1, posterior valve 12 slits; teeth pectinated outside and on the edge. Girdle rather wide, densely clothed with imbricating, convex, shining scales which are densely and most minutely striated, have the usual low rounded outlines, and measure in breadth -30 mm. Length 13, breadth 73 mm.; divergence 90° to 110°. Port Jackson (Dr. J. C. Cox). This is probably the Lophyrus jugosus of Angas, P. Z. 8., 1867, p- 222. It is allied to CL jugosus Gld. but differs totally in color-pattern. The girdle scales are smailer than in a specimen of jugosus of the same size; the grooves in front of the diagonal line are narrower, with wider interspaces, ete. Genus LORICELLA Pilsbry. This name was proposed originally as a section of Lorica, At that time I had seen no specimens of L. Angasi, its type. Several alco- holic examples are now before me, showing features not before noticed, which are undoubtedly of generic importance. The group may be characterized as follows: Gen. chaur.: Valves entirely exposed, the front one very large, having numerous unequal, conspicuously pectinated teeth; median valves squared, haying a narrow bi-lobed sinus, slits 1-1; posterior valve small, with posterior mucro, the insertion-plate reduced to a low ridge, nearly smooth and interrupted by a slight sinus behind. Girdle widest in front, having a small slit behind; densely covered with minute elongated granules and bearing long, branching bristles arranged in radial series. In short, Loricella has the general features of Lorica, plus girdle Te 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87 hairs, and with the girdle and tail-valve shaped like those of Plaei- phorella. The hairs of the girdle branch, somewhat as in Mopalia ciliata. There is no trace of eyes or eye-pits upon the valves; but the genus has doubtless descended from a form haying eyes, and its position in the general system will not differ from that assigned in my mono- graph of the Polyplacophora. Loricella Angasi Ad. Port Jackson, seyeral specimens collected by Dr. Cox. It oceurs alsoin South Australia. The largest specimen I have seen is one sent by Mr. Bednall of Adelaide. The presence of hairs upon a girdle with a dense covering of scales is an extremely rare if not unparalleled combination of characters. Genus LIOLOPHURA Pilsbry. Liolophura Gaimardi Blainy. 1825.—Chiton Gaimardi Bly., Dict. Se. Nat., xxxvi, p. 546. 1846.—Chiton incanus Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., ii, p. 145. 1867.—Chiton piceus Angas, P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 223. Not of Gmel. 1874.—Chiton picens Tap. Can., Viag. ‘Magenta,’ p. 77. 1893.—Liolophura Gaimardi Pils., Man. of Conch., xiy, p. 240. Collected abundantly at Port Jackson and Port Hacking by Dr. Cox. This species has been confused by writers with Acantho- pleura. ‘The latter genus is found in Australia only along the coast of tropical Queensland. Three species of the genus Liolophura are now known from Australia: LZ. Gaimardi, inhabiting the coast of New South Wales, with a variety in Queensland; LZ. georgiana Q. and G., described from King George Sound, S. W. Australia, and L. curtisiana Smith, from Port Curtis, Queensland. I have not seen the last- named species. L. Gaimardi queenslandica n. var. Valves similar in form and coloring to those of JZ. Gaimardi; girdle covered with black spines, which are somewhat more slender than in Gaimardi. Length 50, breadth 31 mm. (dry specimen). Larger than any of the typical form seen, and distinguished by the uniform biack color of the girdle. Type is No. 64,855 of the 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Academy collection, taken by Dr. Cox at Bundaburg, Queens- land. Genus ONITHOCHITON Gray. Two species or at least forms of this genus are represented in the collections made by Dr. Cox at Port Jackson and Port Hacking. The relations of O. Lyellii Sowb., quercinus Gld. and rugulosus Ang. are peculiarly perplexing, and more material than is before me is required for a satisfactory revision of the group. 0. rugulosus Angas. Port Jackson and Port Hacking, (Cox!). In this form the lateral areas are transversely rugose, and the pleura have fine, close irregu- lar riblets, converging toward the ridge. 0, quercinus Gould. Port Jackson (Cox!). I take this to be the form haying the central areas nearly smooth, with some riblets toward the outer edges of the pleura. Probably intergrades with the preceding. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE Lf, Fics. 1 to 6. Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry. Fic. 1. Dorsal view of valve vii. Fie. 2. Dorsal view of valve viii, sutural laminze broken. Fic. 3. Ventral view of valve viii, sutural laminz broken. Fie. 4. Posterior view of valve viii. Fic. 5. Lateral view (profile) of valve viii. Fic. 6. Sculpture of the middle of side area of an intermediate valve, x 22. Fics. 7 to 11. Acanthochites Bednalli Pilsbry. Fic. 7. Dorsal view of valve vii. Fic. Fic, 9%. Posterior view of valve viii. Fic. 10. Lateral view of valve viii. Fic. 11. Sculpture of side area, x 22. Fras. 12 to 15. Acanthochites retrojectus Pilsbry. Fic. 12. Dorsal view of an intermediate valve. PL Dorsal view of valve viil. 1894. ] Fic. Fic. Fia. Frias. Fia. Fig. Fic. Fic. Fic. Fras. Fig. Fie. Fie. Fia. Fia. Fic. Fias. Fig. Fia. Fic, Fic. Fras. Fic. Fic. Fia. Fic. Fic. Fic. 13. 14. 15. 16 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89 Dorsal view of valve viii. Lateral view of valve viii. Ventral view of valve viii. PiLate ITI, to 20. Acanthochites asbestoides Carpenter. Ventral view of valve vi. Dorsal view (outline) of valve vi. Lateral view of valve viii. Ventral view of valve vill. Dorsal view of valve viii. to 26. Acanthochites Coxi Pilsbry. Sculpture from middle of a side-area, x 22. Posterior view of valve viii. Lateral view of valve viii. Dorsal view of valve viii. Ventral view of valve vill. Dorsal view of valve vii. PLATE IV. 27 to 30. Acanthochites Matthewsi Bednall and Pilsbry. 27. Dorsal view of valve vii. Dorsal view of valve viii. Lateral view of valve viii. Dorsal view of entire animal, natural size. to 33. Acanthochites speciosus H. Adams. Dorsal view of valve viii. Lateral view of valve viii. Posterior view of valve viii. Acanthochites Coxi Pilsbry: dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. Acanthochites retrojectus Pilsbry: dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. Acanthochites granostriatus Pilsbry: dorsal view of an alcoholic specimen, natural size. 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. TANAIS ROBUSTUS, A NEW SPECIES OF ANISOPODA. BY H. F. MOORE. In August, 1892, the collectors of the Marine Biological Labora- tory of the University of Pennsylvania, at Sea Isle City, N. J., brought in a large logger-head turtle, Thalassochelys caretta. Examination showed its carapace to be burdened with a miscel- laneous collection of invertebrata, including Polyzoa, Anellida, Cir- ripedea, Pyenogonidia, Caprellidae and a single species of Anisopoda. The latter, which has apparently heretofore escaped notice, was found in numbers inhabiting minute tubes in the crevices between the scales of the turtle’s carapace. When unmolested, these little crustaceans could be seen crawling carefully about among their fel- low voyagers or lying at the mouths of their domiciles with only the head and chelze projecting ; when disturbed they promptly retreated out of sight. I am unaware of any other species of the family Tanaidze occupying a similar position. Though differing in some slight particulars from the genus Tanais as re-constituted by Sars, the sum of its characters evidently places it in that genus and I propose for it the name Tanais robustus. It is quite robust for the family, being less than 32 times as long as broad. The carapace, which is the broadest portion of the body, is terminated anteriorly by a minute rostrum, whilst its posterior border is somewhat concave in the middle line. In front of the origin of the great gnathopods the lateral outline is strongly concave, but op- posite the bases of these limbs it becomes swollen. When viewed dorsally, the carapace appears, in general figure, top-shaped. Two grooves, one on each side, indicate upon the dorsal surface the inner boundary of the branchial chamber. Behind the carapace the breadth of the body becomes gradually less with each successive seg- ment. The fourth free segment of the perzeon is the longest, slightly exceeding the third, which is in turn longer than the fifth. The pleon is composed of six distinet segments, of which the fourth and fifth are much shorter than the others and the sixth is terminated, posteriorly, by a blunt median projection. The body is constricted at the joints and the segmentation is distinctly marked. The dorsal surface is furnished, laterally, with a few sets, which on the first and adieadee ty. «. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 91 second segments of the pleon form a short row on each side, but never form a transverse band crossing the segment. The eyes and eye-lobes are large, the latter being let into deep re- cesses in the anterior lateral portion of the carapace. The antennule consist of three joints, of which the basal one is somewhat longer than the other twocombined. A small knob (rudi- mentary flagellum) terminates each. In the male the antennule usually about equal in length the carapace with the first free segment, but are sometimes considerably longer. In the female they are about equal to the carapace alone. The antennze lie close beneath the antennulz, by which they are slightly exceeded in length in both male and female. They are five- jointed, the fourth joint being the longest, slightly exceeding the sec- ond; the fifth, third and first following in the order named, the last mentioned being very short. Each antenna is terminated by a densely setiferous rudimentary flagellum considerably longer than that of the antennules and sometimes imperfectly articulated, The mandibles are of the usual form, curved inwards at the tip where each bears a pairof horny teeth, shaped like the limbs of the letter U. Proximad of the middle, a stout transverse column passes mediad bearing at its end an oval molar plate traversed by a series of parallel ridges with deep grooves between. Under a high power each ridge appears to be broken up by shallow indentations into a series of rounded teeth. The first maxillae consist of a stout forwardly directed column and a posteriorly directed palpus, bearing at its end a brush of seven or eight long sete. The anterior ramus is stout and curved towards the median line, bearing at its tip a group of about eight stout, curved spines, each with two series of fine, apically directed, denticuli. A brush of stiff setze lies near the base, and laterad of, the spines. A smaller group of spines lie on one face near the tip; these are not denticulate and lack the brown color of those in the apical group. The maxillipeds are adherent basally by means of short, stout hooks. The basal joints are prolonged on their anterior or oral aspects into plate-like processes, which are coupled together in the median line. Each basal joint bears a flattened palpus, consisting of four joints, the terminal three being furnished with long sete. The distal joint is strongly flexed on the penultimate. A somewhat falciform 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. branchial epipod is attached to the maxilliped at its base, by means of a slender stalk. The first gnathopods are strongly chelate in both sexes, but especially so in the males. The “thumb” of the propodite is ter- minated by a horny tooth and external to and just within this is a sharp-edged tubercle; the tooth of the dactylopodite bites between these two. Figs. 6 and 6a, Plate V, show the gnathopods of male and female side by side and give a better idea of their appearance than can be gained from a description. The limbs of the first free segment of the person are long and slender, their terminal claws being but slightly curved. The two succeeding pairs are stouter, with the dactylopodite and claw shorter than in the first pair. The last three pairs are still stouter, the dactylopodite bears a strongly hooked claw with a comb- like series of minute curved teeth on each side and the distal end of the propodite bears a row of stout setze. All the limbs except those of the first free segment have the distal end of the carpopodite crowned with a few stout-spines, some bifid, others serrulate. Only the anterior three segments of the pleon bear limbs (pleo- pods). Hach of these consists of a flat basal piece (protopodite) to which are attached two one-jointed blades furnished, on their outer edges, with long pinnate setze, the exopodite bearing about 35, the endopodite about 15. Both protopodite and endopodite bear a single stout seta on their inner edge. The last segment bears a pair of four-jointed setose limbs (uro- pods), the segments of which are cylindrical and increase in length from base to tip. The marsupia of the female are thin walled pouches attached to the ventral wall of the sixth thoracic segment (fourth free seg- ment), They increase in size with the development of the eggs and in some specimens extend over segments five and seven, to which, however, they are not attached. The largest specimens collected measure from rostrum to tip of pleon 4°7 mm. and in width 1:4 mm. The ground color in alcoholic specimens is pale yellow. Upon the carapace this is heavily mottled with brownish pigment, excepting over about thirty elliptical and sub-elliptical areolze symmetrically arranged towards the middle line. The dorsal surfaces of the chelzearesimilarly marked. The portion of a ad 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93 the body and the limbs behind the carapace are much paler, being usually concealed in the tubular dwelling. Nine species of Tanaidze have been previously recorded from the western shores of the North Atlantic, namely Tanais vittatus Rathke. T. hirsutus Beddard. Leptochelia Savignyi Kréyer=(L. algicola Harger @ ). L. dubia=(L. algicola Harger @ ). L. rapax Harger. ?) fil imps arger. Hi a ae i 4 = - r ‘ Sa rs. Leptognathia coca (Harger) Sars. Neotanais americana Beddard. Tanais vittatus, L. Savignyi (?) and L. dubia (?) have been taken at Great Eee Harbor Bay, New Jersey. T. hirsutus was dredged by the ‘‘Challenger’’ in 50 to 150 fathoms off Prince Edward Island. Neotanais americana was dredged by the ‘‘Challenger’’ in 1,250 fathoms about 200 miles southeast of New York, H. limicola, L. coca and all the species of Leptochelia enumerated have been taken on the New England coast. The genus Taunais may be distinguished from all others by the pos- session of one-branched uropods, pleopods on the first three segments only of the pleon and incubatory sacs at bases of the fifth pair of limbs. Sars in his re-definition of the genus says, ‘‘uropoda brevia, simplicia, ramo singulo bi-vel tri-articulato.’’ His figure of T. cavolinii possesses four joints, though Milne Edward’s figure has but three. Tanais (Zeuxo) Westwoodiana has six joints, T. hirsutus has twelve and 7. nove zealandae has five, one more than the species just described. 1’. robustus differs from T. vittatus, the only other New Jersey member of the genus, by its greater robustness and tapering body, by the possession of one more joint in the pleon and in the absence of setiferous bands crossing the first two segments of the pleon. In the foregoing reference is made to the following papers : Beddard, F. E. ‘‘ Challenger” Reports. Isopoda—1&86. Harger, O. Report on the Marine Isopoda of New England and Adjacent Waters. Report of U. S. Fish Commission, 1878. Norman, A. M. and Stebbing, T. R. R. On the Crustacea Iso- poda of the ‘‘ Lightning,” “Porcupine” and “ Valorous’’ Expe- ditions. Transactions Zodlogical Society of London, 1586. 94 PROECEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Sars, G. O. Revision der Gruppen; Isopoda Chelifera. Arch. f. Mathematik, Vol. VII. Stebbing, T. R. R. A History of Crustacea. New York, 1893. DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male. Fig. 2. Antenna of male. Fig. 3. Mandible. 3a a portion of molar surface in section, Fig. 4. First maxilla with its backwardly directed palp ter- minated by long setze. 4a, apical portion of maxilla, showing the — apical and sub-apical groups of spines and the auxiliary brush of stiff bristles. Fig. 5. Maxilliped. Fig. 6. First gnathopod of male; 6a of female. The basal joint is not shown. Fig. 7. Limb of first free thoracic segment. Fig. 8. Last thoracic limb. Fig. 9. Pleopod. Fig. 10. Uropod. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95 Marcu 6. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Thirty-four persons present. A paper entitled “Some volcanic products from the Hawaiian Is- lands,’ by E. Goldsmith, was presented for publication. Marcu 13. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. Wistar, in the chair. Marcu 20. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the chair. Forty-three persons present. Marcu 27. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the chair. Thirty-three persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ Description of a new Armadillo with remarks on the Genus Muletia,’’ by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication. . Theodore N. Ely and Dr. Gustavo Niederlein were elected mem- bers. The following were ordered to be printed :— 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. RE-EXPLORATION OF HARTMAN’S CAVE, NEAR STROUDSBURG, PENN- SYLVANIA, IN 1893. BY H. C. MERCER. Rumor had reported the existence of a cave in Monroe County, Pennsylvania, which Mr. T. Dunkin Paret after some searching discovered in 1880 on the top of a hill overhanging Cherry Creek, “ re ans ” a INE En Sy iA . Rai, 1% WAC AE Ler rpc Fic. 1. Entrance to Hartman’s Cave. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 97 about four miles from Stroudsburg. Eight hundred feet above and five miles west of the Delaware River, with its nearest drinking water, the creek, one-fourth of a mile down the steep, and eight or nine miles north of the glacial moraine, the damp, chilly hole seemed hardly a good lair for beasts, much less a shelter for men. Original discoveries of Mr. Paret—When Mr. Paret had removed the debris which choked its broad arch, Fig. 1, so that a man could scarcely wriggle like a snake 150 feet in, he encountered traces of men and animals in a top layer of limestone roof-splinters and down-slidden outer talus thinning inward into less stony cave earth. All this relic-bearing material lay upon a bed of clay of unprobed depth which appeared to. over- spread the whole cave bottom, and it was always above this clay and never in it, that Mr. Paret’s workmen found (often in his absence, for business prevented his continued supervision) the speci- mens collected : the thin chipped blade of argillite (fifty feet in to the extreme right; depth not stated, the four bone awls; the pots- herd, (outside the entrance on a ledge) ; the bone fish-hook, needle and harpoon;' along with remains of the lynx, gray fox, wolf, skunk, 1T have just recieved the following interesting letter from Mr. Paret: Stroudsburg, Pa., March 25, 1894. DEAR SIR: Yours of 10th at hand and Iam obliged for your letter and for your slip as to the cave discussion at the Academy of Nat. Sciences. Have you had the clay examined microscopically ? If not, it might be advisable. Something might be learned as to its origin. The potsherd was not dug out. It was not found by my men, but a visitor who picked it up from the surface, from that shelf of rock, away up on the right, (as you face the cave) where I anda man worked a little while you were there. It was outside of the cave entirely, on a rock shelf, at foot of cliff, away above the cave level. The shell has a curious history: One of my men brought ittome Histwo boys got into a quarrel at home, he interfered and found they were disputing for the shell. He asked where it came from and they said, from the cave; so he took it away from them. He told me it was full of clay and that he washed it out. He is a man in whom I have implicit trust. The argillite blade and peccary jaws were found about same time and place—about 50 feet inside of cave, on extreme right. The fish-hook was found on same side, but not so far in. I do not think there is anything to prove how old the horse tooth is. The one striking fact to me is that no stone tool has been found at any depth or dug out. The potsherd was on bare rock. The arrowhead I found was in earth on a flat rock—only a few inches covered and a few inches of earth below. But the bone tools were all dug from below the surface. Boys talk is that many stone tools used to be picked up on the rock shelves inside of the cave. Why were none found in the soil as those of bone were ? I feel sure that if stone was in free use when the bone was, some would have been found with the bone. . . . I am firm in my belief that your trench is of small Value till a mach longer one is extended at right angles outwards. 1 also believe that if all the debris in front of cave was removed much more might be found. Your trench simply proved that no human or animal remains were contained in a cross cut of that length and narrow width. ‘There is room outside it for many hearths at various levels. . Yours truly, T. DUNKIN PARET. 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. weasel, raccoon, mole, dusky rat, little brown bat, woodchuck, por- cupine, beaver, muskrat, gray squirrel, ground squirrel, meadow mouse, white field mouse, wood rat, gray rabbit, deer, elk, wild turkey, turtle, box turtle, snapper, snake, three species of Helix, a Unio and a Margaratina, besides (to make the discovery par- ticularly noteworthy) the following remarkable objects: (1) A perforated marine shell’ bead made from the Conus tornatus, alleged by a farmer to have been brought from the cave trench by his lit- tle sons, which, on the authority of Mr. Geo. W. Tryon in 1880, and Mr. Pilsbry in 1894, belongs to the Pacific Coast mollusca of Central America and which therefore suggests the whole question of aborigi- nal trade and the query whether the cave occupants had really ob- tained a shell from somewhere nearly two thousand miles away. (2) Several teeth of the reindeer (Rangifer caribou) which seem to infer a colder climate. (3) A tooth of Bison americanus asks us to account for the presence of this browsing animal of the Mississippi Plains in the easternmost mountain steeps of the great forest. (4) The jaws and teeth of the extinct peccary, Dycotyles Pennsyl- vanicus, which with (5) the teeth of the extinct giant chinchilla, Cas- toroides ohioensis, suggest antiquity, though we cannot yet prove that these animals became extinct in Pennsylvania more than 300 years ago. (6) Two teeth of a horse, discovered at a point and depth not noted, which Dr. Leidy (who visited the cave in 1880 and identified all the bones then found by Mr. Paret, see Ann. Report of Geolog. Surv. of Pennsylvania, 1887, p.1—20) says belong to an indigenous species. If this be so it may well set us to wondering what aborigines on the hilly upper Delaware were doing with horses before the time of Co- lumbus. 2Mr. Paret has not understood that my cross trench in the outer talus (see Fig. 2) contained both human and animal remains, in fact revealed a layer of Indian occupancy, 1 foot thick and 1 1-2 to 2 feet below the surface. This layer must once have continued into the cave and the only question is was it the only layer in the cave or were there other layersunder it which I did not find outside ? Why, asks Mr. Paret, were no stone tools found underground (if the knife is an executor) by Mr. Paret’smen? There isnothing un-Indian about the bone tools ound. I should answer: because the men had missed seeing the few small, dull look- ing objects that would have told the tale. The single barbed bone arrow or spear is common to Eskimo and Indian, and there is, I believe, nothing un-Indian about any of the bone tools discovered. o- : =e 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99 Neither Dr. Leidy nor Mr. Paret has asserted that the human remains of this second known cave of importance in the Delaware Valley were those of Indians or any other people definitely named, or that the bones, often rodent-gnawed, and the scanty human refuse belong to one and the same period of occupancy, so it seemed worth while for the sake of the buried human story of the Delaware Valley to go back to the cave in October 1895, and study what might be left of the original layers to determine if possible: (a) Whether the animal and human remains were contemporane- ous. (b) Whether the human remains were Indian remains. (c) Whether the human remains were of geologically ancient or modern date. Present Condition of the Cave-—Mr. Paret showed me the cave on the hill top October 17, 1893. Nearly all the upper stratification had been shovelled out until one could walk in under the broad, chilly arch for 117 feet, 6 inches. But as the unfathomed clay remained underfoot from end to end and fringes of the original debris lay along the right and left walls just inside the entrance, and as the talus heap outside had only been trenched through the middle to clear an ingress and so showed eae” Ste we Seen} _— le ae Cig es Cet ~~ 2 —d ch %i-7, 7 rf 2 —— — rs te ————e Q a =, == — 4 =A ay, See ae Fig. 2 its original stratification when its edges were pared down (Fig. 2, ce. a.e.), there seemed some chance of recovering the lost threads of the story. The Contemporaneity. of Human and Animal Remains.— Two men shovelling five days in the inner clay and slicing the 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. outer talus, our examination of the remaining small fringes of debris brought us to the first question : Were the animal and human remains contemporaneous? If they were not, no matter what the bison, horse, chinchilla and reindeer meant in the cave, their bones told us little of the date of Man’s visit, and their discovery formed no interesting link between archeology and paleontology. Our trench 40 feet in from the en- trance, 3 teet, 8 inches wide, and 22 feet, 3 inches long, dug for possible hidden layers and bottom, at right angles across the cave floor showed a continuous homogeneous bed of exquisitely fine clay, deposited in thin lamin rarely sprinkled with sand pockets and underlaid with a film of sand resting on an uneven limestone floor at 5 feet, 11 inches; 10 feet, 7 inches; 11 feet, 6 inches and 14 feet, 1 inch. As no sign of life, no interrupting layer from top to bottom wasapparent, it seemed thatit could be relieved of all connection with Mr. Paret’s discoveries. The animal remains and human refuse must have all belonged to the debris and cave earth above it, and it only remained to be asked before we were done with this all import- ant test of stratification whether Mr. Paret’s relic- bearing upper de- posit of roof slivers, rotten leaves, human relics, bones, charcoal and ashes, gathered dust and inrolled talus consisted of one layer homo- geneous throughout, telling of one uninterrupted time of occupation, — or of several layers differing in character, separated by interplaced bands proving time intervals between the visits of Man and beast. The trouble was that nearly all this cave floor material had been dug away and all we had to guide us was what was left of it, its outer end so to speak, in the talus. But when we cut into this talus just out- side the entrance we did what we would have done had we explored the cave at the start, and when we found a thin layer of human occu- pancy in it 1 foot thick and 12 to 2 feet below its surface we inferred that this human layer was but a continuation of the lost human layer inside the cave. Yet as the conditions for soil formation outside probably differed from those inside the cave, and as we only penetra- ted 10 to 12 feet into the outer talus without reaching the clay or its * equivalent that should have been below it, there was a chance that our talus was not a fair end slice of the cave, and that there might have been several human layers inside against the single one in the talus outside. Too much critical ground had been lost and we had to be satisfied 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101 with the rediscovery of one human layer at least, which we had a right to call either the single layer or the uppermost of a series of layers originally found in the cave. To its date or to a later time evidently belonged the bones which Professor Cope, who has assisted me in this work, has kindly identified of the turkey, chipmunk, cat squirrel, marmot, smaller vole, larger vole, short tailed shrew, raccoon, skunk, gathered by Mr. Paret and myself in the aforesaid side fringes of debris just inside the entrance. But as to the original bones found in 1880, careful side cutting into the cave floor in the first place might have shown which of the dis- covered fragments were really part of the cave feast too well bedded between the fire sites to have been scratched out of older under layers and into newer and later layers and which were not, but these clues have been lost. ? In some caves every bone found has seemed fairly and clearly part of the Midden heap. But it was against all the evidence pro- duced at Hartman’s that the place had been a lurking hole for small animals. Some had come into the crevices to die, leaving their skulls. Others, whose bones rodents had gnawed, had been brought in by carnivora in the first place or carried by pilfering ro- dents from the human feast. There is, therefore, only a probability that Man killed and ate the bison, castoroides and peccary in Hartman’s Cave, since, minus the lost layers, we may say that there is no proof that these animals did not come there to die, or that they were not carried in whole or piecemeal by large carnivora when their bones, though lying on the cave floor long before Man’sadvent, would have come in close contact with his subsequently built hearths. The nature of the human remains. No proof that they were not of Indian make.—As to the second question: Were the remains Indian remains? The Trenton gravel Man if we grant his existence must be ruled out of Hartman’s Cave, for there was not one of his described rude, leaf-shaped, turtle backs found among the chipped blades and arrowheads that in themselves denied his existence there. Whether the human remains found by Mr. Paret came from the same layer in which I found mine or from other layers now untraceable, there isno need of searching for a new andas yet undescribed cave occupant to account for the bone awls common at the Trenton Delaware Valley site found by me in the Indian layers at the Forge Cave in 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. Virginia, at the Hummelstown Cave in Dauphin County, Pennsyl- rania and at the Nickajack and Lookout Caves in Tennessee. The hammerstone, argillite cache blade, pottery and chert arrowheads are duplicated at the Lenape villages at Point Pleasant, Ridges Island and Gallows Run on the Delaware River, while the single barbed bone spear from a shell heap explored by me in September 1891 on York River, Maine, can be again referred to the Red Man. We may safely say that the notion of a precedent people vanished at Hartman’s Cave, and that the only Man that I found there or that I have reason to suppose that Mr. Paret found there as the possible contemporary of the reindeer, and bison, extinct peccary and giant chinchilla was the chert-using, pottery-making Indian of the Delaware Valley, already the possessor of the bow and arrow and the quarry denoting cache blade. Antiquity of the human remains.— When we ask the third ques- tion: Were the human remains of geological antiquity or of modern date and, granting the association of the extinct mammal bones, use their presence to prove great age. We must remember that the ab- sence of historical mention which largely gives the word ‘‘extinct” its meaning, and which in Europe reaches back 2000 years at once, has here as yet but a proved retrospect of hardly more than three centuries. The fact that John Smith or the Jesuits did not ob- serve the peccary in the northern United States does not disprove its scanty or straggling existence in their time, and we cannot be cer- tain that, as Jefferson supposed, a few superannuated mammoths were not hiding in forest corners as late as the 18th century. Only the correlation of the fauna of many more caves with human remains can give us a just notion of the time-span of many of these animals and make definite the still vague border line between archaeology and paleontology. The problem of the clay.—It is for geology to explain the ex- quisitely fine laminated clay containing no sign of life that so deeply covers this cave floor. [t must have been quiet water holding mud in solution that laid it there, film upon film, nor could the process have been arrested by dry intervals or the visits of men and beasts, since no dissimilar, dry laid or life betokening stratum interrupts it. How this beautiful clay, widely unlike the coarse, red deposits in the Lookout and Nickajack Caves in Tennessee or the Durham Cave, 10 miles below Easton on Miers 6 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103 the Delaware, got into its place with nowhere save the gritty hill crest just above to come from, is the question. Could it have been the residuum of the rock decomposition which originally formed the cave cavity or in other words the rubbish of cave ero- sion choking up three-fourths of the eroded hole? * We would know how and why successive pools of yellow mud-bearing water could cover the floor once upon a time and not now, where the water came from, since any down running rivulet would have rolled in the hillside grit with it, and why the flooding pro- cess was not interrupted by intervals, when animals came in and de- bris was formed ? A possible answer to these questions seems to be suggested in the important and interesting fact that Hartman’s Cave lies eight miles north of the glacial moraine, differing therein by position from all other caves in the United States lying to the southward of the now well-known silhouette of pebbles that profiles the southern limit of ice advance. It is therefore one of those glaciated caves distinct and individual by position, full, perhaps, of new secrets for us, which, it the glacial theory be true, must have been sealed up with superin- cumbent ice like a tightly corked bottle throughout most of the frozen period. If this clay is due to the banking up of ice and the draining of muddy glacial waters into the caves’ mouth then we can account for it, but if ice damming and ice water had nothing to do with it, and on the other hand it is due to a subsequent submergence of the hill top below water level in the Champlain period, then similar clay beds ought to be found in caves, like Durham, south of the moraine and their absence remains to be accounted for. Moreover if this clay is glacial then other caves north of the moraine should show the same ice-sealed barrier, beyond which no preserved relic of post glacial age penetrates. The Indian and his relics, the fossil castoroides and peccary, were left behind as we got down into the clay with nothing before us it seemed but the beginning of the cavern itself. Was the cave then no older than the melting ice? If so, why and how had _ the 31f this were the case the composition of the clay should, I am told, show its limestone parentage. But no carbonates have been found in it to suggest that it was a near relative of limestone, while on the other hand it showed the same reactions as clay dredged up from the bottom of the Delaware River, near Chester. 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. disintegrating streamlets which made it at the same time nearly filled — it with the residuum of their own erosion? If it was older than the ice sheet, why were no tertiary fossils associated with the quater- nary? None of the bones that protrude from the bleak gorges in the bad lands of Texas to frighten Indians have ever been — found in subterranean rock hollows. We found none of these in or below this clay in Hartman’s Cave. Had they never lain there, or, coming in like their quaternary successors, had they been washed out, or, as Prof. Cope suggests, had the whole tertiary fossil- bearing end of the cave been eroded away in the lapse of time? How- ever this may be, if we are right, the clay in Hartman’s Cave marks — with the precision of a pointing clock hand, the hour of the glacier in the world’s history. What is under the clay comes before what is over it, after the ice. If the ice made the clay we must go back, not to any event since the clay (post glacial) or any event during the clay-making (glacial) but to some event before (preglacial) to find a force, whether of cave washing or cave erosion, that could have swept this cave clean of the fossil remains of creatures that lived before the quaternary. ~~ 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 105 VOLCANIC PRODUCTS FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS. BY E. GOLDSMITH. Kauatite.—As the Hawaiian Islands are known to be of voleanie origin, the appearance in a crater of a substance resembling chalk may occasion surprise. Professors Benj. Sharp and W. Libbey, Jr. who visited a number of the Pacific Islands during the past year, secured, on the Island of Kauai, a specimen which, in external appearance, very much re- sembles chalk. Although definite information as to its relation to adjacent solfataras and cracks is desirable it has not been obtained, nor is it known whether the material is rare or abundant. The specimen weighed but a few ounces. To the eye it appears tobe amorphous and made up of an extremely fine powder which soils the fingers when touched. Despite its softness the particles ad- here firmly, its hardness being about 0.5. It can be easily cut with a knife into any shape, precisely like chalk. It is perfectly dull to the reflected ray of light ; the color is nearly white or, to be exact, of a faint cream tint. One side of the specimen is covered with a thin coating of brown oxide of iron. The streak is white and its lines on a black-board cannot be distinguished from lines made with white chalk. Only formless granules are revealed under the microscope and, strange to say, increasing power serves but to show more of the granules in the field without any increase in size. In all of the granules the diameters seem to be about the same. If the material be imbedded in balsam and interposed between the crossed Nicol prisms, light is transmitted. The ray of light trans- mitted under these conditions is pale blue and no other color of polarization is produced. By this means the particles can be ob- served to the best advantage, as, when projected on a dark back- ground, singly and in groups, the contrast favors observation. In the manner that the modern chemist describes the molecule do these fine particles ‘form groups and the picture presented in the field of view so strikingly resembles the molecular conception of the present day as to almost tempt one to believe that the atom had at last become visible, provided we assumed that the fine particles 8 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. of the material, as revealed under the microscope, are atoms. It possesses no dichroism. Specific gravity 2.566. When heated in a Bunsen flame it slightly decrepitates and emits the yellow light due to sodium. When heated in a test tube it gradually becomes dark gray, indicating some carbonaceous matter and, when heated strongly, an oily matter and water haying an acid reaction are emitted. Heated with the blowpipe on charcoal with carbonate of soda it effervesces and finally produces a white enamel. Heated by itself, on the charcoal, it produces an intense white incan- descence and, reheated with cobalt solution, a fine blue is obtained. It is not soluble in water, sulphuric, hydrochloric or nitric acids, but if boiled with a caustic alkali it dissolves. If, however, the substance is brought to a red heat and there maintained for some time, it is then dissolved by any of the above named acids. The chemical analysis, made in duplicate, resulted as follows: Alumina (AL, O; ) 33. 40 cent. Sulphate alumina (AL, 0;80;) 7.18 es Sulphate potassium (K, SO, ) 7.005 2s ue Sulphate sodium (NA, SO, ) ADT AS “ Water. (H, O) SL.Ot. 5 ac Carbonaceous matter, difference 5. 94. The carbonaceous matter was not especially determined in the be- lief that in all probability it is an accidental admixture foreign to the composition of the original substance. From the analysis above given it is evident that the compound is a highly basic sulphate, and, eliminating the percentage of carbona- ceous matter and finding the oxygen ratios between the sulphur triox- ide, the alumina and all the monoxides, the composition *determined is as follows: Alumina (AL, O, ) 39.79 per cent. 18.68 per cent. ee fe Potassium oxide (K, O) iret aaa ASR oC Sodium oxide (NA, O) 1.72 << gee 0 4a cee & Water (H, O) 33.56). E> se) GOURD ec «“ Sulphur trioxide (SO, ) 17°55 ce ee” GER tc ae ‘ The ratios of the SO; , AL, O;, R, Oare nearly as: 1, 2, 3 which may be represented by the formula: (AL, O;) ,—SO;—- (R: O);. Here R, represents K,, NA,, Hy. There are a number of basic sulphates recorded, all of which seem 1894. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107 to be soluble in acids, although the one under discussion is not. I would, therefore, propose Kauatite as a name for the new variety. The extremely fine division and the approach to crystallization with- out forming true geometrical solids may suggest the mode of its for- mation. It may, with the exception of the carbonaceous matter, be ejected as volcanic. An objection might be based on the large percentage of water, but we must remember that in some volcanoes water is an almost constant ingredient of their ejectments, and we may, therefore expect to occasionally meet with so-called hydrous com- pounds in the material thrown out. The aluminium may have been distilled by the intense volcanic heat together with the other elemen- tary metals and metalloid sulphur. Coming in contact with the atmosphere, the material was oxydized and quickly precipitated on the cooler surface of the earth, giving no time for the formation of erystals. If corundum is reduced and volatilized by the heat pro- duced in the electrical furnace, we may expect similar results from the enormous heat energy of a volcano. Voleanie Stalactites.—That the highly heated and very fluid lava in the crater of Kilauii, as well as in other craters, is occasionally shot up into the air some thirty feet or more, has been reported at various times and has also been observed by the gentlemen before referred to. Such lava in its descent through the air becomes very porous. If such a highly porous rock have a space underneath, a fresh deposit of liquid lava will trickle through the porous cooled lava, forming as it solidifies the pendent stalactites shown in Plate VI. These stalactites are about one-fourth of an inch thick and about eight inches long. They show no disposition to form cones like those usually seen in limestone caves. These slender, gnarled, rod-shaped formations are mostly hollow and porous and so brittle that it is diffi- cult to prepare a thin section for microscopical study. The color is usually a deep black, sometimes a part is of a brownish tint, due, probably, to a higher oxidation of the magnetite present. Occasion- ally a gray color is noticed but this is caused by the incrustation of some other substance. To ascertain its probable mineralogical com- position, it was necessary to use the fine powder, imbedding it as usual in balsam. The fragments examined beneath the microscope indicate a glassy feldspar having apparently the characteristic of sanidine. They contain magnetite in great profusion and also gases, probably air. A dichroic mineral is also recognizable in the mixture, ee ee, — 24 r ) ANS Ga See ng Se Sarto ge & 108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. but whether it is augite or not is at present uncertain. A fragment weighing 2.459 grams in air, and 1.297 grams in distilled water had a specific gravity of 2.11, evidently far too low for lava as generally known, undoubtedly due to the extremely porous nature of the ma- terial. By producing a coarse powder and taking the specific gravity in a picnometer, the result is 2.85. Considered from a chemical standpoint, this lava is decidedly basic, as the quantity of silica determined analytically was 48.55 per cent. The specific character of this rock, now shown in the form of stalac- tites is that of the so-called vesicular basalt. On some of these volcanic stalactites, there had formed a thin layer of colorless crystals so small that their form could be recog- nized only under power. These thin prismatic crystals are attach- ed to one end and terminated by short pyramids; on certain faces they are longitudinally striated. In the groups are frequently seen twin crystals whose dual faces are mostly the longer axis. Fig- ure 1, magnified about 4 diame- ters, shows how the crystals are attached to the volcanic stalac- tites. A slide, prepared and ob- served under a power of about 45 diameters shows the twin- formations of the crystals, Fig. 2. That these crystals belong to the monoclinic system is evident from the fact of their inclined ex- tinction which, upon measure- ment, was found to be 37°, the longer axis of the crystals being zero to extinction over the pyra- mid. The colors of polarization were brilliant. Dichroism was Fig. 1. Volcanic stalactite covered : : with selenite, x 4. unnoticed in these forms. With the aid of Toulet solution the specific gravity of the material 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109 at my command (about 8 milligrams) was found to be 2.285. It is soluble in water and gives the reactions indicating sulphur trioxide and calcium oxide. The incrusting small crystals are, therefore, selenite. Fig. 2. Crystal and twin forms of selenite, x 45. I am indebted to Professors Sharp and Libbey for the material studied and also for the photographs of the volcanic cave. Plate VI shows the entrance to the cave with its overhang- ing roof of porous basalt from which are suspended the irregularly gnarled rods of volcanic stalactite; on the floor are scattered fantasticshaped volcanic stalagmites which seem to be much thicker than the pendant rods above. 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. APRIL 3. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WISsTAR, in the chair. Thirty-eight persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publica- tion :— ‘‘A Revision of the Genus Anous.” By Witmer Stone. “On the true character and relationship of Ursus cinnamomeus Aud. and Bach.” By Arthur Erwin Brown. Dr. C. New iin Perrce was elected a member of the Council to serve for the unexpired term of Mr. Gavin W. Hart, resigned. Aprit 10. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the chair. Highteen persons present. APRIL 17. The President. GENERAL Isaac J. Wisrar, in the chair. Thirty persons present. . APRIL 24. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WIsTAR, in the chair. | Twenty-seven persons present. A paper entitled ‘A Review of the Old World Rallinae”’ by Witmer Stone, was presented for publication. The deaths of Wm. V. Keating, M. D. and J. Howard Gibson, members, were announced. The following were elected members:—A. B. van der Wielen, tev. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D. D., Charles G. Macey and J. W. Parker. The following papers were ordered to be printed :— 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 111 DESCRIPTION OF A NEW ARMADILLO, WITH REMARKS ON THE GENUS MULETIA GRAY. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Tatusia (Muletia) propalatum Rhoads, sp. nov., Type No. 3349, Col. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., juv.ad. 9. ~*Bahia, Brazil, E. D. Cope.” Size smaller than 7. hybrida Desm., with relatively longer and more slender tail, equalling length of body. Free rings of tail, ex- cluding basal superior half-ring and subterminal attached ring, 1¢. The last, with remaining distal portion of tail, measuring one-third total length of tail. Posterior edges of caudal rings flaring, giving the tail a roughly serrate outline. Distal end ot tail very slender, pointed, the tesserze diamond shaped. Basal tail rings with double row of tesserze, the basal row becoming relatively shorter nearest body while on the last (distal) rings the tesserze of both rows are of equal length in each ring. Rows of tesserve on pelvic shield, counted near border and including the wide anterior semi-free ring, 22. Free dorsal rings, 7, preceded anteriorly by wide posterior ring of shoulder- shield of tesserze similar in formation to dorsal rings. Larger tes- serve of free dorsal rings slender, wedge shaped, their posterior cor- ners scarcely divided by the points of slender awl-shaped intervening tesserze, the bases of latter, half the width of ends of former. Rows of tesserze on shoulder-shield counted near border, 17, similar in arrangement of tesserze to those of pelvic shield. Ears five-eighths length of head, finely scaled and set close together at base. Crescentine coronal shield separated by a freely moving nexus of skin from frontal cephalic shield. Three distinct rows of tesseree before and beneath the eye. Frontal tesserz relatively smaller than in other species of Tutuside. Manus 4-toed, pes 5-toed. From each papilla of protected lower parts springs a short, slender bristling hair of same colorasskin, averaging one-fourth inchin length. Skin yellowish white. Upper parts and tail amber yellowish, nose and ears near tips brownish, the toes of same color. Skull slenderly and regularly pyriform. Zygomatie width not exceeding the mastoid, tapering regularly to the rostrum. Greatest depth of cranium over two-thirds its greatest width. Interorbital Width over two-thirds zygomatic width, the frontals nearly obscuring 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. the orbital fossa as viewed fromabove. Lachrymalstriangular, lateral, not visible from above, their anterior apices overlying second posterior upper grinder. Roof of mouth deeply grooved. Palatal bones slightly hollowed centrally but without posterior raised edges. Pterygoids rounded, divided by a slit 1 mm. wide their entire length, reaching a slight postpalatal notch. Palatal bones anteriorly reaching be- yond anterior base of last upper molar. Upper molar series 6 on aside: no indication of a seventh, on dissection. Lower molar series 8 on a side, including a minute thread-like anterior premolar, evidently deciduous and widely separated from the next. Coronoid process of mandible long and very slender. Measurements.—Body, along back, from fore end of shoulder shield te root of tail, 115%; head and neck, from tip of nose to shoulder shield (above) 58; hind foot, 40; ear, from crown 29, its greatest width (flattened) 19. Skull; occipito-nasal length, 48; zygomatic breadth, 21; interorbital constriction, 15; length of nasals, 15; basal length of upper molar series, 11; length of man- dible, 34. _ The type specimen is about two-thirds of the maximum development, judging by a series of skins and skulls of 7. novemeincta. Tatusia (Muletia) hybrida is the only described species with which it must be compared. From hybrida in the Academy’s collection it is distinguished by: 1 seven free dorsal bands; 2 longer slender- pointed tail; 3 comparative number of shoulder and pelvie girdle rows; 4 absolute number of free caudal rings; 5 greater relative length of ears; 6 much greater relative depth to width of cranium; 7 much greater relative interorbital width; 8 separation (lateral) of the pterygoids; 9 palatine bones reaching beyond anterior base of last upper molar (in hybrida they fall short of the molar series 1 mm.); 10 coronoid process slender from base to tip, (not triangular). Dr. J. E. Gray in the Proceedings of the London Zoological Society, 1874, page 244, redescribes the Short-tailed Armadillo, Tatusia hybrida (Desm.), and places it ina new genus, which he calls Muletia, separating it trom Tatusia in the following diagnosis : “1 Tatusia. Tail cylindrical, elongate, as long or longer than * Millimeters. Tee 4 Adee, ow Fe tg) on a 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13 the body, of many rings and numerous caudal vertebre. Ears large. Dorsal disk with 9-7 free bands. Tutusia peba &c.” «2. Mudletia.—Tail short, depressed at base, not so long as the body, with thirteen rings and thirteen caudal vertebra. Ears small, dorsal disk with six free bands. Muletia septemcincta Xe.” As above characterized, Dr. Gray’s new genus is a fair sample of more than half the new genera proposed by him! No very careful examination will show that the two species which he makes typical of these genera share equally some of the characters assigned as dis- tinctive, while those given which are distinct are of doubtful generic or subgeneric value. The number of free dorsal bands above is doubtfully of more than specific value between the numbers 10 and 6. Tatusia novemeincta has from 8 to10. Desmarest says that ** Dasypus hybridus” has “six ou sept bandes mobiles 4 la cuirasse.”’ However, in making an examination of the specimen above de- scribed as new, I was struck to find in it not only a superficial re- semblance to 7. hybrida as compared with T. peba, but that it agreed with Dr. Gray’s figure of hybrida (1. c. Pl. XLI) in having only twelve upper teeth as against the fourteen or sixteen always present in T. novemcincta. To convince myself of the constancy of this character I have examined several skulls of both species and found no exception. In ail the other plates of the various newly described Tatusine I have seen, in no case are they represented with less than fourteen upper teeth. Should a more exhaustive examination show no exceptions, it would be proper to at least accord subgeueric rank to Muletia, with the following diagnosis : Genus TATUSIA. Tail longer than body, its first basal ring complete, the distal two- thirds with a well-defined inferior median canal, increasing in depth with age, and in uumber to three and five near the extremity. Caudal rings convex, each closely compressed posteriorly upon the next. Dorsal disk with eight to ten free bands; upper molars, four- teen to sixteen; lower molars, ditto. Type Tuatusia novemeincta (Linn.) Cuv. Subgenus MULETIA. Tail not exceeding length of body, not channeled distally. Cau- dal rings with free, elevated posterior margins, the first basal seg. 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ment a crescentine half-ring, clasping the superior anterior portion of second ring, the latter being produced forward beneath it. Dorsal disk with six to seven free bands; upper molars, twelve; lower molars, fourteen to sixteen. Type Tatusia (Muletia) hybrida (Desm.) Gray. The nine-banded Armadillo, Dasypus novemcinctus Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., 1758, 51, has quite generally gone under the specific name peba of Desmarest, (Mamm. 1820, 368), who puts the septemeinctus, octocinctus and novemcinctus of Linnzeus, Erxleben and Boddaert among his synonyms, implying that these are composite species and indistinguishable. The use of Desmarest’s name peba is unwar- ranted, the original Linnean description and references relating, in the main, unmistakably to the same animal. The first reference to peba (Seba Mus. I, p. 45, tab. 29, Fig. 1), is unmistakably the nine-banded species; see also his reference to Marcgrave. Dr. Gray (sup. cit. pp. 245, 246), discusses the identity and synonymy of Tatusia hybrida (Desm.), and names it T. septemeincta after Schreber (Siugt., 1775, II, 220), who there describes a species which he considers the same as Linnzeus’ Dasypus of the same name, quoting the Systema Naturz, 12th edition, in which it is the same as in the 10th. In these Linnzeus describes a ‘‘ Dasypus”—‘ D. cingulis septenis, palmis tetradactylis, * * * Habitat in Indiis.” Schreber’s description and figure fairly represent what Dr. Gray chooses to call ‘‘ Muletia septemcincta,” but as this specific name was first applied by Linnzeus to an unrecognizable Armadillo from India it is inapplicable to a six-banded Armadillo from South America. Desmarest’s Dasypus hybridus is the first indisputable name for a short-tailed, six or seven-banded Jatusia from tropical America. Dr. Gray’s disgust at the barbarous name of hybridus, by which Des- marest probably referred less to the animal’s pedigree than to its asinine ears, seems utterly inconsistent with the naming of his new genus. As such, however, it may nominally be allowed to stand, not only as a warning to the future namer of names, but in the in- terests of an overburdened synonymy. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115 A REVISION OF THE GENUS ANOUS. BY WITMER STONE. Having recently had occasion to identify some specimens of Anows and make comparison with Gould’s types of A. leucocapillus and A. melanops, I was surprised to find what confusion existed in regard to the proper disposition of the names which have been proposed for several members of the genus. With the object of straightening out the synonymy of the group I have made a careful study of the literature bearing upon the subject and have examined the large series of specimens in the museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, and a number of specimens loaned to me by the U. S. National Museum through the kindness of Mr. Robert Ridgway. The species of the genus Anous are separable into two groups, the larger dark colored birds (Anous) and the smaller light colored ones (Procelsterna). Of the latter there seem to be two well marked species, A. caeru- leus and A. cinereus, though Mr. Saunders, strange to say, unites them in his monograph of the Sterninae (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1876, p. 671) without comment. In regard to the dark colored species there has been no confusion in connection with the two large species, A. stolidus and A. galupa- gensis, but when we study the smaller species we immediately find difficulties. Four names have been employcd for the three recognizable species: Sterna tenuirostris Temm. Pl. Col. 202 (1858). Anous melanops Gould. P. Z. S., XIII, p. 105 (1845). Anous leucocapillus Gould. P. Z.S., XIII, p. 108 (1845). Anous melanogenys Gray. Gen. Birds, III, p. 661, Pl. 182 (1849). Gould’s A. melanops is regarded by Mr. Saunders as a synonym of A. tenwirostris (Temm.) and a comparison of the types with Tem- minck’s plate amply confirms his decision. The A. leucocapillus of Gould, however, is the bird which Mr. Saunders figures and identifies as A. melanogenys Gray. What Gray’s bird really is I am unable to say; if it is the species with 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. which Mr. Saunders identifies it, the figure is certainly very poor, but the name will have to be considered a synonym of A. leucocapillus Gould. The sooty brown-black species so well figured and described by Mr. Saunders (P. Z. S, 1876, Pl. LXI, Fig. 3) as “ A. leucocapillus Gould ’”’ seems to be the most distinct of the three, but is, so far as I can ascertain, unnamed. I therefore propose for it the name of A. atrofuscus. The following table will serve to distinguish the species : a. General color of plumage sooty-brownish, or blackish slate. b. Size larger, wing 10 ins. or more. c. Plumage sooty-brown. . ... .. . . A. stolidus c. Plumage darker, more slaty . . . . A. galapagensis — b’. Size smaller, wing 9 ins. or less. c. Plumage sooty-brown, white of head sharply defined posteriorly . . . _ . A. atrofuscus ce’. Plumage blackish aie w ae a hed shading grad- ually into the color of the back. d. Lores lightslate colored... . . A. tenwirostris d’. Lores jet black... . . . . . .A. leucocapillus® a’. General color of plumage very light gray. b. Nearly pure white beneath, . .. .. . . . A. cimereus b’. Light gray beneath, nearly uniform with the back. . A. caeruleus Anous stolidus Linn. Sterna stolida Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 227 (1766). Sterna fuscata Linn., Syst. Nat., 1, p. 228 (1766). Sterna pileata Scop., Del. Faun. et Flor. Insubr., I, p. 92, No. 73 (1786). Sterna senex Leach in Truckey’s Exped. to the Congo, App. p. 408 (1818). Anous niger Steph., Shaw’s Gen. Zool., XIII, 1, p. 140, Pl. 17 (1825). Anous spadiacea Steph., Shaw’s Gen. Zool., XIII, 1, p. 148 (1825). Sterna unicolor Nordm., Erm. Verz. vy. Thier and Pfi., p. 17 (1835). Anous rousseaut Hartl., Beitr. Orn. Madagase., p. 86 (1860). Hab. Intertropical seas north to Gulf coast of United States. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117 Anous galapagensis Sharpe. ; Anous galapagensis Sharpe, Trans. Philos. Soc., CLX VIII, 1879, p. 469. Hab. Galapagoes Islands. Anous tenuirostris (Temm). Sterna tenuirostris Temm., Pl. Col. 202 (1838). Sterna melanops Gould., P. Z. S., XIII, p. 103 (1845). Hab. Senegal (Temminck), W. coast of Australia ‘Gould). Mauritius (Saunders). The only specimens of this species that I have seen are the two types of Gould’s, A. melanops, a male and female from Hartman’s Abrolhos, Australia. These differ slightly from the figure given by Mr. Saunders, for although the lores are light gray, they are uni- form with the side of the neck rather than with the cap and there is a distinct line of demarkation passing from the base of the upper mandible opposite the nostril to the upper edge of the eye, instead of from the gape as drawn in Mr. Saunders’ figure. This species is lighter colored than the next two andthe cap is not so white, being nearly uniform pear! gray from the base of the bill to the nape. Anous leucocapillus Gould. Anous leucocapillus Gould, P. Z.S., XIII, p. 105 (1845). ? Anous melanogenys G. R. Gray, Gen. Birds III, p. 661, Pl. 182 (1849). Anous melanogenys Saunders, P. Z.8., 1876, p. 670. Hab. Raines Isl., Australia (Gould); Nihan Hawaiian Isls. (U. S. N. M. coll.) British Honduras (U.S. N. M. coll.) Dangerous Archipelago (U.S. N. M. coll.) The jet black lores and the darker slate black plumage readily dis- tinguish this from the preceding species while the very different tint of the plumage and the difference in extent of the white on the head separate it from the following. Two specimens in the U. S. National Museum collection, one labelled ‘‘ Dangerous Archipelago ’’ and the other ‘“ Pacific Ocean” belong to this species, and it is probable that all the remarks in the Reports of. Peale and Cassin refer to this bird. This seems to be the most abundant species of the genus after A. stolidus. Anous atrofuscus sp. nov. nous leucocapillus Saunders, P. Z. 8., 1876, p. 670, not A. leu- cocapillus Gould. 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Hab. Bristow Isl., New Guinea (Saunders). Montevideo (Coll. A. N.S. Phila.) The brown-black color of the plumage and the uniform white of the crown, sharply contrasted with the brown of the neck easily dis- tinguish this species. Mr. Saunders’ figure (P. Z.S., 1876, Pl. LXI, Fig. 3) is an excellent representation of this bird, although in the specimens before me the white of the head does not extend quite so far back. Description.—General color above and below uniform sooty brown- black, primaries black, lores, immediately in front of the eyes rather blacker than the sides of the head. . Crown from base of bill to occiput nearly pure white with the line of demarkation between the white and general color of the hind neck very sharply defined. Wing 8-75 inch, culmen 1°80. Type.—No. 5,027 collection Acad. Nat.Sci. Philada. (from the col- lection of the Duke of Rivoli) ‘‘ Mer de Montevideo.” One other specimen isin the collection of the Philadelphia Academy (No. 5,028) which was collected in the Southern Pacific by J. K. Town- send. Anous cinereus Gould. Anous cinereus Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 104. Hab. E., Coast of Australia (Gould). Anous caeruleus (Bennett). Sterna caerulea Bennett, Narr. Whaling Voy. round the Globe, II, Appendix, p. 248 (1840). Anous parvulus Gould, P. Z.S., XIII, p. 104 (1845). Hab. South Pacific; Christmas Isl. (Bennett), Dog Isl. (Peale, U.S. Exp’l. Exped. spec. in U. S. Nat. Mus.). 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119 ON THE TRUE CHARACTER AND RELATIONSHIPS OF URSUS CINNAMOMEUS Aud. and Bach. BY ARTHUR ERWIN BROWN. The original description of Ursus americanus var. cinnamomum' was based by Audubon and Bachman mainly upon fur-traders’ skins, and in the accompanying plate the animals were figured from living specimens seen by Audubon in the Garden of the Zoological Society of London. They characterize the species, briefly, thus: ‘‘ Form and size of the common American black bear, of which it is a permanent variety. Color above, a dark cinnamon brown; nose and a fringe of hairs covering the claws yellow;” and regarding its range, they say ‘‘sparingly found in the fur countries west and north of the Missouri, extending to the barren grounds of the northwest.” In the absence of all cranial and dental characters in their des- cription, it has usually been supposed that their animals were nothing more than examples of the well-known brown phase of Ursus ameri- canus, notwithstanding the fact that in their description of the latter species (/. ¢. p. 188) the authors show that they were familiar with its brown form and correctly estimated its position. Specimens have recently come under my observation which ap- pear to show what Audubon and Bachman’s bear really was and that it is well distinguished from the form with which it has for so long been confounded. The history of the material on which these conclusions are based is as follows:—In December, 1873, a male bear was received at the Garden of the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, from Ogden, Utah, which presented striking features of color and physiognomy when compared with the already known species of American bear. This specimen has always been associated in my mind with Audubon and Bachman’s description, above quoted, but he is still living and the impossibility of making a detailed examination of his skull has hitherto prevented any definite conclusions from being reached. In 1884 a captive bear came to my notice at Green River, Wyoming, 1 Quad. of North America, 1854, Vol. III, p. 125, Pl. CX XVII. k 4 i] i” . | i ti 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. which offered the same striking external features as the first. This animal I tried to purchase, but without success. Several years later I had the good fortune to kill a third specimen, also an old male, in the elevated and rugged region north of the White River, Colorado. The skin and skull were roughly prepared in camp, but were after- ward irrecoverably lost. In November, 1891, the late James E. Cooper, a well-known showman of Philadelphia, procured, at some point on the Union Pacific Railway in Wyoming, and presented to the Zoological Society, another individual, identical in appearance with the three others. This specimen has since died and the skin and skeleton are now in the collection of the Academy. Finally, in the summer of 1895, Prof. E. D. Cope procured in a cave in the Ozark mountains, Missouri, a somewhat broken cranium of the same type, which he has kindly placed at my disposal for investigation. — There are, therefore, presented for detailed examination two skulls, askin and one living specimen now in the Zoological Garden, and while I am not able to give measurements from the skull collected by me in Colorado, the features of the species are so extreme that I am able to state without hesitation its substantial agreement with those now presented. Cranial characters.—The first impression made by these skulls is of great breadth and massive development. The Academy’s skull (No. 5,508) is short and broad, offering the following measurements in millimeters:—Basal length 274; basilar length 270; extreme length 288; greatest zygomatic width 203; post palatal length 123; length of palate 147; breadth between orbits 74; across postorbital processes 105. The Ozark skull has lost a considerable portion of the facial region, but the difference in size between it and 3,308 was small; the distance from the inferior lip of the foramen magnum to the plane of the front of the fourth premolar, being in the latter 212, while in the Ozark specimen it is 216; in this one the zygomatic width is about 198; interorbital breadth 80; across postorbital pro- cess 114. The sagittal crest is high and massive, measuring in each 130 to the point of division into the temporal ridges, which are strong, especially in 8,508. The forehead is very concave, more so than in any bear skull I have seen. In 3,308 it is also transversely con- caves differing from the Ozark specimen, in which the same region is transversely convex, This specimen was perhaps a female. The 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ait nasals in both are short and rather broad. A most striking feature is the great breadth of the zygomatic arch, anteriorly, which charac- ter, more than any other, gives to the living animal its peculiar physiognomy. In 3,308 the width at the glenoid fossae is 203; at the hinder end of the palate it is but 5 mm. less and and at the plane of the hinder edge of the second molar it is still 180. The broken con- dition of the Ozark skull prevents the corresponding measurements from being given, but enough remains to show their essential agree- ment. In keeping with this character is the increased width of the palate posteriorly, which measures 45 at plane of anterior edge of fourth premolar and 52 at rear end of hinder molar. The base of skull is somewhat concave; a line from the inferior edge of foramen magnum to the proximal border of the alveolus in 3,308 falls 16 mm. below the hinder end of the palate. The lower jaw is massive and heavy; the angular process strong and curved upward; the fossa for attachment of the masseter is ex- traordinarily deep and rough. - Dental characters: —The teeth in both skulls are much worn. The hinder molar in the upper jaw is relatively of great size; in the Academy’s skull being .118 of the basilar length. The complete series measures: m> >, m? 26 m! Sb pm Se. In the Ozark skull the lower jaw is missing and the only teeth remaining 19x15 ; pm are the upper right molars; these measure: m? 4", m! ux. The crowns of the teeth have been worn almost away and it is clear that the hinder molar, especially, measures less than at an earlier period. The second upper molar is broad and rounded be- hind, the width being carried pretty well back to the posterior end; in the Ozark specimen the outer side is somewhat sloped off behind asin horribilis, although it may be doubtful if this condition was marked in the unworn tooth; there are three inner and two outer cusps. The first molar is short and broad, with four cusps. The fourth premolar is rather short and narrowed in front, the shelf-like projection of the cingulum on the forward inner corner being less than in the grizzly. The lower teeth are much worn; the fourth premolar had one cusp, from which there are remains of two longitudinal ridges to the hinder end; it is not easy to say whether the small tubercle on the inner base of the cusp was also present, but there is some indication that it was. 9 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Color and form.—The living specimens of this bear which have been under observation were of similar color, in winter pelage a rich — cinnamon brown. The two which have lived in the Zoological Gar- den for more than one season, became in summer of a pale bleached brown, or isabella color. The skin in the Academy’s collection, be- longing to skull 3,308 is almost flaxen. The size of the four living specimens was nearly the same, about 5 ft., 6 in. from nose to tail. The claw is short and curved as in americanus. The great anterior width of the zygomatic arch and the hollow forehead are faithfully reflected on the outer surface in these bears, the sharp drop between the eyes and the laterally pinched-in muzzle giving them a peculiar and unmistakable, fox-like look. Identity and relationship.—In studying out the correct assignment to be made of these bears, a considerable mass of material has been examined, including, through the kindness of Mr. Oldfield Thomas, the series of arctos and other bears in the British Museum; and also the collection of the Royal College of Surgeons, London. The great range of individual variation in most species of Ursus, is well known: in my own observations amounting, in the leading proportions of the skull, to over twenty per cent. in arctos; sixteen per cent. in americanus, with a somewhat smaller range in horri- bilis. The table following shows the main standard measurements of the skull in cinnamomeus, arctos, horribilis and americanus, arranged for convenience of comparison in the descending order of proportional breadth; the skulls selected for measurement pretty well covering the extreme range in both directions. The proportions of zygomatic breadth and length of hinder upper molar are expressed in thousandths of the basilar length :— 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123 Length. | Breadth | Proportion | Las | | ful of of Extreme Basilar jof 2dmolar Zygomatic) breadth /2d molar cinnamomeus 288 | 270 | 32 | 203 | oe | eles ob | 31 1 CoML We ie haa ag arctos ln B45 318 30 250 | .786 |. .094 bh 368 338 36 |. 250 739 -| 106 Me 330 306 30 218 12,-| .098 of 383 353 38 250 .708 | .107 Sa | 33 299 34 210 | 02 hee Uf 7 | 3804 329 30 230 le 6995), 2106 by ope Ts) Bie 33 lar G50 wil 2h i 344 315 YD) 190 603 | shat horribilis | 352 | 335 88.5| 221 | .659 | 114 ot | 3380 306 ai ie 200 Bo tS Po ame ee Oy | Es | 302 291 | o2 189 .649 “109 ne 350 O20 3 200 sO 2p) Solel a ofl | 3438 36 210 .612 | 105 americanus 282 262 26 188 (lil el UES) 3 280 262 28 179 .683 | .106 na 279 FAB) | 25.9 170. . 2656 .098 as 289 268 AD Ngee LO 652.) 092 ch | 302 282 ret 172 .609 095 ss | 304 290) De |e 170. 1,2086, | ..086 Taking the mean measurements of these skulls, horribilis presents the narrowest, with a relative average breadth of .638 and a molar of .112,—its maximum breadth falling far below that of americanus, from which it differs also in color, size and claw. The great frontal concavity, breadth of skull and more than all, great size of the molar, would appear to remove cinnamomeus very far from americanus, but this comparison will be recurred to after con- sidering the variations of arctos. In both of the proportions given, cinnamomeus greatly exceeds the average of arctos, which is breadth .700; molar .107,—in each, how- ever, it falls within the extremes of this unstable species, the greatest 2 Estimated ; the skull being broken. 124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. proportional breadth in arctos being .786 and the longest molar .121°. This very wide arctos skull, however, presents the striking feature of having the smallest molar of any examined by me .094—and, in fact, these measurements show that in this species an inverse pro- portion pretty constantly exists between these characters; the widest skulls have small molars, while the narrower ones have them of large size and grade by a regular series into the proportions of horribilis. Thus, in the eight arctos skulls given above, the four widest give an average length of .101% to the molar, while the four narrowest give .112% for the corresponding ratio. In contradistinction to this inverse relation, the exact opposite exists in cinnamomeus,—great breadth being here conjoined with great size of molar. In some old skulls of arctos a considerable hollowness of the fore- head is found, but in no case equal to that of 3,308 and the Ozark skull. These features of great breadth, frontal concavity and great massiveness are, of course, among those which increase with age, but it is a significant fact that we find them associated here in skulls of very moderate size. The individuals of cinnamomeus which have come under my notice were very old, three being males and the fourth perhaps female; they are so nearly equal in size that they may be justly assumed to represent a fair extreme of growth for the species. In 3,308 the skull is 288 mm. in greatest length, while to find anything like an approximation to the same characters in arctos or even to get correspondingly old skulls, it is necessary to go to those from 50 to 80 mm. greater in length. Comparing the above proportions, cinnamomeus, while greatly ex- ceeding in both, the average of arctos, is yet surpassed in breadth by one example and in length of molar by one;—aretos has two speci- mens narrower than the broadest horribilis, one of them being the nar- rowest of either species and six have larger molars than the shortest of the American form. The difference in average breadth between arctos and americanus is comparatively small and they overlap greatly, while the largest molar of the latter species is equal to, or larger than four of arctos. It is impossible to avoid the conclusion that these proportions are too irregular to be of importance except in groups of averages, and ’ This skull is not fully adult and is the shortest examined. With maturity the proportions of this tooth would somewhat decrease. 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 125 their lack of value as specific characters may be readily estimated from the following table, in which they are presented for each form, in parallel descending series, showing at a glance the extent to which each overlaps the others :— Proportion of breadth Proportion of 2d molar | einn. | arctos horr. amer. || einn. aretos horr. | amer. | .786 Ey ial esa th 751 | 118 .739 | .114 AE Pehle: ori | 712 piles) .708 | isla! lg | 702 _ .109 bs1699 107 | | 683 106 | 106 659 , .106 | .105 | .656 | | .099 bao | 68. || 098 098 .650 | | | .095 .649 | 094 619 092 .612 .086 | 609 | .608 | | .586 | | Nor is there more constancy in the details of tooth structure. On the whole, arctos presents an upper hinder molar perhaps straighter on the outer line and wider at its hinder extremity than is usual in most of horribilis, but the variations are great in both. Two adult skulls of horribilis, collected by me in Colorado, within fifty miles of each other, exhibit almost the extreme of each form. The fourth upper premolar is apt to be longer in arctos and in horribilis there is more of a shelf-like projection of the cingulum at its front inner corner, but hardly any two are alike and in each, ex- ‘Estimated 5 Young. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. amples are to be found approximating to the narrow front usual in americanus. In arctos and horribilis the fourth lower premolar has but one cusp, on the posterior, inner baseof which a small projec- tion or accessory cusp is usually found in the latter, with two longi- tudinal ridges running back to end of the tooth. According to Busk° the tubercle and its ridge are commonly wanting in arctos and when present are very small. In two specimens in the British Museum, both tubercle and ridge are absent, in all the others it is present, though variable and small—but in one specimen of Ursus arctos isabellinus from Cashmir, it is quite as well developed as in ordinary cases of horribilis. Dr. C. Hart Merriam" appears to have found this tubercle in two skulls of americanus from Prairie Mer Rouge, Louisiana, in the National Museum. In the skull of cinna- momeus (3,308) the ridge is unquestionably present and in all prob- — ability the tubercle as well. A tricuspid crown on this tooth appears to be diagnostic of ameri- canus When it is present, but a large majority of this species examin- ed by me, show but one cusp. A critical survey of the whole field of cranial and dental charac- ters among the species here treated, reveals little that is constant but variation, and absolutely forces the conviction that among them there is not one, sufficiently stable and uniform to be of specific value. The European bear and the American grizzly run into each other so regularly that except in extreme cases there is little possibility of distinguishing them certainly, or in many cases doubt- fully, apart from geographical considerations, and this even is not @ safe guide, one skull in the British Museum, marked ‘‘ Barren Ground Bear,” 321 mm. in extreme length, 229 zygomatic breadth and 32 length of molar, being in all respects an ordinary skull of arctos, which might just as well have been collected in Scandinavia or Kamtchatka. Mr. J. A. Allen® does, in fact, regard this bear as indistinguishable from arctos’. There is less difficulty in separat- ing americanus from arctos, but even here it has been shown how much their proportions overlap and one specimen from Transylvania, ® Trans. Zool. Society of London, Vol. X, pp. 60-69. ‘Proc. Biol. Soc. of Washington. Vol. VIII, p. 150. ® Bull. U. S. Geo. & Geo. Survey, Vol. II, p. 336. *Since the above was written Dr. Merriam has kindly shown me several skulls from the barren grounds which have distinct characters of their own. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127 in the British Museum, 295 mm. long, presents the flat frontal outline and the relative width of the American black species, coupled with the extreme dentition of arctos. Skulls of americanus reach nowhere the extreme proportions of cinnamomeus, nor in ordinary specimens is there much suggestion of its outlines. Two remarkable skulls, however, in the collection of the Academy (Nos. 2,756 and 2,757) from Sonoma Co., California, marked “brown bear’’ reach an extreme of breadth and length of tooth, in this species, with a frontal depression almost equal to that of cinnamomeus, although in the Sonoma specimens the plane of the forehead is con- tinuous nearly to the end of the nasals and is but slightly concave. These two skulls are the most extreme of americanus which I have ever seen, but while I would have been glad to examine more speci- mens of these brown bears than have been within reach, I am yet prepared to hazard the belief that fully matured specimens will show, as compared with black ones, a sometimes slight but fairly con- stant excess both in breadth and size of molar. There can be here no question of specific difference, both colors being found in the same litter of cubs and the fact can be explained only by regarding it as an evidence of reversionary tendency to a brown-colored, large-toothed ancestor,—such as arctos ; the physio- logical correlation between hair and teeth being well known. If, as I believe, the foregoing suggestion should be found to hold good in a large series, there is certainly a tendency in brown specimens of americanus toward the characteristics of cinnamomeus, and here also, perhaps, room may be found for the special features of the Louisiana skulls in the National Museum which Dr. Merriam" recently ascribed to Ursus luteolus Griffith. From these observations the conclusion is drawn that if horribilis and americanus are to stand as good species, as distinct from arctos as they undoubtedly are from each other, cinnamomeus must be con- sidered as even a better one. But whatever the differences may be among the American forms, taken by themselves, a comparison with a large series of arctos, brings to light such a degree of instability and intergyadation, that the only philosophical view which can be taken of their relationship is that expressed some years ago by Mr. J. A. Allen" but subsequently abandoned by him,” at least so far as 0]. ¢@. pp. 147-152. 1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., II, pp. 334-342. Bull. U.S. G. & G. Survey, II, No. 4, p. 340. 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. americanus is concerned, viz.: that leaving out maritimus, none of — our North American bears can be accorded higher rank than that of | subspecies of actos. Indeed were it not for the combination of certain skull and tooth averages, with some tolerably constant differ- ences in color and the increased size of the claw in American speci- mens, it is doubtful if even this distinction could be maintained be- tween arctos and horribilis; both the large, broad-headed grizzlies of California and the smaller, northern examples, pretty well closing up the gap. In extreme cases americanus has become more differentiated and is constantly smaller, but even here we have seen that the assumed specific characters intergrade; it is, however, better separated from arctos than is horribilis, and through its extreme forms the path to cinnamomeus is perhaps indicated—as a large series of the latter may show. Among Asiatic bears, isabellinusand probably syriacus are also closely related. The general direction of these relationships appears to point to some such scheme as this: arctos horribilis cinnamomeus americanus isabellinus syruacus Audubon and Bachman’s name appears to be correctly applicable to the bears whose cranial and dental characters are here given for the first time. They agree sufficiently well in external features and in geographical range as far as we have present knowledge, and the assignment which I here make of them, I must regard as much pre- ferable to the alternative course of imposing upon them a new name. In the paper on Ursus luteolus, already referred to, Dr. Merriam denies the applicability of cinnwmomeus to luteolus, and inferentially to the present species, “because cinnamomum was based on an animal from the northern Rocky Mountains, which has small molars, like the common black bear of the northeastern United States.’’ This assumption, however, has no basis but in the fact that up to the present time we have known no brown bear from the Rocky Moun-- tain region other than the small-toothed americanus, which has erroneously been supposed to be the animal on which Audubon and NATURAL OF PHILADELPHIA. 129 n founded their species, and falls to the ground with the ap- nef the anal boat fran hi per leaving their 2 to be properly rehabilitated and established. Any other 1 be to hold these authors responsible for our own past -e and would lack in justice to them. 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. A REVIEW OF THE OLD WORLD RALLINZ. BY WITMER STONE. While engaged in identifying the Rallidze in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, I was impressed with the confusion which exists in regard to the synonymy of the Old World members of the family, more especially with reference to the generic position of many of the species and the limitation of the several genera. G. R. Gray, in his Hand List, has increased the confusion to an ex- traordinary degree, and it is difficult to imagine how he conceived such an arrangement as is there proposed. Having had occasion to make a thorough investigation of the literature bearing upon the Old World Rails, I think it desirable to prepare the following list of the described species and genera which brings together in one paper all the references to pub- lished descriptions. Lack of sufficient material has prevented me from making a monographic study of the group, but where specimens were at hand I have been able to judge of the specific re- lations of various described forms and to arrange the synonymy accordingly. In other cases where the validity of species was in doubt I have had to depend upon the statements of those authors who have had actual specimens for comparison. This paper was nearly completed before I had an oppor- tunity of examining Dr. Sharpe’s scheme of classification of the Rallide (Ibis, 1893, p. 258). This is a mere list of genera arranged according to the author’s views with diagnoses of a number of new genera. While it is impossible without better material for me to criticise Dr. Sharpe’s general arrangement it certainly seems that some closely allied forms have been unduly separated. For instance, while the old genus Rougetius is easily separable into two groups of probable generic rank it does not seem to me that the differences warrant the interposition of the entire series of Crakes between them. 1894. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131 It moreover seems hardly advisable to make so many genera out of the old genus Porzana as is done in this scheme. Two of the generic names adopted by Dr. Sharpe ( Corethrura and Rallina) are clearly untenable as is shown below. Although the Rails of the New World have been excellently monographed by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 442, no recent attempt has been made at a systematic arrangement of the Old World members of the family except in the paper by Dr. Sharpe just referred to. The satisfactory arrangement in a lineal sequence of the genera of any family, especially such a one as the Rallide, is well nigh im- possible, and there must necessarily be breaks in the series. From the typical Rails (Rallus and Hypotaenidia) we can run in one direction through Eulabeornis and the Gymnocrex group to the Woodhens (Ocydromus) and again through Dryolimnas, Rougetius and Huryzona towards the Crakes. In any case the genera Ocydro- mus and Himantornis are extreme forms and had_ better stand separately at the end of the series than be interpolated in the middle. Cabalus is evidently allied to Hypotaenidia and Cuanirallus to Euryzona though they are both aberrant forms. With these ideas in mind I have begun my list with the genera most nearly approaching the Woodhens and followed with the true Rails passing from them to the Crakes. As Dr. Sharpe says the Crakes merge on the one hand into the Rails and on the other into the Gallinules, Amaurornis being the connecting link with the latter. Of the Crakes I have recognized eight genera as follows: Crea, Porzana, Limnobaenus, Limnocorax, Sarothrura, Rallicula, Porz- anula and Pennula. The Gallinules and Coots have not been included as I have limited my paper to what are generally known as the Ra/line though it is an exceedingly difficult matter to draw a sharp line between the several so-called subfamilies of the Rallide. The genera Amauror- nis and Oenolimnas' have also been omitted as they seem to belong with the Gallinules, and also the genera Ocydromus* and Himantor- 1Dr. Sharpe arranges this genus (type Radlina isabellina Schl.) with the Crakes but it seems to me closely allied to Amzaurornis. 2 Monographed in Buller’s Birds of N. Zealand. See also Ibis, 1893, p. 261. 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. nis which are, as has already been stated, hardly to be included with the Ralline.’ Besides the Ra//ine in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, I had the opportunity of studying the series of Old World Rails in the collection of the U. S. National Museum which were kindly loaned to me by Mr. Robert Ridgway, Curator of the Department of Birds. The generic names which have been proposed for the Old World Rails with the type species of each are as follows: 1758.—Rallus Linn., S. N. ed. 10, I, p. 153. R. aquatieus Linn. 1802.—Crex Bechst., Orn. Taschb. Deutschl., p. 336. R. erex Linn. 1816.— Ortygometra Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34. RR. crex Linn. 1816.—Porzana Vieill., Analyse, p. 61. R. porzana Linn. 1816.—Zapornia Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34. Z. minuta Leach. 1829.—Phalaridion Kaup., Entw. Eur. Thierw., p. 173. Gallinula pusilla & pygmaea. 1837.—Alecthelia Swains., (nec Less., 1826). 1844.—Eulabeornis Gould, P. Z. S., 1844, p. 56. E. castaneo- ventris Gould. 1845. —Rallites Puch., Rey. Zool., 1845, p. 277. R. pusillus. 1845.— Biensis Puch., Rey. Zool., 1845, p. 278, B. typus Puch. 1846.— Corethrura Gray, Gen. Bds., Vol. III (nee Hope 1844). 1848.—Fallina Reich., Syn. Av., Vol. III, Rasores. R. maximus Vieill. 1852.— Hypotaenidia Reich., Syst. Av., p. xxiii. R. pectoralis Cuv. 1854.—Limnocorax Peters, Monatsber. K. P. Ak. Wissensch. Berlin, p- 184. LL. capensis Peters. 1856—Lewinia Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. R. brachi- pus Sw. 1856.—Rougetius Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLII, p. 599. R. abys- sinicus Rupp. 1856.— Euryzona Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLII, p. 599. R. fasciata Raffi. 1856. — Coturnicops Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. Fulica noveboracensis Gm. 1856.— Canirallus Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 600. Core- thrura griseofrons Gray. 3 Of the following genera (most of which contain but a single species) I have no specimens for examination and have followed the statements of other authors as to their affinities: Aramidopsis, Habroptila, Megacrex, Gymnocrex, Tricholimnas, Cabalus, Castanolimnas, Pennula, Porzanula, Rallicula and Aphanolimnas. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133 1860.— Habroptila Gray, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 365. H. waullacii Gray. 1871.—Rallicula Schl., Ned. Tijdsch. Dierkunde, IV, p. 55. R. rubra Schl. 1872.—Limnobaenus Sund., Meth. Nat. Avy., p. 130. Gallinula rubiginosa Temm. 1874.—Cabalus Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst., VI, p. 108. R. mo- destus Hutton. 1875.—Gymnocrex Salvad., Ann. Mus. Genov., VII, p. 678. Ral- lina rosenbergii Schl. 1875.—Corethruropsis Salvad., Ann. Mus. Genov., VII, p. 975. C. leucospila Salvad. 1876.—Schizoptila Briiggm., Abhl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, 5 Bd. p. 94, Rallina rosenbergii Schl. 1879.—Megacrex D’ Alb. & Salvad., Ann. Mus. Genoy., XIV, p. 130. M. inepta D’ Alb. & Salvad. 1879.—Pennula Dole, Haw. Annual, 1879, p. 54. P. millei Dole. 1884.—Psammocrex Oustalet, La Nature, 1884, p. 508. P. petiti, Oustalet. 1890.—Sarothrura Heine, Nomencl. Mus. Heine, p. 319. 1892. —Kittlizia Hartl., (nec Hartert 1891) Abhl. Nat, Ver. Bremen, XII, heft 3, p. 391. R. monasa Kittl. 1892.—Aphanolimnas Sharpe, Bull. B. O. C., No. 4, p. xx. R. monasa Kittl. 1892.—Porzanula Frohawk, Ann. N. H., 6 (ix), p. 247. P. pal- meri Froh. 1893.—Aramidopsis Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 568. R. plateni Blasius. 1893.—Tricholimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. Gallirallus lafres- nayanus Verr. 1893.—Dryolimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. R. cuvieri Pucher. 1893.—Castanolimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. R. canningi Blyth. 1893.—Crecopsis Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260. P. egregia Peters. * The relegation of some of these names which have been in more or less common use, to synonymy requires some little explanation. Ortygometra Leach, is simply a synonym of Crex though it has been used wrongly for species belonging elsewhere. Zapornia, Coturnicops, Phalauridion and Rallites, are all synonyms of Porzana, the first two being well marked sub-genera. 4The above list does not include a number of generic names proposed by Heine in 1890 (Nomencl. Mus. Hein.) for well known genera of Bonaparte and other authors which had been in use for many years. These names would, of course, only find a place in the synonomy and it seems scarcely worth while to take any notice of them, such a wholesale introduction of new names being a most un- warrantable proceeding. One of Heine’s names, however, Saro/hrura, will have to stand as the name Corethrura, for which it was proposed as a substitute, is preoccupied. 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Alecthelia and Corethrura were both proposed for the small Rails here called Sarothrura, but both names were already in use in other connections. Biensis and Lewinia are synonyms of Rallus. Rallina has been employed by various authors for a variety of species. Reichenbach first proposed the name in his Synopsis Avium, Vol. III, Rasores, Fam. Rallinz, including under it a large number of species, and it has been generally used since for the Rails allied to R. ewryzona. It seems, however, that no type was cited for the genus until the appearance of Reichenbach’s Systema in which he restricts the name to the South American species allied to — R. maximus, this species being the type. Unfortunately this species had already been made the type of the genus Aramides, so that Ral- lina becomes a synonym of this latter genus and we must adopt the name Huryzona Bonap. for the Rails allied to R. ewryzona as already proposed by, Dr. Stejneger (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 396). Schizoptila is a pure synonym of Gymnocrex while WKittlizia is pre- occupied and the name Aphanolimnas was proposed in its stead by Dr. Sharpe. ARAMIDOPSIS Sharpe. 1893.—Aramidopsis Sharpe, Ibis. p. 568 (Bull. B. O. C.). Aramidopsis plateni (Blasius). Rallus plateni Blasius, Braunschweigischer Anzeiger, Mar. 3, 1886. Hab. Celebes. HABROPTILA Gray. 1860.—Habroptila Gray, P. Z. S., p. 365. Habroptila wallacii Gray. Habroptila wallacii Gray, P. Z. S., 1860, p. 365. Hab. East Gilolo. MEGACREX D’Alb & Salvad. 1879.—Megacrex D’ Alb. & Salvad., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., XIV, p. 150 (type M. inepta D’Alb. & Salvad. ). Megacrex inepta D’Alb. & Salvy. 7 Megacrex inepta D’ Alb. & Salvad., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genov., XIV, (1879) p. 130. Hab. New Guinea. GYMNOCREX Salvad. 1875.—Gymnocrex, Salvad., Ann. Mus Civ. Genov., VII, p. 678 (type Rallina rosenbergii Schl. ). 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15 1876.—Schizoptila Briigg., Abhl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, 5 Bd., p. 94 (type Rallina rosenbergii Schl.). Gymnocrex rosenbergii (Schl.). Rallina vosenbergii Schi., Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., III, p. 212 (1866). Gymnocrex rosenbergu Salvad., Ann. Mus. Civ. Genoy., VII, p. 678 (1875). Schizoptila rosenbergvi Briiggeman, Abhl. Nat. Ver. Bremen, 5 Bd. p- 94 (1876). Hab. Celebes. Gymnocrex plumbeoventris (Gray). Rallus plum beoventris Gray, P. Z. §., 1861, p. 432 (Mysol). Rallus hoeveni Rosenb., Nat. Tijdse hr. Ned, Ind., 1867, p. 144. Rallus intactus Sel., P. ye S., 1869, p. 120 (Solomon Ish); Hab. Solomon Isl. &e. TRICHOLIMNAS Sharpe. 1893.—Tricholimnas Sharpe, Ibis, p. 260 (type Gallirallus lafres- nayanus Verr. ). Tricholimnas lafresnayanus (Verr. & Desm.). Gallirallus lafresnayanus Verr. & Desm., Rey. Zool., 1860, p. 437. Hab. New Caledonia. EULABEORNIS Gould. 1844.—Eulabeornis Gould, P. Z. S., 1844, p. 56 (type EL casta- neoventris Gould). This genus of which the type is before me seems to contain but a single species. The Gallirallus lafresnayanus Verr. & Desm., which has been referred by some authors to Fulabeornis and by others to Ocydromus, has been placed in a distinct genus by Dr. Sharpe. Eulabeornis castaneoventris Gould. Eulabeornis castaneoventris Gould, P. Z. 8., 1844, p. 56. Hab. Cape York Peninsula, Australia. RALLUS Linn. 1758.—Rallus Linn., Syst. Nat. I, p. 153 (type R. aquaticus L.). 1845.—Biensis Pucher., Rey. Zool., 1845, p. 278 (type B. typus Puch.). 1856.—Lewinia Bonap., Compt. Rend., 1856, p. 599 (type R. lewinia Sw. ). The two species which have been separated from true Ra/lus 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. under the generic names Biensis and Lewinia do not seem to me sufficiently distinct to warrant their separation. allus brachipus (type of Lewinia) is the connecting link to Hypotaenidia as regards plumage, being very near to the H. striata group. Rallus aquaticus Linn. Rallus aquaticus Linn., 8. N. ed. 10, I (1758), p. 153. Hab. Europe. Rallus indicus Blyt Rallus vie ‘Bly th, Jour. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, XVIII, p. 820 (1849). ? Rallus japonicus Dresser, Bds. of Europe, VII (1878), p. 261. Hab. Bengal, Nepaul, Japan, etc. This species is the eastern representative of the former. Ralius coerulescens Gm. Rallus coerulescens Gm., S. N. I, p. 716, 1788. Hab. S. Africa. Rallus madagascariensis Desj. Rallus madagascariensis Desj., P. Z. 8., 1831, p. 45. Biensis typus Pucheran, Rey. Zool., 1845, p. 278. Hab. Madagascar. Rallus brachipus Sw. Rallus brachipus Sw., Anim. in Menag., (1838) p. 336. Rallus Lewinti Sw., Anim. in Menag., p. 336. “ Rallus pectoralis Cuy.,’’ fide Pucheran, Rev. Zool., 1845, p 278. Hab. Australia. Rallus muelleri Rothsch. Rallus muelleri Rothsch., [bis., 1893, p. 442. Hab. Aukland Isl., New Zealand. A close ally of the preceding. HYPOTAENIDIA Reichb. 1850.—Hypotaenidia Reichb., Syst. Avium. p. XXIII (type ‘‘f. pectoralis Gould” = R. philippensis L. ). Reichenbach gives as the type of his genus “ Rallus pectoralis Cuy.” which Pucheran states is Rallus brachipus Sw.; the bird figured on the plate to which we are referred, however, is the ‘‘ Ral- lus pectoralis Gould”? which is R. philippensis Linn. This genus comprises three groups of species: ied 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 1 © a. Those allied to HZ. striatus which have the bars on the wing feathers all white and which make an easy transition to Rallus through R. brachipus. b. Those allied to R. philippensis which have the bars on the wing feathers reddish brown, except the two outermost primaries. c. Those allied to H. celebensis, with the upper surface not striped and the throat black. Hypotaenidia striata (Linn.). Rallus striata Linn., S. N. ed. 12 (1766) I, p. 262. Hab. Philippine Islands. Hypotaenidia gularis (Horsf.). Rallus gularis Horsf., Tr. Linn. Soc., XIII, 1822, p. 196. Hab. Java. Hypotaenidia superciliaris (Eyton). Rallus supereciliaris Eyton, Ann. & Mag. N. H., XVI, 1845, p. 230. Rallina telmatophila Hume, Stray Feathers, VII, p- 142. Hab. Malacca. This will probably prove synonymous with the preceding. Hypotaenidia jouyi (Stejn.). Rallus jouyi Stejn., Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 9, 1886, p. 263. Hab. China (probably India, also). Hypotaenidia obscuriora Hume. Hypotaenidia obscuriora Hume, Stray Feathers, H, p. 302 (Jan. 1874). Be isin ferrea Walden, Ibis, 1874, p. 147 (April 1874). Hab. Andaman Isl. Hypotaenidia abnormis Hume. Hypotaenidia abnormis Hume, Stray Feathers, 1875, p. 389. Hab. Southern Andamans. Hypotaenidia philippensis (Linn). Rallus philippensis Linn, 8. N. ed. 12, I, p. 268. Rallus pectoralis Gould, Birds of Austral., Vol. VI, Pl. 76 (nec Cuvier). Rallus etorques Temm., fide Schlegel Mus. Pays Bas, V., p. 23. Rallus ‘hypotaenidia ‘‘Bonap.,” fide Verr. & DesMur., Rev. & Mag. Zool., 1860, p. 537. Rallus fosteri Hartl., Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg., 1852, p. 156. Rallus hypoleucus Finsch & Hartl., Orn. Centralpol., p. 163. Rallus pictus Potts, Trans. N. Z. Inst., IV, p. 202 (1871). 10 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Rallus biensis yon Pelz., Ibis, 1873, p. 42. Rallus assimilis Gray, App. Dieff. Travels, Vol. II, p. 197. Hab. Java to Australia and New Zealand. While it may be possible to separate this species into several races, my material is insufficient to decide the question. As far as I can see, however, such separation does not seem practicable. The presence or absence of a buff breast band is not a constant character, birds from the same locality showing great diversity in this respect. The New Zealand bird has been separated by both Gray and Potts but from such specimens as I have seen I fail to find any constant differential characters. Hypotaenidia torquata (Linn). Rallus torquatus Linn., S. N. ed. 12, I, p. 262. ‘* Rallus lineatus ‘“‘Cuy.” Less. Tr. Ornith., 1831, p. 536. Hab. Philippines. Hypotaenidia celebensis: (Q. & G Rallus celebensis Q. & G., Astrol., t. 24, p. 2. Hab. Celebes. Hypotaenidia sulcirostris ( Wall.) Rallus sulcirostris Wall., P. Z. S., 1862, p. 346. Hab. Sula Isl. See an important paper on this and allied species, Sclater, Ibis, 1880, p. 312. Hypotaenidia saturata Salvad. Hypotaenidia saturata Salvad., Mss., Sclater, Ibis, 1880, p. 310 Hab. Salawatti and Papua. Hypotaenidia insignis (Sel.). Rallus insigms Scl., P. Z. S., 1880, p. 66. Hab. New Britain, Duke of York Isl. Hypotaenidia poeciloptera (Hartl.). Rallina poeciloptera Hartl., Ibis, 1866, p. 171. Hab. Fiji Isl. Hypotaenidia woodfordi (Grant). Rallina woodfordi Ogilvie Grant, Ann. & Mag. N. H., (6) IV. 1889, p. 320. Hab. Solomon Isl. The last two species I have never seen and am not sure whether they should be referred to this genus or not. Rallus featherstonii is described by Buller, Essay on Ornithology of New Zealand, published zl 9 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 139 in Report of N. Z. Expos. 1865, but is entirely ignored by him in his subsequent work on Birds of New Zealand. I have not access to the first work, but judge the name to be a synomym perhaps of Hypo- taenidia philippensis L. H. sulcirostris and the two following species I arrange here in ac- cordance with Dr. Sclater’s views as they are evidently members of this group, though I have no specimens for examination. _ CABALUS Hutton. Cabalus Hutton, Trans. N. Z. Inst., VI, p. 108 (type R. modestus Hutton). Cabalus dieffenbachi (Gray). Rallus dieffenbachi Gray, App. Dieff. Travels, Vol. II, p. 197. Rallus modestus Hutton, Ibis, 1872, p. 247. Hab. Chatham Isl. C. modestus may be a distinct species as has been held by a num- ber of ornithologists; the majority of those who have examined specimens, however, seem to consider it merely the young of C. dief- fenbachi. Cabalus macquariensis (Hutton). F Rallus macquariensis Hutton, Ibis, 1879, p. 454. Hab. Macquarie Isl. Cabalus sylvestris (Sclater).° Ocydromus sylvestris Scl., P. Z. S., 1869, p. 472. Hab. Lord Howe Isl. Dr. Sharpe states that this species is really a Cabalus and has been wrongly referred to Ocydromus (Ibis, 1893, p. 262). ROUGETIUS Bonap. 1856.—Rougetius Bonap., Compt. Rend., t. 43, p. 599 (type R. abyssinicus Ripp.=R. rougetii Guer.) The species generally referred to this genus fall into two groups, one containing the type and the other comprising R. bernieri of Madavascar and its close allies from the adjacent islands. In the former the bill is much smaller and weaker, though its shape and proportions are about the same. For the latter group Dr. Sharpe has proposed the generic name Dryolimnas and it seems better to re- cognize the two genera. Rougetius rougetii (Guer). Rallus rougetii Guer., Rey. Zool., 1848, p. 322. Rallus abyssinieus Rupp., Syst. Uebers., 1845, No. 478, t 46. Hab. Abyssinia. 140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. DRYOLIMNAS Sharpe. 1893.—Dryolimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260 (type R. ewvieri Puch. ). Dryolimnas bernieri (Bonap). Rougetius bernieri Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLII, 1856, p. 599 — (nomen nudum). “Rougetius bernieri Bonap.,’’ Hartl., J. f. O., 1860, p. 171. Hab. Madagascar. Dryolimnas cuvieri (Pucheran). Rallus gularis Cuv.,”’ Less. Tr. Ornith., p. 536 (nec Cuv.). Rallus cuviert Puch., Rey. Zool., 1845, p. 279. Hab. Mauritius. Dryolimnas aldebranus (Gunther). Rallus gularis var aldebrana Gunther, Ann. & Mag. N. H., ser. 5, Vol. III, 1879, p. 164. Rougetius Smee Ridgw., Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. X Vitae 598, 1893. . Hab. Aldebra. Dryolimnas abbotti (Ridgw.). Rougetius abbotti Ridgw. , Auk, 1894, p. 74. Hab. Assumption Island. CANIRALLUS Bonap. 1856.— Canirallus ‘“Hartl.,” Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIIL, p. 600° (type Gallinula kilioides Puch. ye . To this genus have been referred two species which are certainly not congeneric, 7. ¢€., C. kilioides Puch., and C. oculeus Temm. — Bonaparte gives them both in his list (Compt. Rend., 1856, p. 600) and places ocu/eus Temm. first ; from the fact, however, that he placed the genus in Gallinulinae I think he must have had the former species in view, as its bill is strikingly like that of a Gallinule. I therefore, would select kilioides Puch. as the type. ; Although the shape of the bill of this bird recalls the Gallinules (especially Amauroptera) it has no trace of a frontal shield, and the toes are very short, as in Hwryzona, so that I think its place is with — the Ralline, though certainly an aberrant form. Canirallus kilioides (Puch. ). Gallinula kilioides Puch., Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 279. Corethrura griseofrons Gray, Gen. Bds., HI, 1846, p. 595. Hab. Madagascar, Z 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141 EURYZONA Bonap. 1846.—Rallina Gray, Gen. Birds, III, p. 595 (type R. zey- lanicus Gm. (nec Rallina Reich. ). 1856.—Euryzona Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599 (type R. fasciata Rafi.) The question of the proper name for this genus has already been thoroughly discussed. Besides the typical species allied to FE. fasciata, there is another which seems more nearly allied to this genus than any other. Thisis the Canirallus oculeus of Temminck, which is certainly not congenerie with Canirallus kilioides (type of genus). This species has the short toes of Euryzona, but has the bill some- what longer and higher at the base. The coloration is almost exactly the same style as that of a typical Euryzona. Although it may be necessary to propose a new genus for this species, I would prefer for the present to place it here. Euryzona fasciata (Rafil.). Rallina fasciata Rafi., Trans. Linn. Soc., (1822) XIII, p. 328, (Sumatra). Gallinula euryzona Temm., Pl. Col. 417, 1838 (Java). Hab. India. Euryzona euryzonoides (Lafr.). Gallinula euryzonoides Lafr., Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 368. Rallus zeylanicus ‘‘ Gm.” Auct., nec Gmelin (see Tweedale P. Z. Sete, p. 767). Hab. Ceylon, Burmah, ete. Euryzona amauroptera (Blyth). ! ; Rallus capensis Gm., S. N., (1788) I, p. 716, pt. (nec Linn.) Porzana ceylonicus Blyth (1849), Cat. Bds. Mus. Asiat. Soe., p- 285 (nec Rk. zeylanica Gen. ) Porzana amauroptera Blyth, fide Jerdon, Bds. India, III, p. 725 (1864). Hab. Northern India. The date and place of Blyth’s description I am unable to find ; probably it was merely a manuscript name that Jerdon quotes. Euryzona sepiaria Stejn. mI s Euryzona sepiaria Stejn., Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1887, p. 395. Hab. Lit Kiu Islands. Euryzona tricolor (Gray). ; Rallus tricolor Gray, P. Z. S., 1858, p. 188. Hab. New Guinea. 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Euryzona minahasa (Wall.) Rallina minahasa Wail. LP. Z. Bix. 1862, p.. 340, Hab. Sula and N. Calebes. Euryzona rufigenis (Wall.). Porzana rufigenis Wall., P. Z. S., 1865, p. 480. Hab. Borneo. Euryzona zonaventris Cab. Rallina (E.) zonaventris Cab., J. f. O., 1881, p. 425. Hab. Malacca. Euryzona oculea (Temm.). Gallinula oculea Temm. Canirallus oculeus Bonap., Compt. Rend., XLIII, p. 599. Rallina oculea Schleg., Mus. Pays Bas, V, p. 20. Hab. W. Africa, (Liberia, &c. ). CASTANOLIMNAS Sharpe. 1893.— Castanolimnas Sharpe, Ibis, 1893, p. 260 (type Rallina can- ning Tytler). As I have never seen the species upon which this genus is founded I follow Dr. Sharpe in recognizing it as distinct from Euryzona. Castanolimnas canningi (Tytler). Rallina canningi Tytler, Ibis., 1863, p. 119. Hab. Andaman Isl. CREX Bechst. 1802.—Crex Bechst., Orn. Taschb. Deutschl., p. 336 (type R. erex L.). 1816.—Ortygometra Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34 (type F. crex L.). Crex crex (Linn. ). Rallus crex Tee S. N. ed. 12, I (1758), p. 153. Crex pratensis Bechst., Ornitho]. Taschenb., TL p. 337 (1803). Fulica naevia Gm., §. NI (1788), p. 709. Hab. Europe and Northern Asia. PORZANA Vieill. 1816.—Porzana Vieill., Analyse, p. 61 (type R. porzana Linn.). 1816.—Zapornia Leach, Syst. Cat. M. & B. Brit. Mus., p. 34 — (type Z. minute Leach). 1829.—Phalaridion Kaup, Entw. Eur. Phieew: p- 173 (type Gal- linula pusilla and pygmaea. ). 1845.—fallites Puch. Rev. Zool., 1845, p. 277 (type R. pusillus). 1856.—Coturnicops Bonap. Compt. Bends XLIII, p. 599 (type Fulica noveboracensis Gm.). 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143 In this genus I have placed the majority of the smaller Rails, which may be arranged in several subgenera: (1) Porzana with one species (P. porzana). (2) Zapornia with five distinct species (P. nove-hollandie, quadristrigata, tabuensis, pusilla and palustris) and several others which are perhaps only to be regarded as subspecies. Additional species or subspecies may have to be recognized in this group when a large amount of material is examined, but in that case some of the names here included in the synonymy will have to be revived. (3) Crecopsis, a group of African species, including P. marginalis Peters and some allied forms. (4) Cotwrnicops, includ- ing two species P. exquisita and P. ayresi. The type of this subgenus is P. noveboracensis Gm., an American species. The other species of Porzana I have not been able to examine and am uncertain as to their arrangement. P. akool, modesta and bicolor seem from the descriptions to be very different birds from the other Porzanae and may have to be placed in a distinct genus. P. moluc- cana of Wallace may not be a Porzana at all, as the description is too meagre to show what its relationship really is. P. rufigenis des- eribed at the same time seems to be a Euryzona. a. PORZANA. Porzana porzana (Linn. ). Rallus porzana Linn., S. N. ed 12, I, p. 262; 1766. Ortygometra maruetta Leach, Gould, Bds. of Europe. Hab. Europe. Porzana nove-hollandie Cuv. Porzana nove-hollandice Cuv. Porzana fluminea Gould, P. Z. S., 1842, p. 139. Hab. Australia and Tasmania. b. ZAPORNIA. Porzana quadristrigata (Horsf.) Rallus quadristrigata Horsf., Linn. Trans., XIII, p. 196 (Java). Rallus tanensis Forst. Desecr. Anim., 1844, p. 275 (Tanna). Rallus leucophrys Gould, P. Z. 8., 1847, p. 33 (Australia). Gallinula leucosoma Sw., Anim. in Menag., p. 348 (India). Zaporina sandwichensis Reich., Icon. Col., t. 204, f 1184-85 (nec Rallus sandwichensis Gm. ). “ Gallinula mystacina Mus. Paris,” Inedit. fide Schlegel. * Gallinula superciliosa Temm.,’’ Inedit. fide Schlegel. Hab. Java to Australia, ete. Rallus cinereus Vieill. which is often quoted for this bird, applies to a South American species. 8 A th ES eee ET Ss ee SSS ee Se ee eet ee. eae dienes ee re ee ee ee, ee ee ee oe, en. ee ee Se 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. — Porzana tabuensis Gm. Rallus tabuensis Gm., S. N. I (1788), p. 717, (Tongo Taboo, Otaheite). Zaporina umbrina Cass., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., VIII, p. 254 Fiji). ec ots umbrata’’ Hartl., Wiegm. Arch. fiir Naturg., 1858, Il, p. 29=misprint of Cassin’s name. Crea plumbea Gray, Griff. Anim. King, III, p. 410, (1829) (mo habitat). Porzana tahitiensis (Gm.) Rallus tahitiensis Gm., S. N., I (1788), p. 717. Gallinula immaculata Sw., Anim. in Menag., 1838, p. 337 (Tas- mania). Hab. Australia and Polynesia. Whether there is more than one species of these little unicolored Rails of the South Pacific Iam unable to say ; whether the name tabuensis of Gmelin will stand is also doubtful. If the two prove synonyiaae tabuensis has priority. Porzana spilonota (Gould). Zaporina spilonota Gould, Voy. Beagle, pt. III, pt. 132. Hab. Galapagos. Porzana vitiensis Hartl. Porzana vitiensis Hartl., J. f. O. (1854), p. 169. Hab. Fiji Isls. A name based upon Peale’s brief description of a Fiji Rail which he identifies as “‘ P. spilonota Gould’’ (U. S. Expl. Exped., Wilkes, p. 224). Porzana pusillus (Pallas). Rallus pusillus Pallas, Reise. Russ. Reise. (1776), III, app. p. 700. Rallus pusillus Gm., I, p. 719 (1788). Hab. India, China and Japan. Porzana intermedia (Hermann). Rallus intermedius Hermann, Observ. on Zool., 1, p. 198 (1804). Crex pygmaea Naum., Voy., t. 239 (18—). Fallus bailloni Vieill., Nov. Dict. d’ Hist. Nat., XXVIII, p. 548 — (1819). . Gallinula stellaris Temm., Man. d’Orn., 2 ed., II, p- 693 (1820). Hab. Europe and Africa. As to the separation of this species from the preceding, see Ogilvie Grant, Ann. & Mag. N. H., 1890, Vol. V, p. 80. Dr. Stejneger pro- — Proc. Acad .Nat.Sci.Phila. 1894. Plate 1. Filsbry de) j Neotoma ferruginea Tomes, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, 282-284. Type locality: Dueias, Guatemala. Geographic distribution. — Region about Duefias, Guatemala. Range unknown. Norr.—I have not seen N. fervuginea; it may not belong here at all. Neotoma fallax Merriam. Neotoma fallax Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 123, 124. Type locality: Gold Hill, Boulder Co., Colorado. Geographic distribution—Eastern base of Rocky Mountains in Colorado (up to about 7,000 feet altitude, where it is replaced by N. orolestes). Neotoma bryanti Merriam. Neotoma bryanti Merriam, Am. Nat. X XI, No. 2, Feb. 1887, 191-193. Type locality: Cerros Island, Lower California. Geographic distribution. —Cerros Island, Mexico (off Lower Cali- : fornia). Neotoma fuscipes Baird. Neotoma fuscipes (Cooper MS.) Baird, Mam. N. Am., 1857, 495, 496 (from Peta- luma, Calif, ). Neoloma monochroura Rhoads, Am. Naturalist, XXVIII, Jan. 1894, 67, 68 i (from Grants Pass, Josephine Co., Oregon). , Neotoma splendens True, Proe. U. S. Nat. Museum, XVII, No. 1006, 1, 2 ° [Author’s separates issued June 27, 1894], (from Marin Co., Calif.). ? Type locality: Petaluma, Sonoma Co., California. y Geographic distribution. —Coast region of California and Oregon, ; from a little south of Monterey Bay northward to the Columbia r 3 : BAS 2 i rf , tiver (Transition Zone). Neotoma fuscipes macrotis (Thomas). Neotoma macrotis Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XII, Sept. 1893, 234, 235 (from San Diego, California). Neotoma macrotis simplex True, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, XVII, No. 1006, 2 [Author’s separates issued June 27, 1894], (from Old Ft. Tejon, California). Type locality: San Diego, California. - 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 247 Geographic distribution.—Coast region (including coast ranges) of California, south of Monterey Bay (in upper Sonoran and Transi- tion Zones). Neotoma fuscipes streatori Merriam. Neoloma fuscipes streatort Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 124. Type locality: Carbondale, Amador Co., California. Geographic distribution. —West slope of Sierra Nevada in Cali- fornia (including mountain region generally of northeast California except higher elevations.) Upper Sonoran and Transition Zones. Neotoma fuscipes dispar Merriam. Neotoma fuscipes dispar Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 124, 125. Type locality: Lone Pine, Owens Valley, California. Geographic distribution.—East base of Sierra Nevada in Owens Valley, California (and probably along western edge of Mohave Desert also). Upper Sonoran Zone. Neotoma desertorum Merriam. Neotoma desertorum Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 125, 126. Type locality: Furnace Creek, Death Valley, California. Geographic distribution.—Mohave and Colorado Deserts and Sono- ran deserts generally of eastern California, Nevada, and western Utah (north to East Humboldt Valley, Nevada, and Kelton, Utah.) Upper and lower Sonoran Zones. Neotoma desertorum sola Merriam. Neotoma desertorum sola Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 126. Type locality: San Emigdio, Kern Co., California. Geographic distribution. —Head of San Joaquin Valley, Cali- fornia. Neotoma intermedia Rhoads. Neotoma intermedia Rhoads, Am. Naturalist, XXVIII, Jan. 1, 1894, 69, 70. (from Dulzura, San Diego Co., California). Neotoma californica Price, Proc. Calif. Acad, Sci., 2d ser., ITT, May 9, 1894, 154- 156, pl. XI (from Bear Valley, San Benito Co., California ). Neotoma intermedia gilva Rhoads, Am. Naturalist, XX VITI, Jan. 1, 1894, 69 (from Banning. California ). Neotoma venusta True, Prov. U.S, Nat. Museum, XVIT, No, 1006, 2 [Author's separates issued June 27th, 1894], (from Carrizo Creck, San Diego Co., California ). Type locality: Dulzura, San Diego Co., California. 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Geographic distribution.—The typical form inhabits the valleys and lower slopes of the coast ranges of California south of Monterey Bay (specimens examined from Bear Valley, San Benito Co. ; Priest Valley, Monterey Co.; San Luis Obispo; San Fernando; San Bernardino Mt. and Valley; San Jacinto Valley, and Dulzura). A slightly paler form (subspecies gi/va Rhoads = venusta True) in- habits San Gorgonio Pass and the western edge of the Colorado Desert (specimens examined from Whitewater Ranch, Palm Springs, Cabazon, Carrizo Creek, Baregas Spring, and Vallecitas). Upper Sonoran. Neotoma intermedia melanura Merriam. Neotoma intermedia melanura Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 126, 127. Type locality: Ortiz, Sonora, Mexico. Sonora, Mexico, near west base of Geographic distribution. Sierra Madre. Upper Sonoran, Neotoma intermedia albigula Hartley. Neotoma albigula Hartley, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei., 2d ser., III, May 9, 1894, 157— 159, pl. XII. Type locality: Vicinity of Fort Lowell, Arizona. Geographic distribution—Lower Sonoran Zone in southern and western Arizona. Neotoma intermedia angusticeps Merriam. Neotoma intermedia angusticeps Merriam, Proce. Biol. Soc. Wash., IX, July 2, 1894, 127. Type locality: S. W. corner Grant Co., New Mexico (only 4 miles from Mexican boundary ). Geographic distribution.—Southwestern New Mexico, and doubt- less also adjacent valleys of N.W. Chihuahua, Mexico (in Lower Sonoran Zone). Neotoma arizone Merriam. Neotoma arizone Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash., VIII, July 31, 1893, 110, if ta ’ Neotoma lepida Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 6th ser., XII, Sept. 1893, 235 (from Utah). Type locality: Keams Cafion, Apache Co., Arizona. Geographic distribution.—Tusayan or Moki region in northeastern Arizona, northwestern New Mexico, southeastern Utah, and prob- ably southwestern Colorado. Sonoran. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 249 Neotoma cinerea (Ord. ) “Mus cinereus Ord, Guthrie’s Geography, 2d Am. Ed., II, 1815, 292”’ ) on description of Lewis and Clark, Paui Allen Ed., 1814, Vol. I, pp. 289, Type locality: Near Great Falls, Montana. Geographic distribution. —Northern Rocky Mt. region in Transi- tion and Boreal Zones, from Utah and Wyoming northward; east to Black Hills and plains of North Dakota west of Missouri River; west in southern British Columbia to Cascade Range, and south throughout the Sierra Nevada to Mt. Whitney in southern Cali- fornia, Neotoma cinerea occidentalis (Baird). Neotoma occidentalis (Cooper MS.) Baird, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., VII, 1855, 335. Neotoma cinerea occidentalis Merriam, Mammals of Idaho, N. Am. Fauna, No. 5, Aug. 1891, 58. Type locality: Shoalwater Bay, Washington. Geographic distribution. — Pacific coast region of Oregon and Washington and thence easterly over the lava beds-to the Snake Plains of east-central Idabo (Transition and Upper Sonoran Zones). Neotoma cinerea drummondi (Richardson). Myoxus drummondii Richardson, Zool. Journ., IIL, 1828, 517, 518. Neoloma drummondii Richardson, Fauna Boreali-Am., 1829, 137-140. Type locality: Rocky Mts., British Columbia (lat. 57°). Geographic distribution.—Eastern British Columbia and adjacent parts of western Canada north of the range of cinerea. Exact dis- tribution unknown. Boreal (probably Hudsonian). Neotoma orolestes Merriam. Neotoma orolestes Merriam, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., [X, July 2, 1894, 128. Type locality: Saguache Valley (20 miles west of Saguache, Colo- rado). Geographic distribution. — Rocky Mts. of Colorado and New Mexico (southeast of range of V. cinerea). Boreal. 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. SPECIES AND SuBSPECIES OF NEOTOMA. ney leucodon latifrons ie micropus im leucodon group 2 baileyi floridana pennsylvanica = ‘Se | magister fa | ( mexicana | , ss bullata | pinetorum a tenuicauda Bier be - orizabze fulviventer Subgenus NEOTOMA 2 mexicana group 4 fallax . | fuscipes — “. es a EONOMA “ drummondi orolestes ry . . . » a we “UN. torqguata and ferruginea I have not seen, hence their relations may net be as here indicated. tas 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251 ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATE IX. (Figures natural size. ) Figs. 1-4, 7, 8. Hodomys alleni, 9 , 44,651, Manzanillo, Mexico. 1, skull from above; 2, same from left side; 8, same from below; 4, mandible from left side; 8, same from above. Figs. 5, 6, 9. Neotoma. 5, mandible from left side; 6, same from below ; 9, same from above. Figs. 10-13. NXenomys nelsoni, &, 45,287, Hacienda Magdalena, Colima, Mexico. 10, skull from above; 11, same from left side; 12, same from - ‘ , same from below; below ; 13, mandible from left side. TEXT FIGURES. Fig. 1, a, b, ¢. —-Ptyssophorus elegans (from Ameghino). u, right ramus of mandible, outer side. Nat size. ie eye URS NY inner side. Enlarged. ec, crowns of right lower molars. d, Sigmodon hispidus, crowns of right lower molars. Enlarged. e, Hodomys alleni, SS 66 “6 6 Fig. 2. Tretomys atavus, left upper molars enlarged (from (Ameghino). Fig. 3, a and b, Hodomys alleni. * a, crowns of left upper molars. (x 5.) Peas 285 «< <«¢ lower molars. e and d. Hodomys vetulus. c, crowns of left upper molars. (x 5.) d sc ce ¢¢ lower molars. , e and f. Nenomys nelsoni. e, crowns of left upper molars. (x 9.) Bah ‘6 #6 lower molars. Fig. 4. Nenomys nelsoni. Type No. ee o, ad. Hacienda Magdalena, Colima, Mexico. a, Upper molar series. (xX 7.) b, lower molar series. 252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Fig. 5, a and 6. Neotoma desertorum. Death Valley, Califo rnia, No. 34,138, ¢, ad. (xd.) i 4 a, upper molar series. b, lower molar series. ell e and d. Neotoma tenuicauda. Type No. 45,629, 9. Sierra Nevada de Colima, Jalisco, Mex 0. (x 5.) c, upper molar series. d, lower molar series. [Norr.—The accompanying illustrations belong to the U ‘ Department of Agriculture. They are here used by courtesy Dr. Chas. W. Dabney, Jr., Asst. Secretary of Agriculture. ] bo =) ) ) 1894]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, DESCRIPTIONS OF FOUR NEW SPECIES AND TWO SUBSPECIES OF WHITE-FOOTED MICE FROM THE UNITED STATES AND BRITISH COLUMBIA. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. The North American genus Sitomys, comprising the white-footed or deer mice, has received accessions in the last ten years which bring the combined number of species and subspecies from twelve, in 1889, to thirty-seven in 1884. It may appear presumptive to offer for con- sideration six additional names to this already rather appalling list of rodents belonging to a single genus. It is somewhat assuring, however, to read the statement of Dr. J. A. Allen,’ in his paper on Recent Progress in the Study of North American Mammals, that most of these forms are not only ‘‘ well founded,’’- but that he is ‘cognizant of still undescribed forms entitled to recognition in nomenclature.’’ It may be stated, that in every case the following diagnoses are based on a critical comparison of both external and cranial char- acters with a large series of allied forms from the same region, and in the case of full species the separation has been mainly founded on the characters of the skull. Sitomys megacephalus is represented by a single adult and two young specimens in alcohol from northern Alabama. While it is desirable that more specimens should be examined, its characters diverge so widely from its nearest geographic allies, I can offer no apology for presenting it now. Sitomys insolatus is based on a single individual from the Mohave Desert, California, while a second specimen from the Mohave River in transitional pelage is provisionally referred to it. The collee- tions of the Academy of Natural Sciences contain a large series of Sitomys trom the neighboring regions of Southern California, and the same is undoubtedly the case with the collections of the Department of Agriculture; yet I find in iso/atus no close corre- spondence to any other mouse I have yet seen or read description of. 1 Proc. Linn. Soc., N. Y., 1894. 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Sitomys herroni nigellus is an easily recognized mountain race of the long-and-naked tailed species, which I described a year ago from the San Bernardino Valley. Sitomys macrorhinus and Sitomys keent were severally taken on the mainland coast and outlying islands of northern British Columbia, by the Rev. Mr. Keen, a missionary stationed on Graham Island of the Queen Charlotte Group. Their separation from each other, and from northwestern forms previously known, is based on an examina- tion of more than one hundred skins and crania of Sitomys taken by me in 1892 at numerous localities in British Columbia and Washington, including a large series from Puget Sound at the type locality of S. a. austerus; also from Vancouver Island, Lulu Island, and the Cascade Mountains of Washington and British Columbia. Sitomys americanus artemisie is founded on a series similarly taken by the writer in the arid region east of the Cascade Mountains in southern British Columbia, comparisons being further made with series of Sitomys from Lac La Hache in the boreal realms, 100 miles farther north, and with those captured in the Selkirk and Rocky Mountain Ranges, eastward. Artemisiw is to the northern Great Basin fauna what S. a. nebrascensis is to that of the northwestern Great Plains. The color characters given for these northwestern species are of greater diagnostic value, because nearly all the specimens were taken in May, June, and July, a period when seasonal changes of pelage are less pronounced than in a later or earlier period of the same duration. Incidental to these studies, it is of interest to note the oceur- rence of a form, apparently inseparable from the Hudson Bay type of Sitomys americanus arcticus, upon the higher mountain ranges of southern British Columbia, thus adding a fifth member of the genus to the varied fauna of this great Province. 1. Sitomys megacephalus sp. nov. Type,ad. 9, No.3,535, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila. Woodville, Alabama; Spring, 1894. Col. by H. E. Sargent. Description.—Size large; feet small; ears large; tail about length of body without the head. Color above, dark blackish-cinnamon, lined with gray, darkest on back, brownest on sides. Lower sur- faces dirty white, the hairs plumbeous basally. The tail is sparsely — haired, and colored above and beneath to match the body. Inside of hams plumbeous. Hind feet white from heel; forefeet and fore- Et oe 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 255 arm white. The cinnamon of neck forms a point, downwards, in- vading the throat. Ears dusky and very sparsely haired. Whiskers long and coarse, reaching far behind the recumbent ears. Skull very large; its relative dimensions as in S. americanus with two notable ex- ceptions, viz: 1, the alveolar length of molars is less than that of average americanus, though the skull of megacephalus is more than a third larger; 2, the coronoid process, always developed in americanus (and in all other Sitomys I have seen), as a reflexed, claw-like process, whose posterior face is never perpendicular, is reduced in megacephalus to a thickened knob rounded posteriorly and rising but slightly above the plane of the condylar shaft, and presenting a strong resemblance to the articular terminus of the condyle; in other words, having not only the appearance but the character of a miniature condyle set upon the base of the true one. Measurements. —Total length, 184 mm; tail vertebrae, 81; hind foot, 21-5 ; ear from crown, 14. Skull—Total length, 50-2; basilar length, 23; zygomatic width, 15°5; length of nasals, 12; incisors to post-palatal notch, 12; length of mandible, 16-5; greatest width of mandible, 7-6. I have selected from a series of forty Florida S. a. gossypinus and a series of nearly two hundred typical S. americanus, eight of the largest fully adult crania of each form. Average measurements of these, in the order just given above for the skull of megacephalus, are as follows :— Sitomys americanus: 25°9—19-9—13-4—10-—10°5—13-7—6'1. S. a. gossypinus: 27°3—20°5—135-9—10-6—10-5—14'1— 6-4. It will be seen that the Alabama species has a skull nearly five millimeters longer than average adult americanus. It is further- more about four millimeters longer than the longest skull of a series of three hundred of the americanus group which I have examined. Compared with gossypinus, whose average, it will be seen, somewhat exceeds typical americanus, the differences are still very great. The type is a very old female, which was sent, in company with two young (apparently her own), among a miscellaneous collection of alcoholic animals from Jackson County, northern Alabama. They were the only specimens of Sitomys sent by Mr. Sargent, and owing to his subsequent absence from the State, I have been unable to secure any more specimens, to determine if this be the prevailing form in that region. I have since received a large white-footed mouse from Pasco 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. County, Florida, whose characters so nearly duplicate those of the Alabama specimen, I am inclined, in spite of its different faunal position, to consider it the same. The colors given for megacephalus may be relied upon, though taken from a spirit specimen after dry- ing. The good condition of the aleohol and the whiteness of the belly hairs show them not to have been affected in the least by their recent immersion. In the two half-grown young, accompanying the type, the same increased relative size of the cranium, compared with americanus of same age, is noticeable. 2. Sitomys insolatus sp. nov. Type, No. 3,495, ad. ¢, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila. Oro Grande, Mohave Desert, Kern Co., California, Noy. 9th, 1893. Col, by R. B. Herron. Description,—Size smallest of the genus west of the Mississippi River, with exception of S. taylori. Tail and feet very short, the former shorter than the body minus the head, much attenuated along distal half, the dark upper stripe very narrow and not reaching tip. Pelage very soft, long, and dense. Upper half of head and body of a uniform grayish-ochre or fawn color, not darker dorsally nor more ochraceous on sides. Under parts pure white, the hairs of chops white to their base, those of remaining under parts plumbeous basally. A lanuginous tuft at superior base of ear colored like the head, remainder of outer ear dusky gray, the hairs longest on anterior border, very short and sparse posteriorly. Narrow, upper tail-stripe dusky, like ears its color at base in decided contrast with the fawn of rump. Hind feet and ankles white, the soles fully haired to proxi- mal tubercle. Forelegs and feet white. Whiskers reaching tip of recumbent ears. Skull smaller than in americanus, more nearly ap- proaching eremicus, but relatively wider. Nasals wide, anterior to, and bluntly wedged between, the nasal premaxillary processes, as in eremicus. The width of the mandible of insolatus equals nearly half its length, and the coronoid process is relatively nearly as large and hooked as in Onychomys ramona, in the first character resembling eremicus, and in both departing radically from americanus. The an- terior loop of the first upper molar is a strongly indented trefoil, the inver foil being twice as large as the middle one, which, in turn, is twice as large as the outer foil. Total length, 158 mm; tail vertebrxe, 76; hind foot, 19°5; ear from crown, 12. Skull—Total length, 24-8; basilar Measurements. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 257 length, 18-8; zygomatic width, 13; length of nasals, 9-8; incisors to post-palatal notch, 9°8; length of mandible, 12-8; greatest width of mandible, 6. This mouse, of which I have received but one specimen among a considerable series of mammals from the same region, is strikingly different from any Sitomys that I have seen or can find description of. It is not merely a desert form of some group already known, but if more specimens prove its characters, as given above, to be constant, it represents a section intermediate in character between Onychomys and Sitomys. Its relationships, however, are much closer to Sitomys. In its six tuberculate hind feet, the elongate lower molar, the prominent coronoid process, and proportionate length of tail to body, insolatus is a Baiomys,” but the trefoil character of its first upper molar is in another direction. The subgenus Baiomys, sepa- rated from Sitomys almost solely on its well-developed coronoid and short tail, is of very questionable value, as many Sitomys show a tendency to the first character which have very long tails while other short-tailed species show the reverse. In fact a large series of Sitomys americanus from Pennsylyania and New Jersey, which I have studied, show individual variations in these characters among themselves, which suffice to very closely connect Baiomys with the typical form. In case further material should show the dental peculiarity of insolatus to be constant, I would propose that it be placed in the subgenus Trinodontomys (Subgen. nov.) with characters as already given. 3. Sitomys herroni nigellus subsp. nov. Type, No. 3,496, ad. g, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. West Cajon Pass, San Bernardino Mts., California, Jan. lith, 1894. Col. by R. B. Herron. Description. —General characters as in Sitomys herroni,* the buffy- gray of that species being deeply lined and shaded in the subspecies by a predominance of Jong black hairs, the blackish shade being most pronounced across the posterior half of body, The pelage is longer, denser, and more harsh than in herroni, the tail and ears much darker, the buff of sides and cheeks of herroni becoming in nigellus deep fawn and the buffy cast of belly purer white. Skull - asin herroni. 2 True, Proc. Nat. Mus, X VI, 757. * Rhoads, Amer. Nat., 1893, 832. 18 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Measurements.—TYotal length, 197mm.; tail vertebre, 114; hind foot, 22. Skull—Total length, 26-2; basilar length, 19; zygomatic width, 12-7; length of nasals, 9°2; incisors to post-palatal notch, 10; length of mandible 13-1; greatest width of mandible, 6-1. Four specimens of this race were taken on the foothills of the San Bernardino Range at the entrance to Cajon Pass connecting the San Bernardino Valley with the Mohave Desert. They represent the dark mountain form of herroni, the latter being typical of the low- lands. The four specimens are remarkably uniform in all the characters given. 4. Sitomys keeni sp. nov. Type, No. 768, ad. 9, Coll. S. N. Rhoads. Mas- set, Queen Charlotte Is., B. C., 1892. Col. by Rev. J. H. Keen. Description. —Size larger than S. americanus austerus, ears smaller, feet much larger, tail more than the length of head and body. Colors above, uniform grizzled blackish-brown lacking the darker dorsal area so prominent in austerus. Feet and lower parts ashy-white, abruptly defined against dark upper colors. Ears, upper half of tail, and ring around eyes, sooty black. Fur dense and short, this character and the colors of upper parts giving it an Arvicoline cast. Skull large for size of body. Brain case relatively very large, deep, and rounded, inflated behind above plane of the orbits as the skull rests on a horizontal surface, so there is a decided descent from a point just anterior to the parietals toward the nasal bones and a depression at the interorbital constriction. In all other forms examined this horizontal elevation of the parietals is not greater than that of the frontals between the orbits, and is often less. The nasals are short, double- pointed, and broadly wedged posteriorly and not reaching behind the naso-premaxillary processes. The an- terior zygomatic width is much narrower than the squamosal, and the antorbital foramina are thereby much contracted, giving the skull a more tapering, triangular contour than in allied forms. The ratio of squamosal-zygomatic breadth to total length in keeni, expressed in millimeters, is 14°3 to 26-3, in austerus 12-5 to 25. In keeni the greatest parietal breadth is 12-5, in austerus 11. Measurements. (From spirit specimen. )—Total length, 170 mm; tail vertebra, 88; hind foot, 24; ear, from crown, 10°5. Skull— Total length, 26°3; basilar length, 20°5; zygomatic width, 14:3; length of nasals 10-2; incisors to post-palatal notch, 11-3; length of mandible, 14; greatest width of mandible, 6:3. = aa 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 259 Five specimens of this mouse, two adult and three somewhat immature, were received by me through courtesy of Mr. James Fletcher, of the Canadian Experimental Farm, at Ottawa. Mr. Fletcher received them from Mr. Keen, who resides on the Queen Charlotte Islands. I take pleasure in naming the animal after its discoverer, and trust it may be some incentive to more extended researches in this interesting and imperfectly known department of northwest zoology. The specimens were sent in carbolized spirits. The purity of the white after drying them out, shows their colors not to have altered, and indicates that a series of well-preserved skins would show keeni to be the darkest colored Sitomys yet brought to notice, a condition of affairs which our knowledge of their humid, insular environment would lead us to expect. 5. Sitomys macrorhinus sp. noy. Type, No. 1,381, ad. 9, Coll. S. N. Rhoads. Skeena River, British Columbia, July 20th, 1893. Col. by Rey. J. H. Keen Description.—Size much larger than S. americanus. Tail con- siderably longer than head and body, feet large, ears medium. Colors much as in keeni (1. ¢.), but grayer and lighter hued above, without the sooty cast of keeni. The tail is more coarsely hairy and the hairs longer than in keeni, forming a distinct pencil not seen in that species. Skull, viewed above, of the same triangular type as keeni, due to its antorbital constriction, but departing widely from any other Sitomys I have examined, in the great relative length of the rostrum (or that portion of the skull anterior to the interorbital constriction) to the total length of the skull. In all others examined this dimension is less than that of the post interorbital region, taking for the central point of measurement the narrowest constriction point of the frontals. In macrorhinus this condition is reversed. The relative length of the nasal bones in this species is not great, but the slenderness of the rostrum and the anterior compression of the jugal arch increases their apparent length and the relative prominence of this portion of the cranium. ‘These differences, coupled with the large size of the skull, strongly define macrorhinus from any of its geographic allies. Measurements. —Total length, 210 mm; tail vertebree, 112; hind foot, 25; ear from crown, 15; tail penci’, 6. Skull—Total length, 29; basilar length, 22-4; zygomatic width, 14°5; length of nasals, 260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF _ [1894. 11-9; incisor to post-palatal notch, 12°4; length of mandible, 14-5; greatest width of mandible, 6°8. Two adult, nursing females of this species, were sent to Mr. Fletcher, of the Ottawa Experimental Farm, by Mr. Keen, and were forwarded to me in spirits. Their grayness, large size, and long tails serve to distinguish them externally from any other boreal or northwestern form I know of. Eight specimens of Sitomys, trapped at an elevation of 6,000 feet, on the Cascade Mountains of northern Washington, are, perhaps, referable to this species. They depart therefrom in somewhat smaller size, but in all other respects are much nearer to it than to austerus, of Puget Sound. The climatic conditions of the Cascades where these were taken, are, with the exception of a more rigorous winter, quite the same as those pre- vailing at Skeena Harbor, the type locality of macrorhinus. 6. Sitomys americanus artemisiz sp. nov. Type, No. 368,ad. g, Coll. S. N. Rhoads. Ashcroft, British Columbia, June 5th, 1892. Col. by S. N. R. Description.—Size large, exceeding typical americanus. ‘Tail short, hardly equalling body without the head. Ears medium and sparsely haired. The hind feet are small and densely haired to the distal half. Colors above, tawny ash, inclining to fulvous on sides and rump and darkening with an increase of blackish hairs along the back. Upper third of tail sooty, the lower two-thirds white and tipped with a pronounced pencil. Lower parts a soft, clear white, with basal half of belly hairs plumbeous. Measurements.—Total length, 170 mm ; tail vertebrie, 70; hind foot, 20 (average of 8 adults—Total, 164; tail, 68; foot, 20). Skull—Total length, 26; basilar length, 20; zygomatic width, 102; length of nasals, 11-1; incisor to post-palatal notch, 11; length of mandible, 14; greatest width of mandible, 6.8. The nearest ally of this subspecies is probably S. a. nebrascensis, as defined by Dr. Mearns,* from specimens taken at Calf Creek, Montana, from which it differs in not having dark well-haired ears and in the absence of white patches in front of ears. With nebrascensis it coin- cides in short tail, larger body, long full pelage, hairy sole, and light colors as contrasted with americanus of the east and qausterus of the west. The Ashcroft. specimens represent the northern limit of a Great Basin form of americanus, whose habitat probably extends far 4 Bull. Amer. Mus. N. H., Vol. IL, Art. xx, 285. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261 into the United States, at least to southern Idaho, western Washing- ton, and Oregon. Nebrascensis represents that of the western Plains. It is probable that artemisie is included in the list of ‘‘Hesperomys leucopus,” given by Dr. Merriam in N. American Fauna, No. 5, from Idaho, which he states may “eventually merit separation into two or three subspecies.” Artemisie was taken in the open, semi-arid foothills and lower mountain slopes around Ashcroft, their burrows often being situated on a bare hillside, a mile or more from other shelter than that afforded by the scant growth of dwarf sage, which here nearly reaches its northernmost limit of existence. Nore on Srromys AMERICANUS ARCTICUS. The series of White-footed Mice taken at Nelson, in the Selkirk Mountains, B. C., and at Field, in the Rocky Mountains, B. C., at elevations of from 3,000 to 5,000 feet, fit so well Dr. Mearns’ diag- nosis (vid. sup. cit.) of S. a. arcticus from the Hudson Bay Territory, I feel almost assured, without the type before me, that they are the same. Those from Vernon, a locality intermediate in its faunal characters between those of Ashcroft and Field, are intergrades between arte- misice, with its short tail and light fulvous colors, and arcticus, with longer tail and dark mouse-gray shades. It is reasonable to expect that the vast boreal regions of interior N. America, bounded on the east by Hudson Bay, on the west by the Cascade Mountains, and south by the higher mountain ridges which invade the northern border of the United States, is tenanted by no other race or species of the S. americanus type than arcticus. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. DESCRIPTIONS OF EIGHT NEW POCKET MICE (GENUS PEROGNATHUS). BY DR. C. HART MERRIAM. Among the Pocket Mice belonging to the collection of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, now numbering upwards of 1,400 speci- mens, are several that have not been named. Through the courtesy of the Assistant Secretary of Agriculture, Dr. Chas. W. Dabney, Jr., [ am enabled to publish the accompanying descriptions and illustrations in advance of their publication by the Department. Respecting the eight forms here proposed, it may be stated that P. baileyi is a type very different from any heretofore described. It is a large animal with a peculiar skull, which suggests affinities with P. paradoxus on one hand, and with P. formosus on the other, though much nearer the latter than the former. P. columbianus is a peculiar local form of the olivaceus group. P. nevadensis, pana- mintinus, and mexicanus are small forms with much swollen mastoids, belonging to the flavus-longimembris group. P. nelsoni, stephensi, and canescens belong to the penicillatus group of the subgenus Chetodipus. The large series of specimens from Mexico, in the Department collection, carry the range of the genus southward over Sonora in the west, and in the east over the states of Chihuahua, Coahuila, Tamaulipas, Durango, San Luis Potosi, Zacatecas, and the Valley of Mexico. Perognathus baileyi sp. nov. (Fig. 1). Type from Magdalena, Sonora, Mexico. No. S'=8, 9, ad., U.S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected November 3, 1889, by Vernon Bailey. (Original number 633. ) Measurements (taken in flesh ).— Type : Total length, 210 mm; tail vertebrie, 122; hind foot, 27. Ear from anterior base, 11 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 8 specimens from type locality : Total length, 215; tail vertebree, 120; -hind foot, 27. General characters. —Size large; tail long and moderately crested 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263 on distal half; pelage moderately coarse, but no spines on rump or elsewhere; ears large; tragus higher than broad ; hind foot very large; skull unlike any known species. P. baileyi is a wide departure from the previously known members of the group. Ex- ternally it resembles P. formosus, but its skull is of a different type, resembling that of paradoxus in size, height, solidity, and general form, but having the large audital and mastoid bull of formosus. Color.—Upper parts drab-brown, abundantly lined with black hairs; under parts white; a pale lateral stripe; tail bicolor, pale dusky above, white beneath. *j >. baileyi. 3 . \ eee Patley! Cranial characters. —Skull large, heavy, and high, resembling paradoxus in general form and solidity, but with much larger mastoid and audital bullz, the latter nearly meeting anteriorly below basisphenoid; interparietal squarely pentagonal, broadest anteriorly, ratio of length to breadth about 64. Total length of skull of type specimen, 29-5; mastoid breadth, 15:5; basal length, 24; basilar length of hensel, 20-5; greatest zygomatic breadth (posteriorly), 15:5; length of nasals, 11-5. Norr.—Specimens have been examined from Magdalena, Sonora, and from New River, Mammoth, and a point 75 miles S. W. of Tucson, in Arizona. Perognathus columbianus sp. nov. (Fig. 2). Type from Pasco, Plains of Columbia, Washington (on east side of Columbia river, near mouth of Snake river). No. oe 3, yg. ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected May 9, 1891, by Clark P. Streator. (Original number 768. ) Measurements (taken in flesh).—Type: Total length, 187 mm; tail vertebree, 96; hind foot, 23. Ear from anterior base, 9 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 11 specimens from type locality : Total length, 170; tail vertebrie, 89-4; hind foot, 22. General characters.—Size large; coloration pale; tail long, taper- ing, rather scant haired; mastoid bulls much swollen; pelage soft. Color.—U pper parts smoke gray, darkened on the back by admix- 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ture of dark tipped hairs and sometimes showing an olivaceous tinge; under parts and feet white; lateral stripe faint; tail bicolor, white below, dark above, but pale on proximal half. Some specimens have a pale ful- vous band along the side of the tail between the dark upper side and the white under side. Cranial characters. —Skuli large, and agreeing in the main with other members of the olivaceus group, but differing in the large size of the mastoid bullz, which are much more swollen than in any of the others. The audital bullze meet or nearly meet anteriorly below the basisphenoid. The in- terparietal is strongly pentagonal and short trans- Fig. 2. P. colum- bianus, ¢. versely. Perognathus nevadensis sp. nov. (Fig. 3). Type from Halleck, East Humboldt Valley, Nevada. No. 54,828, $,ad., U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collec- tion. Collected July 4, 1893, by Vernon Bailey. (Original num- ber 4,070.) Measurements (taken in flesh).— Type: Total length, 127 mm; tail vertebree, 72; hind foot, 19. Ear from anterior base 7 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 24 specimens from type locality: Total length, 133; tail vertebrae, 72-4; hind foot, 18-7. General characters. —Size small; tail long; pel- age silky; color grayish. Similar to P. longi- membris but with shorter tail, and color grayish instead of buffy ochraceous. Color.—Upper parts buffy gray, everywhere darkened by an abundant admixture of fine black- tipped hairs; a dull buffy-ochraceous lateral stripe which spreads out over the belly, leaving only the throat and pectoral region white; tail indistinctly Fig. 3. P. nevya- bicolor, dark above (darkest near tip), bufty densis. ochraceous below. Cranial and dental characters.—Skull small, mastoid bull large; interparietal pentagonal. Skull similar to that of P. longimembris, but lower premolar decidedly larger than last molar, and m 7 larger than m >. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 265 Perognathus longimembris panamintinus subsp. nov. (Fig. 4). Type from Perognathus Flat, Panamint Mts., California. No. om $, yg. ad., U.S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected April 16, 1891, by Vernon Bailey. (Original number 2,675. ) Measurements (taken in flesh).— Type: Total length, 152 mm; tail vertebrie, 83; hind foot, 20. Ear from anterior base 7 (in dry skin). Ayerage measurements of 29 specimens from type locality: Total length, 143; tail vertebree, 78; hind foot, 19-8. General characters. Size small; pelage silky; tail long, de- cidedly longer than head and body; skull long and slender, particu- larly the rostrum. Compared with longimembris the ground color of the upper parts is paler (pale buffy ochraceous instead of pale fulvous), but the upper parts as a whole are darker from the more liberal admixture of black-tipped hairs; the ears are smaller, the hind feet longer, the tail much longer and better haired; the pelage longer and more silky. Color.—Ground color of upper parts pale ochra- ceous-buff, everywhere (except on lower sides) ob- secured by black tipped hairs; under parts and feet Fig. 4. P. pana- white; tail incompletely bicolor: dull ochraceous mintinus. below, dark above. Sometimes the proximal half is concolored all around, the distal half only being dark above. “Cranial characters. —Skull similar to that of longimembris in general characters, but much longer and more slender, particu- larly the rostral part. The pentagonal interparietal is broader transversely than in longimembris, and the audital bulls meet anteriorly in a symphysis. Perognathus flavus mexicanus subsp. noy. (Fig 5). Type from Tlalpam, Valley of Mexico (Federal District.) No. 50,714, yg. ad. U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected December 4, 1892, by E. W. Nelson. (Original number 3,978. ) Measurements (taken in flesh).— Type: Total length, 118 mm; tail vertebrie, 55; hind foot, 17°5. Ear from anterior base 6 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 12 specimens from type locality : Total length, 116; tail vertebrw, 55-7, hind foot, 17-4. 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. General characters. Size small; mastoid bulle large; color fuliginous in winter pelage. Color.—W inter pelage: Upper parts fuliginous or dusky; under parts and feet white; a rather large patch behind each ear, and a broad lateral stripe (reaching from side of face to hind legs) ochraceous; tail indistinctly bicolor, pale dusky above, whitish be- neath. Summer pelage: Upper parts ochraceous, ob- scured by the profuse admixture of black-tipped hairs. Skull as in P. flavus, but Fig. 5. P.mexi- gudital bullee separated anteriorly by breadth of canus. Cranial characters. basisphenoid. Perognathus (Chetodipus) nelsoni sp. nov. (Fig. 6). Type from Hacienda La Parada, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. No. 50,214, 9, old, U. S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agri- culture Collection. Collected August 19, 1892, by E. W. Nelson. (Original number Ute) Measurements (taken in flesh). — Type: Total length, 196 mm; tail vertebre, 105; hind foot, 24. Ear from anterior base, 8 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 14 specimens from type locality: Total length, 178; tail vertebrae, 101; hind foot, 23. General characters. —Size rather small; ears rather long; tail of medium length and moderately crested on distal half; pelage rather coarse, with a few slender spines on the rump (the spines are absent in the young and in certain conditions of the molt). Apparently C. nelsoni is an offshoot from the intermedius-obscurus type, from which it differs widely in external appearance and less markedly in cranial characters. Color.—Summer pelage coarse: Upper parts grizzled yellowish-brown from admixture of coarse buffy and black hairs. Winter pelage finer, and grayish black in color. Under parts and feet white; tail bicolor, white below, brownish-dusky above, becoming Fig. 6. P. nelsoni. blackish distally. Cranial characters.—Skull similar to that of intermedius, but somewhat larger; maxillary arms of zygomata more squarely spread- ing; nasals decidedly larger and longer. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 267 Perognathus (Chetodipus) stephensi sp. nov. (Fig. 7). Type from N. W. Arm of Death Valley (Mesquite Valley), California. No. $5, 3, ad., U.S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Collected April 6, 1891, by Frank Stephens. (Original number 258.) Measurements (taken in flesh).—Type: Total length, 177 mm; tail vertebrie, 96; hind foot, 21. Ear from anterior base, 7°5 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 2 specimens from type locality: Total length, 177; tail vertebrae, 95; hind foot, 21. General characters. —Size small; tail vertebrze slightly longer than head and body; tail scantily crested; ears medium; tragus higher than broad; pelage rather soft; no spines on rump or elsewhere. This species is evidently a dwarf of the penicillatus group, though the area it inhabits is completely isolated from the range of the penicillatus type. Color.—Upper parts buffy-drab varying to pale drab-brown; a rather large pale ring around eye; under parts, feet, and fore legs white; no lateral line; tail bicolor, slightly darker than back above and terminally, white beneath. Cranial characters. —Skull similar to that of in- Fig. 7. P. ste- termedius, but much smaller and flatter, with inter- phensi. parietal broadly and flatly pentagonal instead of strap shaped, and audital bull more slender. In size and general form the skull agrees most closely with arenarius from the middle region of the Peninsula of Lower California. It differs from aren- arius in having the rostrum and nasals much broader and the audital bullze much less swollen. Perognathus (Chetodipus) intermedius canescens subsp. nov. Type from Jaral, Coahuila, Mexico. No. 51,016, ¢, yg. ad., U.S. Nat. Museum, Department of Agriculture Collection. Col- lected January 14, 1893, by Clark P. Streator. (Original num- ber 2,557. ) Measurements (taken in flesh). —Type: Total length, 193 mm; tail vertebrx, 117; hind foot, 22. Ear from anterior base, 8 (in dry skin). Average measurements of 2 specimens from type locality : Total length, 189; tail vertebrie, 111; hind foot, 22. General characters. —Similar to intermedius, but slightly larger and much grayer. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Color.—Upper parts drab-gray, plentifully lined with dusky on median part of back and over rump; under parts and feet white; lateral line obsolete; tail bicolor, brownish above, becoming dusky distally ; white beneath. Cranial characters. —Skull similar to C. intermedius obseurus, but narrower anteriorly (across maxillary arms of zygomata); inter- parietal broader antero-posteriorly ; ascending branches of pre- maxillze reaching posteriorly behind nasals; frontals considerably narrower between orbits. ILLUSTRATIONS. (Skulls all enlarged 13.) Fig. 1. Perognathus baileyi, 9, No. 24,775. Type. Magdalena, Sonora, Mexico. Fig. 2. P. columbianus, 8, No. 39,450. Type. Pasco, Washington. Fig. 3. P. nevadensis, 8, No. 54,565. Halleck, Nevada (type locality ). Fig. 4. P. longimembris panamintinus, & , No. 39,866. Type. Pana- mint Mts., Calif. Fig. 5. P. flavus mexicanus, 9, No. 50,713. Tlalpam, Valley of Mexico (type locality). Fig. 6. P. (Chetodipus) nelsoni, 9, No. 50,214. Type. Hacienda La Parada, San Luis Potosi, Mexico. P. (Chetodipus) stephensi, 9, No. 39,874. N. W. Arm Death Valley, Calif. (type locality). ~] Fig. ee 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269 SEPTEMBER 4. Mr. CHARLES Morris in the chair. Twenty-three persons present. SEPTEMBER 11. Mr. CHarwes P. Peror in the chair. Nineteen persons present. The death of H. T. Cresson, September 6, 1894, was announced. SEPTEMBER 18. Mr. CHARvLes Morrets in the chair. - Twenty-five persons present. SEPTEMBER 25. Mr. CHarves P. Peror in the chair. Twenty-nine persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publica- tion : — “ Descriptions of a New Subgenus and New Spaces of Arvicoline Rodents from British Columbia and Washington,’’ by Samuel N. Rhoads. ‘‘Recent Mound Exploration in Ohio,” by Clarence B. Moore. **List of the Diptera of Jamaica, with Descriptions of New Species,’? by Charles W. Johnson. Observations on Blarina brevicauda.—Dr. HARRISON ALLEN drew attention to several structural features in this animal. The lower jaw articulates with the skull, not only by the temporo- mandibular joint, but by a sphenoido-mandibular. The one last named was described as being much the larger and apparently more important of the two. The mandibular surface is placed on the inner side of the ascending ramus, and the sphenoidal surface is situated at 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. the base of the pterygoid process. It forms a deep recess, the mouth of which is directed outward, the bases of the pterygoid processes are convex and opposed to one another on either side of the mesoptery- goid fossa. The occipital condyles are without division : the appear- ance is quite the same as in the Cetacea, and suggests a similar mechanism of the atlanto- occipital joint, namely, a cranium which is deviated scarcely at all from a horizontal plane. The anterior annular ligament of the ankle-joint is ossified, and constitutes part of the tibia. The astragalus is nearly flat on proximal surface, and the patellar trochlea is low and wide. These two characters probably co-ordinate, and establish Blarina as an animal whose posterior extremity is of low specialization, and one which sup- ports the trunk imperfectly. The absence of the pubic symphysis probably is associated with the above conditions. The biceps femoris and gracilis constitute one muscle, and the two enclose the slender semitendinosus in a manner suggestive of the tenuissimus of Lepus. The following were ordered to be printed :— ee 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, LIST OF THE DIPTERA OF JAMAICA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES. BY CHARLES W. JOHNSON. This list is based on a collection made by Mr. Wm. J. Fox and myself, during April and the early part of May, 1891. In addi- tion to those collected and identified, I have added all the species previously recorded from the Island. The latter are designated by an asterisk (*). To Mr. D. W. Coquillett, Mr. C. H. Tyler Town- send, and Mr. Samuel Henshaw I wish to express my sincere thanks for kind assistance. CECIDOMYIDZ. One specimen resembling the genus Catocha. Port’ Antonio. BIBIONID&. *Plecia rufithorax Walker, List, ete., I, 116. CULICIDZ. Culex fasciatus Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 36, 13. Culex mosquito R. Desy., Culicides, ete., 390. Troublesome in the woods near Hope Bay. Culex sp. Port Antonio. TIPULIDA. *Geranomyia intermedia Walker. Limnobia intermedia Walker, List, ete., I, 47. Four imperfect specimens of a species belonging to this family were collected at Kingston. STRATIOMYIDA. Hermetia illucens Linné. For synonymy, see Osten-Sacken, Cat], 46. Four specimens, Port Antonio. *Oxycera Liburna Walker, List, etc., [1], 528. Macrosargus alchidas Walker. Sargeus alchidas Walker, List, ete., II, 517. Five ¢ and four 9. Port Antonio. The male agrees with 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894- Walker’s description. As both sexes were taken the same day and at the same spot, along a path in the hills back of the town, I have no doubt but that they are the same species, though the female differs considerably from the male. The following is a de- scription of the female, which has not been described :— Length 8 mm. Face and front yellowish; vertex green; oral margins brownish; antennze reddish; aristee black. Thorax and scutellum green ; a slender line of yellow extends from the humeri to the base of the wings (also present in the male). Abdomen much wider than in the male, bluish-green, second segment concave at the sides, with a central yellow spot at the base; pubescence on the posterior borders of the segments more prominent than in the male. Venter bluish, the second segment, and the posterior margin of the third and fourth narrowly margined with yellow. Front and middle legs yellow; posterior femora with outer half of the tibiv and tarsi brownish-black, base of the femora and basal half -of the tibize and tarsi yellow. In the color of the posterior legs occurs the greatest difference, though the outer portions of the femora, tibize, and tarsi of the male are noticeably darker. *Sargus Bagosa Walker, List, etc., III, 518. “Clitellaria anchialus Walker, Last ete) Ulls 522: Var.? Clitellaria chalybee Wied., according to Walker, List, etc., TV, 1157. Nemotelus flavicornis n. sp. Length (¢) 23 mm. Face and vertical triangle black, shining. Facial protuberance prominent, conical; antennze yellow. Facets of the upper half of the eye double the size of those of the lower. Thorax and scutellum greenish-black, shining; humeri, and a nar- row line from there to the base of the wings, yellow. Abdomen yellow, with a small black subtriangular spot in the center of the fourth and fifth segments; venter yellow. Legs yellow, posterior femora and tibize with a wide medial band of dark brown. Wings hyaline, whitish, discal cell emits four veins. One specimen, Kingston. TABANIDA. Chrysops costatus Fabricius. Tabanus costatus Fabr:., Ent. Syst., IV, 373, 45. Tabanus variegatus DeGeer, VI, Tab. XXX, f. 7. ‘“‘Synon. very prebable”’ (Osten-Sacken). ; Two specimens, Port Antonio. ——— ae ity 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 273 *Tabanus lucidulus Walker, List, etc., I, 188. *Tabanus rufiventris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 1, 141,39. Walker, List, ete., I, 180. LEPTIDA. *Pheneus tibialis Walker, Dipt. Saund., 156, Tab. IV, f. 3., “Mr. Walker refers this genus to the Asilidze; I place it here on the authority of Mr. Loew (in /itt).’’—Osten-Sacken. Chrysopila jamaicensis n. sp. Length, ¢ 9,4mm. Face and front brownish-black. Antenne, and proboscis reddish; terminal style nearly three times the length of the antennze. Thorax dull black ; male with golden pubescence; humeri and scutellum brownish, pleurse grayish, abdomen blackish; male with golden pubescence ; a denuded specimen shows the basal half of the second segment to be yellow; female with a yellowish lateral line, slightly interrupted at the base of the segments; ovi- positor yellow, tip brown. Legs yellow, with minute blackish hairs on the tibize and tarsi, yellowish on the femora; a preapical spot on the posterior femora and terminal joints of the tarsi blackish. Wings hyaline, veins and stigma brown. Seven specimens, Port Antonio. ASILIDA. Leptogaster longipes n. sp. Length, 9, 9mm. Face and front grayish; a few long yellow hairs above the oval margin; ocelli and proboscis black; antennie dark brown. Dorsum of the thorax brownish, with three longitudi- nal black lines; the dorsal one gradually tapering towards the pos- terior; lateral lines irregular, widest on the anterior side of the suture. Pleurze and scutellum grayish. Abdomen black, with thin, short, yellowish pubescence, longest on the sides of the last segments; anterior and posterior margins of the segments grayish, thus forming somewhat obscure bands. Legs brownish, coxze yellowish, basal joint of the front and middle tarsi (except the tip) light yellow; pos- terior legs double the length of the middle ones, the outer third of the femora greatly enlarged, and the enlarged portion encircled by two yellow bands; tip of the tibi, and of all the tarsal joints blackish. Wings hyaline, veins blackish. One specimen, Port Antonio. 19 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. Plesiomma indecora Loew, Centur., VII, 13. Two specimens, Kingston, April; Morant Bay, May 7. Cerotainia macrocera Say. Laphria macrocera Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., III, 73. Eight specimens, Port Antonio. The specimens collected difter g i P from those found in the vicinity of Philadelphia, in being of a more bluish-black color, and on an average somewhat smaller. Erax Halesus Walker. Asilus Halesus Walker, List, etc., III, 405. One specimen, Bath (Mrs. Swainson). *Erax invarius Walker, Dipt. Saund., 131. Ommatius saccas Walker, List, ete., II, 474. Eight specimens, Port Antonio, BOMBYLIDA. Hyperalonia proserpina Wiedemann. Anthrax proserpina Wied., Auss. Zw. Ins., I, 257. Exoprosopa proserpina Schiner, Reise d. Novara Zool., III, Abth. I, 117, Anthrax Klugii Wied., Auss. Zw. Ins., II, 632. Anthrax rufescens Walker, List, ete., III, 238. Two specimens, Kingston; Bath. Hyperalonia cerberus Fabricius. Anthrax cerberus Fabr., Ent. System, IV, 256. Velocia cerberus Coquillett, Can. Entom., X VIII, 157; ibid., XIX, 12. One specimen, Morant Bay. Exoprosopa parva Loew, Centur., VIII, 26. One specimen, Kingston. *Exoprosopa ignifer (Walker) Osten-Sacken, Catl., 86. Anthrax tgnifer Walker, List, ete., II, 243. ‘‘Walker contradicts himself about this species; in the Dipt. Saund., page 166, he places it among the species with two sub- marginal cells: later, he puts it in Wiedemann’s Division I, the species of which have three such cells.’’—Osten-Sacken. As this remark also applied to Anthrax trimacula, this species may also be a true Anthrax. *Exoprosopa subfascia Walker. Anthrax subfascia Walker, List, ete., II, 249. Argyrameba (dipus Fabricius. Anthrax Gdipus Fabr., System. Antl., 123, 22. Anthrax wrorata Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., IIT, 46. Anthrax trrorala Macquart, Dipt. Exot., II, 1, 60, Tab. XX, f. 6. Two specimens, Kingston, a 4 =o 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275 *Argyrameba Gideon Fabricius Walker ; List, ete., II, 257. (‘‘ Var.? abdomen all black.’’) Anthrax lateralis Say. Anthrax Bastardi Macquart, Dipt. Exot., LI, 1, 60, 13. Anthrax alternata Say, var. /ateralis Say, Coquillett, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., XIV, 166. Four specimens, Kingston. , Anthrax lucifer Fabricius. Anthrax flumifilamma Walker, Dipt. Saund., 184. Common at Rock Fort, near Kingston. Anthrax trimacula Walker, List, ete., I, 250. Exoprosopa trimacula (Walker), Osten-Sacken, Catl. 87. Thirteen specimens, Kingston, Port Antonio, and Annotto Bay. Anthrax bigradata Loew, Centur., VIII, 37. 2? Anthrax albovittata Macq., Dipt. Exot., 4, Suppl., 113, 90. One specimen, Kingston. *Anthrax delicatula Walker, List, etc., II, 266. *Bombylius plumipes Drury, Illustr., etc., II, Tab. xxxix, fig.3; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. I, 351, 50. Geron senilis Fabricius. Bombylius senilis Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 411, 17; System. Antl., 135, 31. Geron albidipennis, Loew, Centur., IX, 78 [Coquillett], Geron vitripennis Loew, Centur., IX, 77 [Coquillett]. Two specimens, Kingston. THEREVIDZ. Psilocephala obscura Coquillett, Can. Entom., X XV, 229. One specimen, Kingston ; April. EMPIDZ. *Tachydromi Bacis Walker. Platypalpus Bacis Walker, List, etc., III, 510. DOLICHOPODID. Psilopus chrysoprasius Loew, Neue Beitr., VIII, 87; Monogr. II, 258, Psilopus chrysoprasia Walker, List, ete., III, 646 (Loew). Three specimens, Kingston ; common, Port Antonio. Psilopus jucundus Loew, Neue Beitr., VIII, 87; Monogr. IT, 25s. Psilopus sipho Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 2, 119, Tab. 21, f. 1 [Loew]. Four specimens, Kingston ; Port Antonio. *Psilopus suavium Walker, List, ete., III, 645. 276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. SYRPHIDA. *Chrysotoxum nigrita Fabricius. Syrphus nigritus Fabr., Ent. System., 1V, 292, 49. Mulio nigrita Fabr., System. Antl., 183; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 88. *Syrphus antipathes Walker, List, ete., III, 589. Mesograpta arcifera Loew. Mesogramma arcifera Loew, Centur., VI, 52. Common, Kingston; Port Antonio. Mesograpta subannulata Loew. Mesogramma arcifera Loew, Centur., VI, 48. Eleven specimens, Kingston ; Port Antonio. Mesograpta pecilogaster Loew. Mesogramma pecilogaster Loew, Centur., VI, 51. Four specimens, Port Antonio. Mesograpta laciniosa Loew? Mesogramma laciniosa Loew, Centur., VI, 50. One specimen, Port Antonio. Baccha clavata Fabricius. Svrphus clavata Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 289. jaccha Babista Walker, List, etc., ITI, 549. Baccha fascialis Thomson, Eugen. Resa, Ins., 504. Spazigaster bacchoides Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1883, 326. Six specimens, Rock Fort, near Kingston. Baccha latiuscula Loew. Ocyvplamus latiuscula Loew, Centur., VII, 68. One specimen, Kingston. Volucella pallens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., II, 264. Volucella sexpunctata Loew, Wien. Ent. Monatschr., V, 39. One specimen, Port Antonio. Volucella obesa Fabricius. Syvrphus obesus Fabr., Syst. Ent., 763, 5. Ornidia obesa St. Fargeau and Serville, Encycl. Meth., X, 786. ?Volucella azurea Phillipi, Verh. zool.—bot. Gesell., 1865, 734, pl. xxvi, f. 35. Common, Port Antonio. Volucella (Temnocera) purpurascens Loew. Temnocera purpurascens Loew, Centur., VIII, 52. Two specimens, Kingston. Eristalis vinetorum Fabricius. Svrphus vinetorum Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 562. Eristalis lrifasciatus Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sei., Phila., VI, 165. Eristalis uvarum Walker, List, ete., ILI, 623. Common, Port Antonio. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277 Eristalis albifrons Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., II, 189. Eristalis albiceps Macquart, Dipt. Exot., IT, 56. Eristalis seniculus Loew, Centur., V1, 63. Common, Port Antonio. Eristalis atrimanus Loew, Centur., VI, 62. Two specimens, Port Antonio. *Eristalis lateralis Walker, Linn. Trans., XVII, 347, 42. Walker, List, etc., III, 622. Pteroptila cincta Drury. Musca cincta Drury, Ins., I, 109, Tab. XLV, f. 6. Syvrphus pinguts Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 763, 6; Ent. Syst., IV, 282, 16. Eristals pinguis Fabricius, Syst. Antl., 233, 6; Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. Ins., TI, 193, 61. Milesia ania Walker, List, ete., ITI, 564. Common, Port Antonio. Ceria Daphneus Walker, List, etce., IIT, 537. Three specimens, Kingston; Port Antonio. CESTRIDA. *Gastrophilus pecorum Fabricius. «Europe, and according to Walker, Jamaica’’ (Osten-Sacken ). PHASIIDA. *Trichopoda pennipes Fabricius. Townsend, Entom. News, IV, 70. Musca pennipes Fabr., Ent. Syst., [V, 348, 149. Dictva pennipes Wied., Auss. Zw., I, 274, 9. OCYPTERIDZ. Ocyptera Dotadas Walker, List, ete., IV, 694. Two specimens, Port Antonio. TACHINIDZ. Psendohystricia exilis Townsend, Entom. News, III, 146. Cinchona (Cockerell), Bath (Mrs. Swainson). Jurinia amethystina Macquart, Dipt. Exot., 11, 3, 42, 9; Tab, IT, f. 7. Common, Port Antonio. *Jurinia basilis Walker, List, ete., IV, 713. *Jurinia epileuca Walker, List, etc., 1V, 716. Blepharipeza nigrisquamis Townsend, Entom, News, IIT, 80. Three specimens, Port Antonio ( Portland). Bath. (Mrs. Swain- son. ) 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. *Blepharipeza breviventris Wiedemann. Tachina breviventris Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 297; Walker, List, ete., LV, 712. *Blepharipeza sp. Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 314. Pp p *Belvosia bicincta Rob. Desy., Myod., 103. Senometopia bicincta Macquart, Hist. Nat. Dipt., II, 112. Belvosia bifasciata Fabr., Osten-Sacken, Catl., 153. Willistonia bicincta Brauer and Bergenstamm, Muse. Schiz., II, 99. Kingston (T. D. A. Cockerell). *Echinomyia basifulva Walker, List, etc., LV, 725. Elachipalpus macrocera Wiedemann. Tachina macrocera Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 290. Cuphocera macrocera Schiner, Novara, 330. Port Antonio (Portland). Gonia pallens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 346. Gonia angusta Macq., Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 56, pl. 5, f. 5. Gonta lineata Macq., Dipt. Exot., Suppi., IV, 178. Gonia chilensis Macq., (variety), Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 50, pl. 5, f. 4. Common, Port Antonio. *Tachina hirta Drury. Musca hirta Drury, (ns., 109, Tab. XLV, f. 4. *Exorista lagoew Townsend, Ent. News, II, 159; Journ. inst. Jamaiea, I, 314. ‘*Mandeville. Bred from a red Halesidota” (E. S. Panton). *Exorista (Masicera?) sp.? Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. *Nutopia Xychus Walker. Ophilia Xychus Walker, List, etc., IV, 770. Anisia Vanderwulpi Townsend, Entom. News, III, 81. One specimen, Port Antonio (Portland), April. *Masicera protoparcis Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 70. Bred from larva of Protoparce jamaicensis. Kingston (Cockerell). *Masicera sp.?- Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. Kingston, July 19. DEXIDA. *Dexia Thome Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 379; Jamaica (Walker, List, IV, 840). *Sarcodexia sternodontis Townsend. Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 105. Bred from a longicorn beetle. Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 221. Bred from a scorpion (Cockerell ). SARCOPHAGIDA. Sarcophaga incerta Walker, Dipt. Saund., 324. Common, Port Antonio. Sarcophaga plinthopyga Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., II, 366. Common, Port Antonio. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 279 Sarcophaga sp., Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315. Kingston. Sarcophagula sp., Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 316. Kingston, July 10. Sarcophilodes sp., Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 316; Moneague. Phrissopoda sp., Townsend, Journ. Inst. Jamaica, I, 315; Bath. Bath ; bred from a snail. MUSCIDZ. Musca basilaris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 3, 153, 8; Walker, List, ete., IV, 901. Common, Kingston. Lucilia sp. Commom, Port Antonio. Compsomyia macellaria Fabricius. Musca macellaria Fabr., Syst. Ent., 776; Ent. Syst., IV, 319. Luctha macellaria Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 3, 147, pl. 17, f. 9. Lucilia hominivorax Coquerel, Ann. Soc. Ent., 1858, 173, Tab. IV, f. 2. For synonymy see Williston, Albatross Explor., Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XII, 3. - Common, Kingston. According to Lynch-Arribalzaga and Dr. Williston, twenty-seven specific names have been applied to this species. *Ormia punctata R. Desv., Myod., 428. Ochromyia punctata Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt., II, 250, 3. SCIOMYZIDZ. Tetanocera spinicornis Loew, Centur., VI, 86. Three specimens, Port Antonio. *Sepedon macropus Walker, List, ete., IV, 1078; Lw, Monogr. I, 125. MICROPEZIDZ. Calobata lasciva l’abricius. Musca lasciva ¥abr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., 574, 111. I Calobata albimana Macquart, Dipt. Exot., II, 3, 245; Fab., 33, f. 3. Calobata valida Walker, Dipt. Saund., 390, Calobata ruficeps Guérirt, Iconogr., ete., IIT, 553, Tab. 1038, fig. 7. Tenioplera trivittata Macq., Hist. Nat, Dipt., I, 491, Tab. XX, f. 9. ?Calobata aloa Walker, List, ete., 1V, 1053. Six specimens, Port Antonio. Calobata fasciata labricius. Musca fasciata Fabr., System. Ent., 781, 43. Three specimens, Port Antonio; Kingston. Calobata pleuritica n. sp. Length, 7 mm., ¢ 9°. Face, front, vertex, and occiput red; 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. about seyen prominent setze along the vertical angle ; antennz yel- low, aristze black; ocelli and tip of the proboscis black. Thorax and scutellum shining blue-black; pleurze and a dorsal line, or spot on the front of the thorax, red; scutellum bearing two prominent sete. Abdomen black; terminal segment and ovipositor shining blue-black. Venter yellow. Legs yellow, with minute black hairs; outer third of the femora, and the entire tibiz of the front legs, black; front tarsi white, terminal joints brown. Wings with a uniform brownish tinge. Upwards of thirty specimens, Port Antonio, April. Many of the specimens collected are immature. Micropeza producta Walker? List, etc., IV, 1056. One specimen, Port Antonio. Agrees fairly well with Walker’s description, but the specimen is immature. ORTALIDA. Euxesta annone Fabricius. Musca annone Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 358, 189. Tephritis annone Fabr., System. Antl., 320, 19. Ortalis annone Wied., Auss. Zw., I, 463. Amethysa annone@ Schiner, Novara, 283. Urophora quadrivittata Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt., II, 456 [Lw.]. Common, Port Antonio. This and the two following species were usually found in the crooked corolla of a large Aristolochia (?). Euxesta costalis Fabricius. Musca costalis Fabr., Ent. System., LV, 360, 196. & Dacus costalis Fabr., Syst. Antl., 278. - Ortalis costalis Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 464. , Dacus aculeatus Fabr., Syst. Antl., 275 [Loew]. One specimen, Port Antonio. Euxesta sp. Port Antonio. TRYPETIDA. Trypeta (Aciura) insecta Loew, Monogr., I, 72, Tab. ii, f. 8. Common, Port Antonio. Trypeta (Ensina) humilis Loew, Monogr., I, 81, Tab. ii, f. 17. Acinia picciola Bigot, R. de la Sagr., etc., 824, Tab. xx, f. 10 [Loew]. Common, Port Antonio. : Trypeta (Tephritis) fucata Fabricius. Musca fucata Fabr., Ent. System., IV, 359, 194. Tephritis fucata Wied., Auss. Zw., II, 505. Common, Kingston. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281 *Trypeta (Urophora) avala Walker, List, ete., IV, 1020. [Doubtful whether it belongs to Trypetidz or Ortalidee, Loew. ] “Tt is a small Ortalid.’’—Osten-Sacken. *Trypeta Dinia Walker, List, ete., IV, 1040. [Perhaps allied to Trypeta (Hexacheta) eximia Wied., or, perhaps, a bad description of a variety of this species, Loew]. *Trypeta Ocresia Walker, List, etc., [V, 1016. [ Acrotoa-a —— Loew].—Osten-Sacken. SAPROMYZIDA. Lauxania albovittata Loew, Centur., II, 79. Three specimens, Port Antonio. Physegenua variegata Loew. Lauxrania variegata Loew, Centur., I, 83. Common, Port Antonio. EPHYDRID#. Ochthera exculpta Loew, Monogr., I, 160. : Four specimens, Kingston; Port Antonio. HIPPOBOSCIDZ. *OQlfersia propinqua Waiker, List, ete., IV, 1141. *Ornithomyia erythrocephala Leach, Eprob. Ins., 13, 3, Tab. xxvii, f. 4-6. Walker, List, ete., 1V, 1143. *Ornithomyia fulvifrons Walker, List, ete., IV, 1145. *Ornithomyia unicolor Walker, |. c., 1144. *Ornithomyia vicina Walker, |. ¢., 1144. NYCTERIBIDA. *Strebla vespertilionis Fabricius. Walker, List, 1V, 1146. Hippobosca vespertilionis Fabr., Syst. Antl., 339, 6. Strebla avium Macq., Dipt. Exot., 5e Suppl., 127, 2 (on pigeons and parrots). Strebla Wiedemanni Kolenati, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. II, 96, Tab. xv. f, 36. 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. DESCRIPTIONS OF A NEW SUBGENUS AND NEW SPECIES OF ARVICO- LINE RODENTS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA AND WASHINGTON. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Tetramerodon! subgen. nov. Type Avvicola ( Tetramerodon) tetramerus Rhoads, sp. nov., Victoria, B. C. Subgeneric characters. —Dentition as in the subgenus Mynomes Rafinesque’ as restricted by Dr. Coues (Mon. N. Amer. Rodentia, 1877, p. 155), but differing therefrom in the middle upper molar lacking a postero-internal trianglar loop. This tooth is composed of an anterior loop, a closed antero-exterior triangle, a closed median inner triangle, and a postero-exterior triangle. Other characters as in Mynomes. See, below, dentition of A. borealis, Fig. 1. This section of the genus Arvicola includes a larger number of species than any other, whereas typical Mynomes is restricted to very few. Among those which class under Tetramerodon may be men- tioned A. xanthognathus, chrotorrhinus, borealis, longicaudus, alticolus, mogollonensis, mordax, nanus, macropus, pauperrimus, townsendi, tetramerus (1. ¢.), edax, pheus, and operarius. Of Mynomes we have A. pennsylvanicus, terrenove, aztecus, and drummondii ? Prof. Baird characterized the subgenus Hemiotomys (= Myonomes of Coues) as having the middle “upper molar with five closed tri- angles, the last two sometimes subconfluent,’’ taking no notice of the species then known, as edax, townsendi, xanthognathus, and borealis, in which, to a greater or less degree, the posterior triangle shows no indication of the subdivision seen in A. pennsylvanicus. The four-triangled species greatly outnumber those which possess five, and it is fully in accord with the system that they should be either separated subgenerically from Mynomes or that this subgenus be re- characterized. 1 From Tetrameres = four-parted, and Odous = tooth. * Dr. Coues’ reasons for changing Rafinesque’s original spelling to JZvonomes are insufficient. If retained at all, it must remain JZynomes. Ps yn 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 283 If the latter course be adopted, we still have an inexact diagnosis to accommodate the three or four exceptional species which develop the fifth triangle, and the name Mynomes, based by Rafinesque on a five-triangled species, becomes inapplicable. On this account, it seems to me quite consistent with the exact subdivision of the other members of the genus Arvicola, as well as necessary, that the sub- genus Tetramerodon be adopted. Arvicola (Tetramerodon) tetramerus sp. nov. Type No. 327, ad., ¢, Coll. of S. N. Rhoads, Beacon Hill Park, Victoria, British Columbia, May 19, 1892. Coll. by S. N. R. Description. —Size medium, about the same as A. pennsylvanicus. Tail rather long. Color above, grizzled blackish-brown, beneath clear ash. Feet grayish-brown. ‘Tail bicolor, matching corre- sponding surfaces of body, well-haired and penicillate. Dentition as in Mynomes, but lacking the posterior fifth section of middle upper molar, typical of that subgenus. Measurements (of type).—Total length, 170 mm; tail vertebre, 50; hind foot, 23. Average of five adults—Total, 175; tail, 48; foot, 22. Skull—Total length, 26°5; basilar length, 24; zygomatic breadth, 15; length of nasals, 7:5; incisors to post-palatal notch, 14-2; interorbital constriction, 3-4; length of mandible, 16; width of mandible, 8-5. Ten specimens of this species were taken in the suburbs of Vic- toria, in the dry, grassy woods of Beacon Hill Park, overlooking the Strait of Fuca. They most nearly resemble fownsendi from Puget Sound in essen- tial characters. Compared with townsendi the Victoria voles may be readily distinguished by their much smaller size, blacker colora- tion above, the greater relative width of the interorbital region, the supraorbital ridges never meeting medially as in old townsendi, and the posterior margins of the frontals being rounded and but slightly encroaching upon the parietals. This species differs essentially from A. occidentalis aud A. californicus as detined by Baird in its lack of red or yellow tints. From A. montanus Peale (tide Baird) tetramerus differs in the greater relative length between the upper molars and incisors, also in the posterior upper molar having four outer, salient angles instead of three. Prof. Baird states there is a great similarity between the colors of montanus and edax and that the former is grayer than fownsendi. In tetramerus the colors are much darker. 284 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Evotomys pygmzus sp. nov. Type No. 247, ad. 9, Coll. of S. N. Rhoads, mouth of Nisqually River, Pierce Co., Washington. Col. by S. N. R. Description.—Size smallest of any described species of the genus. Color above a rusty gray, lighter than gapperi, darkest along the top of head and back; sides and belly muddy ash-gray. Margins of ears and upper third of tail sooty. Feet light gray. Skull short and wide, with relatively wide and flaring zygoma and brain case and broad interorbital region. The audital bulls are very much in- flated, spheroidal, separated medially by iess than 1 mm., their greatest transverse diameter being only 1 mm. less than the longitudinal. The dentition is intermediate between that of E. occidentalis and E. californicus, with the anterior lower molar of californicus and the posterior upper molar of occidentalis. In the latter case, however, the two anterior lateral triangles are completely closed in pygmaeus, the second not connecting with the third as figured by Dr. Merriam*® for occidentalis. The nasals do not reach the posterior points of the premaxillaries by 13 mm. Measurements.— Total length, 120 mm; tail vertebre, 34; hind foot, 16. Skull—Total length, 21; basilar length, 18-4; zygomatic width, 12; length of nasals, 6; incisors to post-palatal notch, 9; interorbital constriction, 4:1; length of mandible, 12. The single specimen on which I have based the above diagnosis is the only one of the genus secured by me in the Pacific coast district of the northwest. It was captured under a log in the dense spruce forest which covers the bluff overlooking Puget Sound, at the mouth of the Nisqually River. It is fully adult, with well-worn teeth. This species may be known externally from its nearest geo- graphic congeners by its small size. In color it is much lighter than occidentalis, and (from the description) even paler than californicus. Evotomys gapperi saturatus subsp. nov. Type No. 483, ad. 9, Coll. of S. N. Rhoads, Nelson, British Columbia, Aug. 17, 1892. Col. by S. N. R. Description.—Size and proportions of E. gapperi, but much darker, the “ red’’ of back being dark chestnut, the sides and belly dark grayish-plumbeous without ochraceous tints of gapperi. The upper half of tail sooty black, strongly defined against gray of lower half. Compared with that of gapperi, the skull is.relatively narrower, the nasals longer, the nasal premaxillary processes reach- 3 N. Amer. Fau., No. 4, Plate IT, Figs. 1 and 2. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285 ing considerably behind base of nasals; the audital bulle are also narrower, elongate, and depressed. The dentition does not differ from that of gapperi, but the other characters of the skull of type, as above defined, show such con- siderable differences from gapperi of eastern Canada that the ques- tion of its specific value is yet an open one. Measurements.—Total length, 141 mm; tail vertebrie, 41; hind foot, 19. Skull—Total length, 23-3; zygomatie width, 12-1; length of nasals, 6:5; incisors to post-palatal notch, 10; interorbital con- striction, 4:2; length of mandible, 13-2; width of mandible, 6-2. One female (the type) was trapped on the banks of a small stream flowing into Kootenai Lake, in the town limits of Nelson, in the Selkirk Mountains. Two others were taken in the Rocky Moun- tains, at Field, on the banks of the Kicking Horse River. Evotomys [gapperi] dawsoni Merriam, the west Arctic representa- tive, differs from saturatus in the opposite light phase of coloration, a parallel case to that exhibited by the Hudsonian Chickadees, Parus hudsonicus, P. h. stoneyi, and P. h. columbianus. Nores on Boreat ARVICOLAS OF UNCERTAIN STATUS. Arvicola borealis Richardson. Rich., Zool. Jour., No. 12, 1828, 517; Faun, Bor. Amer., I, 1829, 127. Aud. and Bach., Quad, N. Amer., 1554, 134. Since the publication of the Monograph of North American Ro- dentia, this species has been classed, on the authority of Dr. Coues, as a subspecies of Arvicola pennsylvanicus. Several specimens from the material examined by Dr. Coues in the preparation of his monograph of the Arvicolinz were subsequently presented to the Academy of Natural Sciences. Among them I find two skins with skulls and one specimen in alcohol enumerated in Dr. Coues’ tabu- lated lists of Arctic Arvicolas, which, after a careful study of Richardson’s two descriptions of A. borealis, I am convinced should be referred to that species. The characters exhibited by these speci- mens are those of an animal quite distinct from pennsylvanicus and justify restoring borealis to the full specific rank originally given it. Audubon and Bachman (sup. cit.) have clearly restated the ex- ternal characters of this vole from a personal examination of Rich- ardgon’s types. Its cranial characters remain undefined, and may be described as follow :— 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Arvicola borealis. Topotype, No. 1,908, ad. 2, Coll, of Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila. (No. 8,403, Sm. Inst. ; vid. Coues, N. A. Rod., p. 206, t. li). Fort Anderson, North of Great Bear Lake (no date), R. McFarlane, Collector. Skull.—Remarkably angular, shallow and flattened, its anterior jugal breadth exceeding the squa- mosal, much as in Synaptomys. Posterior ends of frontals pro- duced in a long, slender, strap- shaped process, beginning just be- hind the interorbital constriction, between the projecting anterior corners of the squamosal bones and terminating in a dove-tailed Fig. I. Skull and molar teeth of process between the acutely point- Azvicola borealis Rich. : a. Upper profile of cranium.* 6. Left ed and extended anterior comers mandibular series. c. Left maxillary of the parietals. Interorbital series. . constriction narrow, acutely com- pressed, its single median ridge depressed below the frontal plane. Audital bullee subtriangular, depressed, long and narrow. Denti- tion as given (|. c.) for the subgenus Tetramerodon, of which, with A. wanthognathus and A. chrotorrhinus, it forms a typical represen- tative in the lack of any attempt at a posterior inner fold, or angle, in the middle upper molar. The anterior trefoil of the first lower molar is less deeply indented than in any Arvicola I have examined. The mandibles present no peculiar characters. An incipient groove can be detected, almost evenly dividing the face of each upper in- cisor. Arvicola drummondi Aud. and Bach. Five specimens of meadow mice, three taken on the shores of Lac La Hache, B. C., and two from the valley of the Kicking Horse River, at Field, B. C., I had previously described in manuscript as new, under the name Arvicola (Mynomes) microcephalus. The description of A. drwmmondi (Aud. and Bach., Quad. N. Amer., 1854, 166) I have since found to correspond so closely in every particular with the characters of these specimens, it seems far preferable to make them the basis of a full restoration of drum- * About one and one-half times natural size. tees 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287 mondi to a place in nomenclature. It may be stated that Richard- son’s A. noveboracensis (Raf.), the name under which that author described the type of drwmmondi was said by him to have come from the dry uplands of the Rocky Mountains inhabited by A. «anthog- nathus. This would indicate a locality far north of that from which my specimens came, also a less aquatic environment, and a somewhat different faunal region. Audubon and Bachman give, ‘‘ Valleys of the Rocky Mountains,”’ as the habitat of drummondi. More com- plete collections from the whole length of the intermediate country may show that the Lac La Hache animal is separable from the northern one ; in such an event the name microcephalus may still be applicable to it. Arvicola (Mynomes) drummondi. Topotype No. 418, ad. g, Coll. of S. N. Rhoads; Lac La Hache, B. Columbia, June 30th, 1892. Col. by S. N. R. Description. —Size considerably less than that of A. pennsylvan- ieus; ears moderate; tail short and scantily haired ; skull small, highly arched, compressed and elongate, the orbits much narrowed by the compression of the zygoma ; eyes very small, as in Pitymys; feet as originally described by Richardson. Teeth of typical Mynomes, the postero-internal section of middle upper molars as large as its opposing outer triangle. Color above grizzled black-brown, beneath a clear hoary plumbeous, lacking the muddy wash mentioned by Aud. and Bach. Tail sooty above, grayer beneath. Measurements. — Total length, 155 mm; tail vertebrie, 40; hind foot, 20 (average of four adults—Total, 153; tail, 39; foot, 19). Skull—Total length, 24-2; basilar length, 22; zygomatic width, 13-5; length of nasals, 6-6; incisor to post-palatal notch, 12°2; inter- orbital constriction, 4; length of mandible, 14-8; width of mandible, 8-2. This species resembles A. nanus,’ but its possession of a five triangled middle upper molar distinguishes it from that species, which, as Dr. Merriam expressly states, has but four triangles. The two specimens from Field show no differences from the one above described. Incidental to this rather cursory study of the principal group of North American Arvicoline it is worthy of mention that the large vole captured by Mr. Drummond “at the foot of the Rocky Moun- 5 Merriam, N. Amer. Fau., No. 5, 1891, 63. 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. tains,’ and described minutely by Richardson (Fau. Bor. Amer., 1829, 120), under caption of ‘‘Arvicola riparius (Ord?),” is almost certainly a member of the genus Aulacomys.° A comparison of the description of this animal given by Richardson and that given by Audubon and Bachman,’ when they renamed it A. richardsoni, with my type of Aulacomys arvicoloides, leaves very little room for doubt that the two are generically the same. Their specific differences con- sist in the much longer tail of arvicoloides, its tail also being black above and nearly unicolor, its feet black, and the mouth and chops grayish-brown, like the surrounding parts. An examination of Richardson’s introductory notice of Mr. Drummond’s travels, coupled with the statement that the specimen was taken in summer, fix the type locality of A. richardsoni within, say, fifty miles of Athabasca Pass in the Rocky Mountains, among the foothills traversed by the Columbia Portage trail connecting the head waters of the Athabasca, Saskatchewan, and Columbia Rivers, in latitude 53°. A. arvicoloides was taken somewhat east of the dividing ridge of the Cascade Mountains in latitude 47°. Should the correctness of this interpretation be proved, Drummond’s speci- men should stand as Aulacomys richardsoni (Dekay).* ® Rhoads, Amer. Nat., Feb. 1894, 182. 7 Quad. N. Amer., IIT, 1853, 163. 8 N. Y. Zool., I, 1842, 91. Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894 Plate VII Oe WWW Aan ru — LEVYTYPE » ENGRAVERS A PILSBRY, PATELLA KERMADECENSIS. Plate VIII. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. J. Bridgham, Del. Sy SIS RMADECEN PALSBRY, PATELLA KE Proc Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. Plate IX MERRIAM, THE NEOTOMIN-~. _ 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289 OcTOBER 2. Mr. Cuarres Morris in the Chair. Fifty-four persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘A proposed Classification of the Fossorial Hymenoptera of North America,” by William J. Fox, was pre- rented for publication. OcToBER 9, Mr. Usetma C. Surrn in the Chair. Thirty-two persons present. The deaths of Joseph Hyrtl and Oliver Wendell-Holmes, M.D., correspondents, were announced. A paper entitled ‘‘A Study of the Systematic and Geographical Distribution of the Decapod Family Atyide Kingsley,’ by Dr. A. Ortmann, was presented for publication. OcTroBER 16. Mr. Cuarves P. Peror in the Chair. Sixty-six persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘ New Species of Fungi from various Localities,” by J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhart, was presented for publication. Diachea Thomasii Rex.—Dr. Geo, A. Rex presented specimens of Diachea Thomasii, a species of Myxomycetes recently described by him, and commented upon the variations of the species and its rela- tions to the adjoining genera. The specimens differed in some respects from the original speci- mens from which the diagnostic description had been drawn, making it advisxble to supplement that description. The new specimens were a part of some recent gatherings made by Mr. Lancaster Thomas at the original locality for the species at Cranberry, N. C., in July and August of this year. The sporangia of the type specimens were frequently grouped in clusters, but with rare exceptions they grew upon separate stipes. 20 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. In the recent gatherings, however, the sporangia show a remarkable tendency to aggregation into clumps of from twelve to twenty, the stipes growing “together to form a thick compound stipe surmounted by the densely clustered sporangia. In some cases these are dis- torted by crowding, having their adjoining walls grown together, constituting stipitate zethalia. The clustered sporangia have usually a purplish metallic lustre rather than the silver or bronze lustre of the single forms. The capillitium differs from the type only in the presence of an extraordinary number of small dark-violet colored bulbous thicken- ings occurring upon the threads in their course, similar to those found in the capillitium of certain species of Didymium and Chondrio- derma. These thickenings are ellipsoidal, turbinate or conical in shape and occur more frequently near the ends of the threads. The speaker thought that these peculiar thickenings were of special interest on account of their bearing upon the relative position of the genus Diachea in the systematic classification of the Myxo- mycetes. As they are almost exclusively found in certain species of the Didymiace and the single species of the genus Spumaria, this species at least, of the genus Diachwa would seem to be connected with the Caleareze by good structural characters other than the mere existence of granules of lime in the stipes and columellas of the sporangia. The bulbous thickenings were also found in the capillitium of the type specimens but not conspicuously, or to a greater extent than they are sometimes found in the other species of Diacheea. The speaker concluded that the genus Diachwa was properly as- sociated with the Order Didymiaceze (including the genus Spumaria) notwithstanding its points of resemblance to the genus Lamproderma suggesting its possibly closer relationship to the Order Stemonitacecze. The differences between the present gatherings and the former ones were probably due to climatic causes, the excessive rainfall and great atmospheric humidity prevailing in the North Carolina mountains during July and the early part of August of the present year, caus- ing an exuberant development of plasmodium which resulted in a growth of unusually aggregated and ethalioid forms bo OcTOBER 25. Dr. C. N. Perrce in the Chair. Twenty-five eae: present. A paper entitled ‘ iets on the Mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Pennsylvania,” by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication. The death of F. Oden Horstmann, a member, was announced. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291 OcroBEeR 30. Mr. CHarues P. Peror in the Chair. Thirty-three persons present. The death of William RK. Lejee, a member, was announced. A paper entitled ‘‘On a Collection of Batrachia and Reptilia from the Island of Hawaii,’ by Edw. D. Cope, was presented for publi- cation. Mr. Horace Binder was elected a member. The following were ordered to be printed :— 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. A PROPOSED CLASSIFICATION OF THE FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA OF NORTH AMERICA. BY WILLIAM J. FOX. The arrangement of our Fossores contained in the following pages, I trust will be of some service to students of these insects. It has been evident for some time that the existing arrangement, that con- tained in Cresson’s Synopsis,’ is of little value, as it is too superficial. Entirely too many families, without characters to substantiate them, were recognized : the Sphegidee, for instance, which were divided into no less than nine families. Accepting these nine families would, it seems to me, necessitate the erection of families for such genera as Neolarra, Bothynostethus, Trypoxylon and others, which stand more or less isolated and yet possess characters which connect them in one way or another with the formerly existing families and would form more distinct families, were they so recognized, than, say, the Mel- linidze, Ampulicidze, Nyssonidse or Bembicidee. How these nine supposed families have been disposed of, the following pages will show. : Saussure’s recent classification” is not satisfactory, inasmuch as it is incomplete, and, moreover, his conclusions, particularly regarding the Pompilidie, are not well founded. He makes two tribes of this family, the Pompiliens and Pepsiens, separating them on a very trivial character—the position of insertion of the first recurrent nervure in the second submarginal cell, a character which, in my ex- perience, has always proved variable. Under the first mentioned tribe he includes Ceropales, which he seems to consider as not worthy of more than generic rank, while he forms a tribe for the reception of Pepsis, which should be placed with the Pompiliens, if anywhere. The Mutillidse and Sapygidse are considered as subfamilies of the Scoliidze; these are ranked as families in this paper. The old families Pemphredonidse and Crabronidee and Oayhbelus, he considers as tribes of equal value to the Nyssonidx, Bembicidze and Larride, ! Mr. Cresson states that this was simply compiled from the works of other authors. * Grandidier’s Hist. Madagascar, XX. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 293 all of which are ranked as tribes of the Sphegidz. The two families mentioned and Oxybelus are treated as subfamilies in this paper as they are more distinct than are the numerous tribes of the Bembi- cinze and Spheginze. It is hoped that the paper may at least call forth improvements on the classification suggested. MUTILLIDA. I regard this as a well-defined family, disagreeing with some authors who place it as a subfamily of the Scoliide. The wingless females are, in my opinion, sufficient to separate these insects from the Scoliidxe. In the latter family the intermediate cox are widely separated, while in the Mutillidze they are not separated by a dis- tance equalling their width. In the generic table below, Photopsis Blake is considered as synonymous with Spherophthalma Blake, as a comparison of the two genera fails to show any differential charac- ters. The family can be separated into two tribes as follows :— Females (as far as known) without ocelli; marginal cell of (3) wings more or less short, not reaching by any means the apex of wing; some of the nervures generally obsolete, particularly those forming the third discoidal cell... . . . MUTILLINI. Females with ocelli; marginal cell of (¢) wings long and pointed, reaching almost the apex of wings; all the nervures distinct, MEVETUGWSOLCLG: oe. es ee sl SU} MYARMOSIENI Tribe I.—MUTILLINI. Contains the genera Psammotherma,*’ Mutilla, Sphaerophthalma (= Photopsis in pt.), Brachycistis and Chyphotes, and is defined as above. The genera may be tabulated as follows :— memnteiinee simplein bothsexes.... 2... ww he Antenne of male flabellate.. . . . . . . PSAMMOTHERMA Latr. 2—Eyes ovate, emarginate within the ¢, entirein 9; thorax of ® generally oblong in shape, truncate behind. Mu1rrLua Linné. Eyes round, entire; thorax generally ovate, rounded pos- emery Ae NCAR OOS. Lode aT eae 3—Intermediate tibize with two apical spurs............4 Intermediate tibixe with but one apical spur; wing stigma very large; body smooth, glabrous; marginal cell usually shorter than stigma; antenne longer than head and thorax . BRACHYCISTIS Fox. 3 Probably does not occur in America, the species described being very likely erroneously reported from Florida. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 4—Abdomen at most subpetiolate; thorax of 9 divided into more than two parts eet at least the thorax, coarsely sculptured). Sas plioye SPH ZEROPHTHALMA* Bl. pdomen connec ted a a ina slender petiole; thorax (92) di- vided into two distinct parts only; ¢ unknown. . 4. CHYPHOTES Bl. Tribe I1.—MYRMOSINI. Proposed for the genera Myrimosa and Methoca, and is character- ized chiefly by the females possessing distinct ocelli. But few species haye been described from America. Apex of abdomen (g), unarmed; wings with three submarginal cells;° cubital nervure of hind wings received by the submedian cell at apex; thorax (9) ee apparently of two parts; bod ystugose(/O)) = a s- fees - .. « .MyYRMOSA Giaige Apex of abdomen ( g) armed w ith a Veneved spine; two submargi- nal cells; cubital nervure of hind wings received considerably before the apex of submedian cell; thorax (9?) divided into three parts;-body smooth, shining and very ant-like. . MerTuHoca Latr. If the genus Thynnus occurs in America as reported by Patton (Ent. News, III, 104) another tribe will have to be added to this family. I doubt, however, the existence of American representa- tives. SCOLIIDA. This family is sufficiently characterized by both sexes being winged to separate it from the Mutillidse. The North American representatives comprise three tribes,° as follows :— Eyes emarginate; spur of fore tibiz large, strongly curved, dilated, and truncate at end; intermediate tibise with one spur; abdomen of ¢ armed with three spines at apex. . : - . . .SCOLLINT: fyes entire; spur of fore tarsi not much curved or dilated, either pointed or bifurcate at end ; intermediate tibive with one or two spurs; abdomen of g¢ with but one spine at apex. Sexes similar in form; marginal cell broadened toward the base (in our genera, the 9’s have the marginal cell open at apex); antennee short in both sexes. ......... .DTYPHIINE 4 This may ultimately prove but a division or subgenus of J/ufilla. 5 There are really four submarginals, as the cubital nervure extends out to the apex of wing. & After Saussure. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295 Sexes dissimilar in form; @ robust, ¢ long and slender; marginal cell (? ) narrowed toward base (in our genera the mar- ginal cell is always closed); antennie in 9 short,in ¢ long and slender, as long or longer than head and thorax . “ee ee . -MYZININI (Plesiites Sauss.) Tribe I.—SCOLIINI. Two genera occur in our fauna, as follows :— Anterior wings with only one recurrent nervure. . . . Scoura Fabr. Anterior wings with two recurrent nervures. ... . . . Ents Fabr. Each of these genera may be divided into subgenera by the num- ber of submarginal cells. In the subgenus 7’riscolia there are three cells, while in Discolia there are two. In Trielis three, in Dielis two. Tribe I1.—TIPHIINI. The first and second submarginal cells merged into one through the disappearance of the first transverso-cubital, nervure ; base of first abdominal segment produced angularly or dentate on each side; intermediate tibise with onespur. . .. .TIPHIA Fabr. Three submarginal cells, the first transverso-cubital nervure present, but abbreviated, not reaching the cubital nervure; base of first abdominal segment not produced or dentate at base; inter- mediate tibize with two spurs . «pies Wes iia Aalto . . . EPOMIDIOPTERON Sichel (= Paratiphia), Tribe III.—MYZININI. This tribe is identical with Saussure’s ‘‘Section des Plesiites.’’ Plesia seems to be synonymous with Myzine Latr. The latter has priority, being described two years in advance of Plesia. But one genus, Myzine, is found in America, which may be distinguished by the tribal characters given above. SAPYGIDZ. Intermediate coxze contiguous; legs, except tibial spurs, unarmed ; no pygidial area; apex of (3) abdomen without spines. These characters seem sufticient to keep these insects distinct from the preceding family, to which they have been assigned by some authors, and, moreover, the first and second ventral segments are contiguous, while in the Scoliidze they are widely separated. Sapyya, our only genus, has the eyes emarginate within, the intermediate tibise with two spurs. For several species haying the vertex tuberculate, the 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. name Eusapyga has been proposed by Cresson, but these form only a subgenus at the most. POMPILID. This is a distinct family characterized by the very long posterior legs, long antenne, and by the first and second ventral segments being not widely separated. The species possess no pygidium. I would separate the family into three tribes, placing the Ceropalini first, as I consider the genus Ceropales as being closest to the Sapy- gidee. Sting sheath of 2 projecting, prominent; eyes slightly emarginate within, near the top; labrum large, projecting ; antennze never curled after death, situated well above the clypeus . ; ses ba ence Labs eO ty cae ke eee CEROPALINI. Sting sheath of 9 not projecting; eyes entire. First discoidal cell not longer than first submarginal ; submedian cell of anterior wings longer than the median on the externo- median nervure ; second discoidal cell not half the size of the third; labrum exserted, longer than the clypeus; abdomen com- pressed apically... . . 2), 2 SNOTOCMEERAS First discoidal cell longer ian frat submarginal; labrum not exserted; length of median cell of anterior wings variable; second discoidal cell at least half the size of the third; abdomen rarely compressed... . ... 2 8: D))2 27 28 POMEARIe Tribe I—CEROPALINI. This tribe contains but a single genus, Ceropales, having the char- acters given above. ‘The species are always more or less ornamented with yellow, some being extremely handsome. Tribe II1.—NOTOCYPHINI. The genus Notocyphus constitutes this tribe, which differs chiefly from the Ceropalini by the non-exserted sting sheath. Tribe III.—POMPILINI. The Pompilini contains the typical forms of the family and is, by far, the largest tribe. Pepsis, which Saussure considers as a tribe, should, in my opinion, be placed in the tribe Pompilini, as its charac- ters will not warrant a tribal distinction. Parapompilus Cress. (non Sm.), Planiceps Latr., and Aporus Spin., seem to be merely groups of. the genus s Pe ompilus, as has been pointed out by Kohl.’ Epipom- 7 Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell., Wien, XXXIV, pp. 33-58. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297 pilus Kohl is scarcely worthy of generic distinction, and should be treated as of equal value as Parapompilus Cress. 1—Anterior wings with three submarginal cells... .......2 Anterior wings with two submarginal cells. .........9 2—Third* ventral segment with a transverse furrow (indistinct in the ¢ of some species). ..... Sige S- cared Third ventral segment without a fee erse on PM ate, els 3—First recurrent nervure received by the second submarginal cell in or about the middie. Hind tarsi (g) not flattened... .4 First recurrent nervure received by the second submarginal cell not far from its base, and considerably before its middle. Hind tarsi (g) flattened. Fifth, or fifth and sixth ventral segments (g) nearly always with long, stiff hair, often forming two tufts. Metathorax with a more or less cane tubercle before each ‘Sica ot as ee ee : ; wah 08 SP aPsrsehabre 4—Hind tibize not spinose, or Paesneely SO} ieakmoeanean cell of fore wings generally but slightly anh than the median on the externo- medial meryure.. ... . . Sy eee Hind tibize more or less spinose, gener alle poeta epmose, most strongly sointhe 9... . Vee) 5—Submedian cell of fore wings toncee than the Sedu | on the ex- terno-medial nervure.. . . SALIUS Fabr. (= Priocnemis Sch.). Submedian cell of fore wings of the same length as the median on the externo-medial nervure (eyes converging somewhat towards the vertex). . . . . . . CATICURGUS ep? 6—Maxillie of 9 with a bunch of jong nae at the base. whee ot Se REUSE ee . AGENIA"™ Schiodte Maxille of 9 naked.......... . . PSEUDAGENIA” Kohl. 7—Prothorax shorter than the metathorax.............8 Prothorax longer than the metathorax; head very fiat and trans- verse, the clypeus planate . PARAPOMPILUS Cress, (non Smith), 8—Legs strongly spinose; prothorax on the sides not aurouely de- pressed; fore femora not swollen... .. . . Pomprius Fabr. Legs, except tibial spurs, not spinose; prothorax strongly depressed on the sides; fore femora somewhat swollen . ; . EPIPOMPILUS Kohl. ® Second ventral of some authors. ® T haye not seen this genus. 10 J can find no characters to separate the g's of dgenia and Pseudagenia, as the characters given by Kohl are not constant. The size of the second and third submarginal cells varies, and while some species of Agenia have the wings banded, in others they are clear. Of our species of Agenia Cress., cupidus, congruus, and acceplus are Pseudagenia. A new genus may have to be erected for A. Belfraget C ress. Cameron is mistaken in referring A. nubifer, mexicanus, chloris, floridus, auripilis, and subvirescens to Pseudagenta, as they all have the bunch of hair at base of maxillie 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. 9—Metathorax posteriorly not emarginate, not produced; anterior femora swollen, their tarsi also rather thick ; abdomen subcom- pressed, 4. v5) "2. .. 4. . PLANICHPS Higa Metathorax posteriorly strongly: emanginate, produced on each side into a strong tooth; fore femora and tarsi not thickened; abdomen not at all compressed. . .... .. .APORUS Spin. SPHEGID. I would divide this vast family into five subfamilies as follows: Spheginze, Pemphredonin:e, Bembicinze, Oxybelinz, and Crab- ronine, I have thought it best to unite under one head the Lar- rid, Bembicidze, Nysonidze, Mellinidee, and Philanthid:e, as it is impossible to find characters by which these families (so-called) can be limited, even as subfamilies. The reader is referred to Hand- lirsch’s paper on Nysson and Bembex.'"' It may seem out of place to put the Pemphredoninez close to the Spheginze ; yet I feel justified in doing so on account of the abdominal petiole which is peculiar to both subfamilies. Abdomen connected with the thorax by a slender pedicel of variable length, and never sessile with the following segment. Intermediate tibize with two apical spurs; claws nearly always more or lessdentate within... .. -..,. . ...SPEenGGeee Intermediate tibize with but one apical spur; claws never dentate Within 2A. ce 12... .PEMPHREDONINGZS Abdomen never connec cted ah the thorax by a slender pedicel, at the most subpetiolate as in Mellinus, More than one submarginal cell, if not, then the eyes are emar- ginate within; neuration of posterior wings complete. . BEMBICIN-E. Only one cubmennines aaa sca discoidal Gels (ey es entire). Metathorax with a long projection! at base; postscutellum with asquama on each side; submarginal cell confluent with first discoidal cell; eyes elongate-ovate, fully three times longer than they are broad pei es and converging towards the ViETUEXe | Ameren ...,. .. OXYBE RIN Metathorax and postse dtetiien W ithout spines or squame ; sub- marginal cell not confluent with the first discoidal cell; eyes very broad, not more than twice as long as the width of their broadest part and strongly diverging towards the vertex. . CRABRONIN ZE. 11 Sitzungsb. K. K. Akad. der Wissen., Wien, XCV, Abth. 1. 2 This is variously shaped, being sometimes bifurcate and again spinose. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHTA. 299 Subfamily SPHEGIN &. Represented by two tribes as follows :— Metathorax unarmed, neverdentate. .......SPHEGINI. Metathorax armed with two strong teeth. . . . AMPULICINT. Tribe I.—SPHEGINI. Three genera belong to this tribe. They have numerous sub- genera or groups of species which at one time were regarded as genera. Kohl’s admirable paper, Die Hymenopterengruppe der Spheciden,’® will be of much value to the student of this group. Our genera may be separated in the following manner :-— Second submarginal cell receiving but one recurrent nervure; Q with or without tarsalcomb. ....... ..SPHEX Linné. Second submarginal cell receiving both nervures. © without tarsal comb. ...... =... .SCELIPHRON Klug. SO with tarsal. comb:... ... . . . =... ., AMMOPHILA Klug: As Kohl’s work is probably inaccessible to most workers, I give here a table of groups of the three genera: — Genus SPHEX Linne. Second submarginal cell small, much higher than broad. Claws with a single tooth in middle of inner margin; species mrreeor less metallic 0. 2... ais. 4 » Gr, CRLORION, Claws with 2-5 teeth on inner margin; species not metallic. Last ventral plate (9) compressed, almost keeled medially; claws bidentate; clypeus produced medially, with a deep sinus on Pererainem ye. cir Sia). et Gea. os Leo © eR ARO Last ventral plate (2) convex, not compressed; claws 2-5 dentate; clypeus entire or emarginate medially . . . Gr. HARPACTOPUS, Second submarginal cell as broad as high, rhomboidal, or rectangular, Metathorax without stigmal furrow; tarsal comb (?) wanting; petiole long and generally bowed. . . . . . . Gr, ISODONTIA. Metathorax, with exception of S. Luce, with a stigmal furrow; tarsal comb (2) present, petiole straight. . . . . Gr. SPHEX. Genus SCELIPHRON Klug. Prothorax longer than the dorsulum. Head from above not triangular, not much produced behind the eyes (the prothorax is but little longer than the dorsulum), . Gr. PODIUM. 18 Annalen d. K. K. Naturhistor. Hofmuseum, Wien, VY, No. 2, 3. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Head from above triangular, greatly produced behind the eyes (the prothorax is longer than the dorsulum, scutellum and postscutellum combined). . .... ... . . Gr. TRIGONOPSIS. Prothorax not as long, at any rate not longer than the dorsulum, . Gr. SCELIPHRON (=Pelopocus). Genus AMMOPHILA Kirby. Wings with two submarginal Gells. ..... .. . Gr. COLOPTERA. Wings with three submarginal cells. Second abdominal segment elongate, forming with the first seg- ment along petiole. =~. - = . k= hs = 2 Gre AMOR Hane Second abdominal segment more or less campanulate, the petiole composed of but one joint. ..... . .Gr. PSAMMOPHILA. Tribe I1.—AMPULICINI. The genus Ampulex is represented in North America by the sub- genus hinopsis Westw. It is distinguished by the rostrate clypeus and by having two submarginal cells. The prothorax is long as in Trigonopsis; the metathorax is many ridged and has very strong transverse strize above and possesses two strong teeth. The first submarginal cell is twice the length of the second. Marginal cell with an appendiculation at apex. Subfamily PEMPHREDONINA. The Mimesidz are here considered as representing a tribe of this subfamily, and Mimesa Shuck. as a synonym of Psen Latr. It is impossible to separate these two genera as their characters vary, particularly the neuration. It is true that the inner spur of hind tibiee of Mimesa is peculiarly shaped, but this development will be found in Psen, although in a lesser degree. Anterior wings with three submarginal cells; antennie situated far above the clypeus. .. . . LS PS aa Anterior wings with two snbieined Raine : nifetiass close to base of clypeus ... . 9.0.4.2 222%) 2 eS PEM PE RD Oia Tribe I—PSENINI. sen (= Mimesa), the only genus of this tribe, is easily distin- guished by the characters given in the above table. The Psenini further differ from the Pemphredonini by the peculiar inner spur of hind tibie. Tribe I1.—PEMPHREDONINI. The tribe Pemphredonini comprises the greater number of the 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301 genera of this subfamily. The following table is based chiefly on that in Cresson’s ‘‘ Synopsis’’ :— Anterior wings with three discoidal cells, therefore with two recurrent nervures. Abdomen with a tolerably long petiole. . . PeMPpHREDON Latr. Abdomen with the petiole not longer than the hind coxze. Posterior tibize spinose or subserrate ; labrum emarginate at tip." 2 aE, Bote Le Oe . Dioponrus Curt. Posterior tibiz (excepting the calcaria) unarmed ; ieee pomted at tip... . . 2 kone a RASSATICHGUS Shuck: Anterior wings with two dipeoidal ‘calls, therefore only one recurrent nervure . Anterior wings Ww 7h one Bubarireinal cel AMMOPLANUS Giraud, Anterior wings with two submarginal cells. Petiole short; recurrent nervure joining the first transverso- cubital nervure. ... : . . . . SPILOMENA Shuck. Petiole long; recurrent nervure received in the middle of the ATS SW Omar IMAL cell... tates desi eyn steals A, o DRIGMUSE DUR: Subfamily BEMBICIN A. Under this head I unite the Larridz, Bembicidee, Nyssonidee, Philanthidsee, and Mellinidee. The characters of these supposed families are not sufficient or constant enough to sustain them in such a rank, and are valueless in some cases, even as characters of minor importance. As in the case of the Bembicide, it is easy to take such typese as Bembex, Monedula, forms with rostrate clypeus, and separate them into a family, apparently distinct from the Nyssonid and Larridie, if these genera are compared, say, with Darra and Nysson; but certain genera will be encountered, Neolarra and Bothynostethus tor instance, whose proper position will remain undetermined. Neolarra combines both Larrid, Bembicid and Nyssonid characters, yet it will fit in neither of the families de- fined. Bothynostethus inclines to both the Larridie and Nyssonidee, and seems to be a connecting link between them. Sfizus and Sphe- cius, although placed in the Bembicidze, possesses the neuration and non-rostrate labrum, characters which bind them to the Nyssonid. It must not be forgotten that the labrum of the Nyssonidee is promi- nent, indeed in Gorytes very prominent. Thirteen tribes of this subfamily seem to be indictated, which number will undoubtedly have to be reduced in the future. MT have not seen Polemisius Sauss., described as occurring in Madagascar and Mexico. It is related to Passa/weus and Diodontus, 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 1—Labrum projecting in such a manner as to cover the mandibles when closed, sometimes rostriform. .. . > SiS eee Labrum projecting more or less, but not covering wie mandibles, never rostriform ; antennee situated close to or not far from tase of elypeus; if the latter is divided into three lobes the middle lobe is not greatly enlarged. .... . By Labrum not at all projecting, hidden scone view ie ianteites! antennee situated far above He celypeus ; middle lobe of latter greatly enlarged... <5 2202.8). % 2 2-2 SPER AIN Seale —Mandibles emarginate on outer margin (except in mi oO Mandibles not emarginate . 5 : 3 3—Three submarginal cells; intecmediate fe Ww sane ie spurs. Second submarginal eel not petiolate; apical joint of antennie (EG) IOC Gs ee) 24 VO ENN Second pupaieerael cell menale: Opell joint of antennee (f) peculiarly shaped... .... - «+ » . NY¥SSOM ENTE Two submarginal cells ; intermediate! tibize with one spur. - ea . NEOTAR iia (Tete aieiline bibize armed WwW rite twe spurs at apex; submedian cell of posterior wings extending far beyond the median on the externo-medial nervure; labrum shorter than the clypeus, gene- rally rounded anteriorly; ocelli distinct. . . . . . . STIZINI. Intermediate tibize with but one spur at apex; submedian cell of posterior wings not extending beyond the median on the ex- terno-medial nervure; labrum longer than the clypeus, rostri- form ; ocelli more or less imperfect. . . . . . . BEMBICINI. 5—Hind ocelli normal..... . sels le 8) oe ek Hind ocelli more or less distorted . tec | 20S. 2 Ae 6—Eyes entire... .. aks de Be Oe. Gee er Eyes emarginate AS rth ok a + adel ee « TDRYPOXYILO Mie 7—Second submarginal cell not petiolate... ............8 Second submarginal cell petiolate... ._. >. <)> 4) 75 ee 8—Middle tibize armed with two spurs atapex.. ........ .9 Middle tibiz with one spurat apex. .......LYRODINI. 9-—Kyes ( ¢) touching above; second submarginal cell receiving both recurrent hervures. . . . ds, . /AASTATENGTS Eves (@) not touching on the vertex, Ww maely separated; first and second submarginal cells each receiving a recurrent nervure . 4 : . DIPLOPLECTRINI. 10-No py eid area (two submiturginal balla) . i. MISCOPHINEE A pygidial area (three submarginal cells) . BOTH YNOSTETHINI. Tribe I—PHILANTHINI. Hind femora more or less thickened at apex, truncate, and produced URICa ies et. Sanne - CERC ERIS Latr. (= Hucerceris Cr.). Astatini and Dioploplectrini seem to be exceptions to this definition, or else the labrum projects so little as to be indiscernible. oN 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 305 Hind femora more or less narrowed at apex, not truncate, and not produced beneath. Abdomen with first segment not at all petiolate. Eyes entire within; submedian cell of posterior wings much shorter than the median on the externo-medial nervure; 9? with a distinct pygidial area. . . . . APHILANTHOPS Patt. Eyes more or less emarginate within; submedian cell of posterior wings as long or slightly longer than the median on the ex- terno-medial nervure; 2 without a cai area. : Sa 5 . PHILANTHUS Fabr. Pedamen Teith first enue mabpstiolate as in Mellinus. TRACHYPUS Kl. Tribe II—MELLININI. In this tribe I include Mellinus and Govytes, separating them from the Nyssonini chiefly because the apical joint of the ¢ antenne is normal and is not crescent or otherwise shaped as in the Nyssonini; also because the second submarginal cell is not petiolate as in that tribe. Antenne well separated, situated close to base of clypeus, anterior margin of clypeus denticulate; a recurrent nervure received by the third submarginal cell; abdomen always with first segment always petioliform ... . .. . . .MELLINUS Fabr. Antenne approximate, generally w eal pepanited from base of clypeus; anterior margin of clypeus rarely or never dentate; third sub- marginal cell never receiving a recurrent nervure, abdomen rarely with the first segment petioliform . . . GoryTES Latr, The genera Hoplisus, Dienoplus and Euspongus are identical with Gorytes Tribe IIIL—NYSSONINI. Prothorax above subquadrate, longer than dorsulum; metathorax not strongly spinose; (posterior femora beneath at apex, produced into a stout tooth), form slender. Submedian cell of anterior wings much longer than the median on the externo-medial nervure; abdomen without a pale spot on each side of the second dorsal segment. . . Dipineis Wesm, Submedian cell of anterior wings a little shorter than the median on the externo-medial nervure; abdomen with a pale spot on each side of second dorsal segment. . . . . . . ALYSON Jur, Prothorax above very narrowly transverse; metathorax with two long spines (tooth of posterior femora not so strong as in the preceding two genera); form robust... . . . . Nysson Latr. 304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. In the foregoing table Paranysson and Hyponysson are considered synonymous with Nysson. The lack of the third submarginal cell | in NV. (Hyponysson) bicolor is simply an anomaly.” I have recently received another anomalous species (which is new) from New Mexico, which lacks the second (petiolated) submarginal cell. . Tribe IV.—STIZINI. Marginal ceil about twice as long as the first submarginal; spurs of . hind tibicze enlarged in the 9, and the pygidium well developed; | abdomen (g) with a single spine at apex. . . SPHECIUS Dhlb. Marginal ceil much shorter than the first submarginal; spurs of hind | tibize short in both sexes, not enlarged; no pygidium, at the most with two short ridges on each side of apical portion of last dorsal abdominal segment; abdomen ( ¢) with three spines ab- apex: 2 5S. ee wet ae He leg eee a Ae ea Bembecinus and Megastizus are considered synonymous with Stizus in the foregoing table.” Tribe V.—BEMBICINI. Anterior ocellus linear, transversely arcuate. Maxillary palpi six-jointed, labial palni four-jointed. Metatho- rax excavated posteriorly, compressed laterally; last ventral segment (g) with three spines... . . . . BEMBIDULA Burm. Maxillary palpi four-jointed, labial palpi two-jointed; metathorax flat or Convex behind, not compressed laterally; last ventral segment (¢) with a single spine. i 2) Jee ae . BEMBEX Fabr. (—iekebennes Patt.). enters oeciine clone round or reniform. : Maxillary palpi three-jointed, labial palpi one-jointed; anterior ocellus longitudinally elliptic; maxille very long, reaching the hind coxz.... : , ss PTENIORIAG Daye Maxillary palpi six- somtodl infil palpi four-jointed; anterior ocellus round or reniform; maxillke short. . MONEDULA Latr. Tribe VI.—NEOLARRINI. This tribe is based on a single genus Neolarra Ashm. which may be distinguished by its tribal characters. I have not examined this - genus during the preparation of this classification, but if my memory serves me right it should be placed here, between the Lembicini and Bothnostethini. 16 See Handlirsch, Sitzb. K. Akad. Wissensch., Wien. Math.-naturw. Classe, XCV, Abth. 1, p. 293. 17 See Handlirsch, 1. c. CI, p. 26-34. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305 Tribe VII.—BOTH YNOSTETHINI. Marginal cell truncate, with an appendiculation; eyes converging towards vertex; hind femora not thickened at apex . rt tlds . PLENOCULUS fox Marginal ooh pointed ni baie W hone Sapendeniation: eyes diverging towards vertex; hind femora, especially in 9, thickened at SOE Care os ee 2 ek . BOTHYNOSTELTEUS, KG). Tribe VIII.—ASTATINI. This tribe is formed of the genus Astatus, and is based chiefly on the strange disposition of the eyes of the male sex; they meet on the vertex, a characteristic not found in any other genus of the fossorial Hymenoptera, and not, as far as I know, in any genus of the Order. Tribe [IX.—DIPLOPLECTRINI. The genus Diploplectron forms this tribe. The chief characters are that both sexes have the middle tibize two spurred, the very short submarginal cell and the prominent and very long prothorax. It is evidently allied to the European genus Dinetus, which probably belongs to this tribe. As the latter is the older genus, the name proposed for this tribe will have to give way to Dinetini, but as Dinetus does not occur in North America, and as this is simply a classification of the forms inhabiting that region, I prefer to use the name proposed above. Tribe X.—MISCOPHINI Wings with two submarginal cells, the first receiving a recurrent ner- vure; marginal cell acuminate, not appendiculate; eyes converg- ing but little or not at all towards vertex . . . Miscopuus Jur, Wings with three submarginal cells, both recurrent nervures being received by the second submarginal cell; marginal cell elongate, truncate at apex and appendiculate; eyes strongly converging towards vertex. .....-+.. +... ... +» NITELIOPSIS Saund. Tribe XI.—LYRODIN Lyroda, upon which this tribe is based, might be placed in the Larrini, were it not for the regularly formed and distinct ocelli. The only other character worth mentioning in which it differs from the following tribe, is the peculiar shape of the prothorax above, which is being apparently twice emarginate, with the intervening space strongly developed. 21 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Tribe XII.—LARRINI. Under this head are placed all those genera of the old family Larride, which have the hind ocelli distorted and more or less obsolete. Just within the inner eye margins there is a more or less developed longitudinal fold or swelling. Mandibles not dentate within; outer side of anterior tibiz armed with strong spines; pygidium (9?) not pubescent... .LARRA Fabr. Mandibles armed with one or two teeth within. Pronotum drawn under the dorsulum, especially at the sides ; metanotum longer than the dorsulum; anterior femora ( g) not emarginate near the base; pygidial area covered with a hoar- frost-like pile... .. ... .. .Norogontra Costa. Pronotum not drawn nader Phe dorsulum ; metanotum shorter than the dorsulum; anterior femora (g¢) emarginate near the base as in Zachysphex and some species of Tachytes ; pygidial area on oes portion with rae stiff hairs. : ee . ANCISTROMMA Fox. Within nee inner eye Margins toners are no signs of a swelling or fold. Comb on anterior tarsi (2) composed of stiff, tolerably short thorns; pygidial area entirely covered with pubescence; hind ocelli linear, hooked at upperend; fore femora of ¢ either emar- ginate or not emarginate near the base beneath . TACHYTES Pz. Comb on anterior tarsi (Q) composed of very long flexible spines or bristles; pygidial area naked; hind ocelli oval; fore femora ( $ ) always emarginate near the base beneath . TACHYSPHEX JXohl, Tribe XITI.—TRYPOXYLONINI. Anterior wings with three submarginal ceils; abdomen short, sessile. Female with a well-developed pygidium; marginal cell shorter than the first submarginal; antenne of g¢ more or less dentate , Pe PISONOPSIS Fox, Bemiale Sih aia a eoecdunate Beet cell nearly as long as the three submarginal cells united; antennee of ¢ not dentate. ; th 0 . Pison Spin. Anitenion: wings bh two Robraarsinal Gaalis: aedaien long, clavate . TRYPOXYLON Latr. Subfamily OXYBELIN A. In my opinion the peculiar armature of the metathorax and postscutellum, together with the form of the eyes and neuration, justifies the retention of the genus Oxybelus in a subfamily. Saus- sure forms a tribe of it. 4 ; We Ye 1894.) “NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307 a= Subfamily CRABRONIN &. Eyes hairy; mandibles emarginate exteriorly. a oT . EnromoGNaruus Dhib. ‘Eyes aot ieee Peale fied susieinets externally. Second discoidal cell long, narrow, obtusely pointed at apex, longer than the first discoidal cell; form short, robust; abdomen beneath flat, orsubconecave. . ..- . . . . ANACRABRO Pack, Second discoidal cell broadest at apex, shorter than the first discoidal; forn clongate; abdomen convex beneath. +. CRABRO Fabr. (= Rhopalum). 308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. RECENT MOUND EXPLORATION IN OHIO. BY GERARD FOWKE AND W. K. MOOREHEAD. During the past summer (189+) a number of mounds have been explored in Ohio in behalf of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. The reports of Mr. Gerard Fowke relating to the Van Meter mound and of Mr. Warren K. Moorehead as to the Metzger mound are appended. CLARENCE B. Moore. ‘*«Mounps 1x Pike Country, Onto.—Three miles south of Piketon, half a mile from the point where Beaver Creek discharges into the Scioto river, on the farm of J. M. Van Meter,’ is a ‘double mound’ on the highest terrace. The larger part, measuring, after being plowed over for a number of years, 75 feet in diameter and 10 feet high, has its west base just at the brink of the terrace at a point where the bluff is 50 feet high, quite steep, with the creek at its foot. The smaller, south of east from the first, is six and one-half feet above the surrounding level and 56 feet in diameter. At the junction of the two, the top is three and one-half feet above the general level. ‘A trench 10 feet wide was started in the east side of the smaller mound, gradually widening until it was 25 feet at the center, and then drawing in until it was 20 feet wide at 15 feet west of the center. Beneath the middle part was a core 20 feet across and 3 feet high of soil placed and packed, or much tramped, while wet ; it was somewhat darker than the loam composing the remainder of the mound, quite hard, and broke off in clods. ‘*On the original surface of the ground, beginning about five feet east of the center, was a burned place a little over 20 feet across at the widest part, and reaching 20 feet west of the center, or nearly to the lowest point between the mounds. A fire had been burned over this area for a short time only and with a small amount of wood, as the burned earth was nowhere more than an inch thick, most of it much less, while the charcoal and ashes varied from a mere streak ' See Catalogue of Prehistoric Works East of the Rocky Mountains, by Cyrus Thomas, page 182. C. B. M. ‘ tial 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309 to a little more than an inch except in one place where a short log six inches in diameter was converted into charcoal. ‘‘Except an arrow and a spear, found loose in the dirt, there was not a relic of any description, nor the smallest fragment of a human bone. * 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361 Cytispora Halesie FE. & E. On dead limbs of Halesia tetraptera, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall). Stromata convex-conical, sunk in the bark, orbicular, about 1 mm. diam., white inside, unilocular, the inner surface of the cavity lined with simple, straight basidia about 15, long, bearing the oblong- fusoid, hyaline, 2-nucleate, straight, 5-7 x 1-13). sporules, which are expelled through a single orifice perforating the raised epidermis. This probably is the spermogonial stage of Diuporthe Halesie or D. tetraptera, both of which are found in company with it. Spheropsis Coryli E. & E. On dead limbs of Corylus Avellana, Newfield, N. J., June, 1894. Perithecia thickly scattered, globose, subcuticular, about + mm. diam., raising the epidermis into small pustules which are finally ruptured at the apex with a round or elongated opening. Sporules oblong-elliptical, or the longer ones slightly curved and subcylin- drical, 15—20 x 8-10». s Spheropsis Asimine FE. & E. On dead limbs of Asimina triloba, Nuttallburg, W. Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 370). Perithecia scattered or subseriate, buried in the bark which is raised into little pustules over them and soon ruptured. Perithecia small (} mm. ), thick-walled, with an obscurely papilliform ostiolum. Sporules oblong-elliptical, brown, obtuse, 18—22 x 8-10». Spheropsis Neillie EH. & E. On Physocarpus opulifolius, London, Canada, May, 1893 (J. Dearness). Perithecia scattered or sometimes 2-3 confluent, small (200,/), covered by the blackened epidermis, semierumpent, with a black, shining papilliform ostiolum. Sporules small, acutely elliptical, or ovate-elliptical, pale brown, 12-16 x 4-5». Spheropsis Physocarpi I. & I. On dead Physocarpus opulifolius, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, Nos. 482 and 486). Petithecia scattered, 4 mm. diam., buried in the inner bark, with their apices and papilliform ostiola erumpent, white inside (at first), sometimes, as in the preceding species 2-3 confiuent. Sporules vary- ing from short-elliptical 12-15x 10, to oblong- or obovate-elliptical 15-20 x 10». 362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Differs from the preceding in its buried perithecia and much larger sporules. Spheropsis ipomea E. & E. On dead peduncles of Ipomea pandurata, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 249). Perithecia scattered, ovate-globose, 250-300, diam., the upper part prominent and closely covered by the shining black epidermis. Sporules elliptical, brown, 18—23x 10-13», on pedicels of about the same leneth as the sporules. Coniothyrium infuscans E. & E. On dead stems of Valeriana edulis, Eastern slope of Rabbit Ear Range, Colorado, July, 1894 (Prof. C..S. Crandall, No. 10). Perithecia densely gregarious, blackening the stems, ovate- globose, membranaceous, black, erumpent-superficial, 170-200» diam. Sporules globose- elliptical, brown, 6-8» in the longer diam. Haplosrorella alpina E. & E. Cameron Pass, Colorado, July, 1894, 10,000 ft. alt. (C. F. Baker, No. 236). On dead stems of Sambucus melanocarpa. Stroma convex-hemi- spherical, erumpent-superficial, black, 300-400. diam. Perithecia (cells) buried in the stroma, 100-150» diam., their papilliform ostiola visible on the surface of the stroma. Sporules globose, 5», or elliptical, 6-7.x5, brown. Apparently the pycnidial stage of some dothideaceous fungus (Auerswaldia) ? Haplosporella Aralie E. & E. On dead limbs of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (Nuttall, No. 375). Stromata seriate-connate, erumpent through longitudinal cracks in the bark, and extending from 4—5 mm. to 2 or more centimetres. Perithecia ovate-globose, buried in the black, subearbonaceous stroma, 3-6 in each single stroma, about 4 mm. diam. Sporules elliptical, brown, 20-25 x 10-12». This may be the pyenidia of Botryospheria fuliginosa (M. & N.). Haplosporella Celtidis Eh. & E. On dead limbs of Celtis, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 315). 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 563 Perithecia mostly in valsoid clusters of 3-10, small (200,), white inside, slightly sunk in the inner bark, their papilliform ostiola rupturing’ the epidermis. Sporules elliptical, brown, continuous, 18-22 x 10-12», on basidia of about the same length as the sporules. Diplodia Kansensis E. & E. On weather-beaten, bleached bark of Juniperus Virginiana, Rockport, Ks., Dec. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,292). Perithecia scattered, subglobose, erumpent-superficial, 4-3} mm. diam. Sporules ovate-elliptical, uniseptate, constricted, the septum below the middle, brown, becoming nearly opake, 20-27 x 12-15). Differs from D. Juniperi West, and D. Virginiana Cke., in its larger ovate sporules. Diplodia caryigena E. & E. On dead limbs of Carya alba, Canada (Dearness) and West Va. (Nuttall). Perithecia subseriate, sunk in the inner bark, covered by the epi- diam., black. Sporules elliptical, brown, uniseptate, scarcely con- stricted, 15-20 x 8-107. (Pyenidia of Valsa caryigena B. & C.)? dermis which is raised into pustules and ruptured, about 2 mm. Diplodia infuscans E. & E. On bark of dead limbs of Fraxinus Americana, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 459). Perithecia ovate-globose, small, 110-150, diam. thickly scattered, blackening both the outer and inner surface of the bark. Ostiolum not conspicuous, obscurely papilliform. Sporules oblong-elliptical, 12-15 x 8-10), scarcely constricted. In D. inquinans West, the sporules and perithecia are larger, and the bark is not blackened within. Diplodia Cercidis EB. & E. On dead limbs of Cercis Cunadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Apr. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 449). Perithecia subseriate, globose, }—} mm. diam., slightly sunk in the inner bark and splitting the epidermis with short, longitudinal clefix Sporules elliptical, 20-23 x 10-15», on stout basidia, uniseptate. Botryodiplodia acerina Ff. & EK. On dead limbs of Acer Pennsylvanicum, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (Nuttall, No. 319). 364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Perithecia erumpent in botryoidal clusters often seriately confluent for 1 or more em., about } mm. diam., white inside, flattish above, with a broad papilliform ostiolum. Sporules elliptical, brown, uni- septate, 20-25 x 12-15, on basidia of about the same length. Ascochyta veratrina E. & E. On dead leaves and petioles of Veratrum Californicum, Pullman, Wash., Nov. 1893 (Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 145). Perithecia scattered, sunk in the substance of the leaf with the apex and conic-papilliform ostiolum erumpent, about + mm. diam. Sporules cylindrical, obtuse, 3—4-nucleate, becoming vniseptate, hyaline, about 12 x 23-3». Differs from A. Veratri Cavarra (Fungi Langobardiz, No. 98) in its larger, ostiolate perithecia, not on any spots and in its smaller, straight sporules. Ascochyta achlyicola E. & KE. On leaves of Achlys triphylla, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof. CANE Piper, ANor lies): Spots suborbicular or irregular, 3-15 mm. diam., with a dirty white center and a broad, shaded purple margin. The white center is more or less deciduous. _Perithecia epiphyllous, innate-prominent, small (75), few on a spot. Sporules elliptical, 2-nucleate, hyaline, 5-8 x 2}-5y, soon becoming uniseptate. Ascochyta Asclepiadis E. & E. On leaves of Aselepias Cornuti, Pleasant Hill, Del., May, 1894 (Commons, No. 2,420). Spots amphigenous, suborbicular, 3-1 mm. diam., grayish, with darker zones and a shaded, dark-brown border. Sporules oblong- (or ovate-) elliptical, hyaline, 6-8 x 3”, becoming faintly uniseptate. Perithecia epiphyllous, innate, black, pierced above, 100-1102 diam. ) Hendersonia stygia FE. & EK. On decorticated, bleached wood of a cottonwood log, Rockport, Ks., Dec. 1893 (E. Bartholomew). - Perithecia erumpent-superficial, scattered, ovate-globose, } mm. diam., or hysteriiform, 1 mm. or more long, at first with a prominent papilliform ostiolum, but soon broadly open above, the upper part finally disappearing, leaving the cup-shaped base filled with abundant sporules and then more resembling acervuli than perithecia. Sporules 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365 ovate-elliptical, subinequilateral, abruptly narrowed at the ends, 3—5-septate, but not constricted, the inner cells nearly opake, the small, terminal cells subhyaline, 12-15 x 6-8». The species is anomalous in the imperfectly developed perithecia, the upper part soon falling away and leaving the cup-shaped base. Hendersonia falcata E. & E. On bark of fir trees, Exploits, Newfoundland, Dec. 1893 (Rev. A. C. Waghorne, No. 10). Perithecia cespitose-erumpent, 6—10 together, united below in a thin stroma, broadly perforated and subcollapsed above. Stromata small (1 mm.), subconfluent and subseriately arranged. Sporules falcate, more abruptly curved or bent above, yellowish-hyaline, granular, becoming 1—3-septate, subattenuated below, on pedicels shorter than the sporules, 20-22 x 5-7». Differs from Hendersonia rostrata S. & E. in its stromatic growth and broader, shorter sporules. Stagonospora petiolorum E. & E. On dead petioles of Aralia spinosa, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 357). Perithecia scattered, innate, small, slightly prominent and covered by the shining, blackened epidermis, 150-250, diam., mostly-sub- elliptical. Sporules oblong, hyaline, nucleate, becoming 1- or more- septate, 12-20 x 3-5y. Stagonospora Physocarpi E. & E. On dead stems and limbs of Physocarpus opulifolius, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 485). Perithecia scattered, depressed-hemispherical, 200-250» diam., sunk in the bark, with the upper part prominent but covered by the epidermis which is pierced by the papilliform ostiolum, white inside. Sporules linear, multiseptate, hyaline, 25-35 x 3—4y, Stagonogpora Liriodendri FE. « E. On decorticated wood of Liriodendron Tulipifera, Alcove, N. Y., June, 1893 (C. L. Spear, No. 304). Perithecia superficial, evenly scattered or 2—4 subconfluent, ob- tusely conic-globose, about 4 mm. diam. Sporules cylindrical, hyaline, 8-10 x 2-24», nucleate but not visibly septate, though a central nucleus causes them to appear uniseptate. Basidia slender 25-85» long, profusely and subverticillately branched. 366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Camarosporium Celtidis E. & E. On dead limbs of Celtis occidentalis, Rockport, Ks., March, 1894 (Bartholomew, No. 1,400). Perithecia scattered or cespitose, ovate, } mm. diam., often seriate, covered by the epidermis at first, with the short-cylindrical, obtuse ostiola erumpent. Sporules oblong, or oblong-elliptical or even cylindrical, brown, mostly 3-septate, 12-15 x 4-5», but some of them 5—6-septate, with one or two cells divided by a longitudinal septum, 1522052 Ty: There is also a Teichospora accompanying, but too scanty to admit of accurate description. Septoria Echinocystis E. & E. On leaves of Echinocystis marah, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 220). Spots subangular, limited at first by the veinlets and greenish, becoming light brown with the margin darker, 3-5 mm. diam. Perithecia innate, globose, about 80» diam., thin, imperfectly de- veloped, brown. Sporules linear, hyaline, nearly straight or sub- undulate, becoming faintly 1—2-septate,. 25-50 x 23-3. Septoria solanicola FE. & E. On leaves of Solanum umbelliferum, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 241). Spots scattered or confluent, orbicular, 2-3 mm. diam., pale brown with darker border. Perithecia epiphyllous, numerous, pale brown, collapsing, 100-110); diam. Sporules bacillary, hyaline, faintly nucleate, 20-30 x 13-24». Differs from the other species on Solanacee in its shorter, continu- ous sporules. Roumeguere in F. Gallici 722 has a Septoria labeled S. Solani, Roum., on Solanum nigrum, but the spec. is entirely sterile. Septoria alnifolia E. & E. On leaves of Alnus rubra, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1893 (Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 82). Spots red-rusty brown, orbicular or irregular, mostly with a nar- ‘row, dark, raised bordering line, 2-5 mm. diam., more obscure _be- low. Perithecia epiphyllous, innate-prominent, black, minute (80— 100), not abundant. Sporules linear, hyaline, with a row of nuclei, mostly curved to a semicircle, 35-55 x 3. Of the three described species on Alnus, S. Alni Sace. has bacil- - 1894]. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. » 367 lary sporules, S. alnicola Cke. has oblong sporules, and S. alnigena Sace. has no spots. Septoria solitaris E. & E. On leaves of Rhododendron occidentale, Mill Valley, Cala., July, 1893 (W. C. Blasdale, 172). Spots amphigenous, round, white with a purple border, numerous, about 2 mm. diam. Perithecia mostly one in the center of each spot, globose, 120-150» diam., visible on both sides of the leaf. Sporules abundant, bacillary, hyaline, continuous, straight or sub- undulate or bent, obtuse, about 20 x 2. Septoria Rhododendri Cke. has the perithecia aggregated or circi- nate and sporules 40, long. Septoria Gnanthis E. & BE. On leaves of Cinanthe sarmentosa, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 50). Spots scattered, small (1-3 mm.), white, subangular, definite. Perithecia few on a spot (3-6), small (75), black (yellow-brown under the microscope), subastomous. Sporules fusoid-cylindrical, hyaline, nucleate, 20-35 x 13-2», ends subacute, slightly curved. Septoria saccharina E. & E., var. occidentalis. On dead leaves of Acer glabrum, Fairhaven, Wash., Aug. 1892 (Prof. C. V. Piper, No. 57). Differs from the type in having the small, white spots, on which the perithecia are seated, not so evenly distributed over the leaf, but collected on rusty brown, yellow-margined, subindefinite spots 3-4 mm. diam. Septoria circinata HE. & E. On leaves of Acer circinatum, Everson, Wash., Aug. 1892 (C. V. Piper). Spots orbicular, scattered, 2-3 mm. diam., pale yellowish-white, definite but without any distinct border. Perithecia amphigenous, few (4-10), subcircinately arranged around the whitish center of the spots, small, 75, diam. Sporules abundant, filiform, variously curved and bent, 30-60 x 1},, nucleate, but not septate. Seems quite distinct from the other species on maple. Septoria Tecome FE. & HE. On leaves of Tecoma radicans, Nuttallburg, West Va., Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 580). 368 * PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Spots light brown (wood color), irregular in shape, small, 13-2 mm., inconspicuous and indistinctly margined. Perithecia immersed, small (65-70), barely visible with a lens. Sporules 40-50 x 2— 23, not strongly curved, nucleate, hyaline. Septoria Ludoviciana E. & E. On leaves of Lactuca Ludoviciana, Fort Collins, Colo., June, 1894 (C. F. Baker, No. 257). Spots angular, limited by the veinlets, wood-brown, 2-5 mm. diam., often confluent. Perithecia punctiform, minute, black, epiphyllous, 75-80, diam., apex erumpent. Sporules cylindrical, more or less curved, obtuse, not septate, 15-25 x 2y. , Differs from S. unicolor Winter, in its lighter colored, angular spots, rather larger perithecia and thicker sporules; differs also in several respects from S. Lactuce Pass. and S. lactucicola E. & M. Septoria Trautvetterie E. & E. On Trautvetteria palmata, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 564). Spots irregular, subangular, partly limited by the veinlets of the leaf, often elongated and acute at one end, brownish-black, with an irregularly shaped white center which is well defined, angular, 3-6 mm. in the longer diam. Perithecia epiphyllous but also visible be- low, small (65-75y), scattered, dark. Sporules abundant, nearly straight or slightly curved, continuous, 22-30 x 2». Differs from S. Anemonis Desm. in its broad, dark margined, white centered spots and rather longer and thicker sporules. Septoria Polymnie E. & E. On leaves of Polymnia Uvedalia, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 543). Spots scattered, angular, limited by the veinlets, 2-4 mm. diam., dirty green. Perithecia epiphyllous, minute, 75, diam., scattered, innate, inconspicuous. Sporules filiform, continuous, 35-50 x 1— 1hy. Septoria hyalina E. & E. On Viola lanceolata, Massachusetts (Miss Clarke); on V. primu- lefolia, West Va. (Nuttall), and on V. blanda, Michigan (Hicks). Spots minute (}—1 mm.), white, with a dark purple-shaded border. Perithecia punctiform, black, epiphyllous, subglobose, 65-75, diam., not abundant. Sporules filiform, nearly straight, or slightly curved, 1894, ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369 hyaline, nucleate, not visibly septate, 20-40 (mostly 25-35) x 1- l}y. S. Viole West, has yellowish-brown perithecia on pale zonate spots with a reddish-brown border. Septoria micropuncta E. & E. On leaves of Osmorrhiza, Washington, D. C. (1891)? (E. A. Southworth). Spots small (1-13 mm.), subangular, white, with a broad, dark colored border. Sporules cylindrical, slightly curved, not septate or visibly nucleate, 18—27 x 13-13». This is very different from S. Osmorrhize Pk. which has the spots larger, perithecia also larger, subdiscoid and amber colored, and sporules 35-55 x 2-23, uniseptate. Septoria Megarrhize E. & FE. On leaves of Megarrhiza Oregana Benton, Wash., July 14, 1892 (C. V. Piper, No. 112, partly). Spots orbicular, dirty white, with a broad, dark colored border, 3-5 mm. diam. Perithecia epiphyllous, light colored, innate-sub- prominent, subastomous, thin, 80-110 diam. Sporules filiform, nearly straight, hyaline, faintly nucleolate, 40-60 x 23-3». Phleospora Megarrhize E. & E. Same host and collector as Septoria Megarrhize. Spots greenish at first, the central portion (1-3 mm. diam.) be- coming dirty white with a faint, dark purple margin. Perithecia epiphyllous, subdiscoid, thin, perforated above, light colored, becom- ing darker, 150, diam. Sporules oblong, obtuse, 1—3-septate, hyaline, sometimes narrowed in the middle, 13-27 x 6-8». Distinguished from Septoria Megarrhizw, even without microscopi- cal examination by its much smaller subangular white spots. Phlyctena Ipomea FE. & E. On calyx lobes of Ipomaa pandurata, Nuttaliburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 250). Perithecia scattered, subcuticular, 75-80» diam., covered by the blackened, slightly raised epidermis. Sporules linear, hyaline, eurved above, 15—20 x 1}y. Hysteromyxa corticola EF. & FE. On’ inner surface of old cottonwood bark, Rockport, Ks., Dee. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,306). 25 370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Perithecia erumpent - superficial, gregarious, membranaceous, yellowish-brown and pustuliform when fresh, collapsing to concave, nearly flat when dry, and then darker colored, the disk or center with a faint, fiesh-colored tint, }-} mm. diam. Sporules globose, 6-8, diam., yellowish, with a tinge of rose color. Differs from H. effugiens S. & E. in its different habitat and the darker color of the perithecia, Dothichiza Cassandre E. & E. On dead limbs of Cassandra calyculata, Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,591). Perithecia erumpent, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, ovate- globose and closed at first, } mm. diam., then irregularly ruptured and subcupulate, + mm. diam. Sporules fusoid, hyaline, continu- ous, straight, acute, 10-14 x 2-23». Apparently the spermogonia stage of Cenangium Cassandre Pk. Gleosporium tremuloides E. & E. On leaves of Populus tremuloides, Racine, Wis., Sept. 1893 (Dr. J. J. Davis). Spots amphigenous, suborbicular, scattered or subconfluent, defi- nite, dark brown, 2-4 mm. diam. Acervuli innate, globose or ob- long, 75-85” diam., dark, erumpent on both sides of the leaf, often covered above by the loosened, silvery epidermis. Conidia elliptical, 10-13 x 53-64», continuous. G. Tremule, G. Sibiricum, and G. Populi-albe, have fusoid or cylindrical conidia ; G. nevioides Romell & Sace. Grey. 21, p. 68, has ovate-oblong conidia, 30-35 x 10-12», so that this seems sufficiently distinct from all the other species on poplar leaves. Gleosporium officinale E. & E. On leaves of Sassafras officinale, Smyrna, Del., June, 1894 (Com- mons, No. 2,438). Spots irregular in shape, 3-1 cm. diam., dirty whitish in the center, with the berder nearly black. Acervuli minute, numerous, innate, erumpent on both sides of the leaf, but more abundant below, the expelled spores forming little subglobose, pale orange colored subconfluent heaps. Spores oblong or clavate-oblong or ovate, 8-15 x 4-5». This is quite distinct from Gl. Sassafras (Cke), ( Gl. affine E. & K.), in its much larger spores and the different character of the spots. or , 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ov1 If, as seems probable, Phyllosticta affinis E. & K. in Am. Nat., Nov. 1883, is the same as Ph. Sassafras Cke. in Grev., Sept. 1883, the specific name “Sassafras’’ will have precedence, and ‘‘affine,’’ already preoccupied by Saccardo, will be dropped, and Gl. affine E. & K. will become Gil. Sassafras (Cke.), the fungus being a Gloeosporium and not a Phyllosticta. Gleosporium Sanguinarie E. & E. * On leaves of Sanguinaria Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 555). Spots yellow, oblong or irregular, 3-5 mm. diam., situated near the apex of the leaf which is more or less uniformly blackened. Acervuli epiphyllous, numerous, innate, yellow and inconspicuous. Conidia oblong, hyaline, continuous, mostly a little curved, 8-15 x 34-ddy. Gleosporium alboferrugineum E. & E. On leaves of Acer saccharinum, Peoria, Ills., July, 1894 (F. E. McDonald). Spots numerous, small, subangular, partly limited by the veinlets. 1-2 mm. diam., deep reddish-brown, whitening out. Acervuli 100- 150» diam., hypophyllous, becoming dark. Conidia oblong, hya- line, continuous, 12-14x 3-34». Differs from G. saccharinum E. & E. in habit and in its conidia twice as long as in that species. Gleosporium Trillii EF. & E. On leaves of Trillium sessile, Berkeley, Cala., April 2, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 212). Spots amphigenous, scattered, small (1-2 mm.), dirty white, leaf becoming yellowish around them, finally subconfluent causing the leaf to wither and die. Acervuli epiphyllous, rather large, yellowish, erumpent, often only one in the center of the spot. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, slightly curved, 10-15 (mostly 10-12) x 23-33). Gleosporium serotinum FE. & E. On léaves of Prunus serotina, Smyrna, Del., June, 1894 (A. Com- mons, No. 2,439). Spots suborbicular, 3-10 mm. diam., deep brick-red, definite, soon confluent covering the entire leaf which is then of a deep red- brick color, Acervuli amphigenous, numerous, flesh color. Conidia oblong, straight, obtuse, 12-15 x 4—-5y. 372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Differs from G. prunicolum E. & E. (J. M. III, p. 129) prinei- pally in the much larger conidia, Myxosporium seriatum E. & E. On maple bark, Nuttallburg, West Va., June, 1894 (L. W. Nut- tall, No. 523). Nuclei pallid, orbicular, about 1 mm. diam., seated on the surface of the inner bark; surrounded by a thin layer of smoky colored radiating hyphe from the inner extremities of which the botuliform or oblong, 6—8 x 2-23”, hyaline conidia are produced. The nuclei are seriately arranged, and the pale flesh-colored, flattish cirrhi are erumpent through narrow, longitudinal cracks in the bark. Myxosporium platanicolum E. & E. On dead limbs of Platanus, Nuttallburg, West Va., April, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, 467). Acervuli subcutaneous, vesiculoid, pale, i mm. diam., raising the ruptured epidermis into pustules but not erumpent. Sporuies oval or oblong-ovate, hyaline, nucleate at first, 10-12 x 56, on stout basidia. Colletotrichum Rhexiz E. & E. On leaves of Rhexia Virginica, Kimensi, Del., Aug. 25, 1894 (Commons, No. 2,534). Spots orbicular, small (1-2 mm.), dirty white with a reddish- purple border. Acervuli mostly epiphyllous, sphzerizeform, erum- pent, 250-350, diam., surrounded or clothed with black bristle-lke hairs, 60-70 x 3-33. Sporules oblong, obtuse, binucleate, about 12x 4», and very short basidia. Cylindrosporium Crategi E. & E. On leaves of Crategus, Nuttallburg, West Va., July, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 571). Leaves more or less mottled with rusty red, at length uniformly of this same color. Acervuli innate, erumpent on both sides, and whitening the surface of the leaf with abundantly discharged conidia, which are 75-100 x 3-32, nearly straight, or more or less undulate and curved, nucleate, and faintly 3—5-septate. Cylindrosporium ulmicolum E. & E. On leaves of Ulmus alata Starkville, Miss., Nov. 1893 (Prof. S. M. Tracy). 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373 Aceryuli numerous, small, pale, buried in yellowish, faded areas of the leaf, visible from above, but erumpent below. Conidia cylin- drical, moderately curved, slightly narrowed toward the ends, hya- line, multinucleate, 45-65 x 4y, expelled in small white tufts, on the lower side of the leaf. Melanconium stenosporum E. & E. On bark of Carya, Ohio (Morgan, No. 1,002). Stroma subcuticular, sunk in the surface of the inner bark, orbicu- lar, 13-2 mm. diam., convex, white inside, but covered by a layer of the narrow, brown, oblong, slightly curved, 13-15 x 3-4». Conidia, which are erumpent in black, hemispherical, finally flattened heaps or masses 1—2 mm. diam. Melanconium acerinum E. & E. On dead limbs of Acer macrophyllum, Pasadena, Cala. (Prof. A. J. MeClatchie). Acervuli buried in the bark, convex, orbicular, 1-13 mm. diam., raising and rupturing the epidermis. Conidia ovate, nearly opake, 20 x 15». Marsonia Wyethie E. & E. On leaves of Wyethia glabra, Santa Rosa, Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale). Aceryuli amphigenous, but mostly hypophyllous, small (65-75,,), orbicular, erumpent, nearly white at first, becoming flesh color, crowded in small, angular patches, mostly limited by the veinlets of the leaf, which in these places soon becomes brown, the brown color finally spreading over a great part of, or over the entire leaf. Coni- dia oblong-ovate, hyaline, uniseptate, scarcely constricted, 18-27 x 10-13». Marsonia Frasere E. & E. On leaves of Frasera thyrsiflora Latah Co., Idaho, July, 1892 (C. V. Piper, No. 133). Spots orbicular, yellowish-brown, }—1 cm. or more diam., with a broad, dark colored border. Acervuli scattered irregularly on the spots, erumpent above, 150-200, diam., pale. Conidia oblong- cylindrical, hyaline, uniseptate and more or less constricted at the septum, 12-20 x 5-6, ends obtuse. Marsonia Veratri FE. & E. On leaves of Veratrum Californicum, Pullman, Washington, Aug. 1895 (C. V. Piper, No. 158). 374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Spots amphigenous, small (2-3 mm. ), whitish, with a broad, dull- purple border, which is often elongated in the direction of the veins of the leaf for 2-3 cm., with the ends acute, finally more or less con- fluent, the entire leaf becoming brown and dead. Acervuli small, occupying the centre of the spots, or irregularly scattered over them, Conidia clavate-cylindrical, curved, upper end subtruncate, lower end attenuated and subacute, uniseptate, hyaline, 18-22 x 3-32». This is not to be confounded with Cylindrosporium veratrinum Sacc. & Winter, or with Ascochyta veratrina E. & E. Pestalozzia zonata E. & E. On decaying fruit of Cydonia, Newfield, N. J., Sept. 1890. Acervuli subepidermal, punctiform, black, raising the cuticle into small pustules, scattered on concentrically zoned, decaying spots on the fruit. Conidia fusoid, 4-septate, slightly constricted at the septa, the two end cells conical and hyaline, the apical one crowned with a spreading crest of three hyaline bristles 15-25, long, the two cells next below quite dark, so as to obscure the septum between them, the cell next below these nearly hyaline. Pedicels very short. Pestalozzia Polygoni E. & E. On living leaves of Polygonum Virginianum Stanton, Del., Aug. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,560). Spots dull brick-red, very irregular in shape and size, mostly elongated 2-10 x 1-4 mm., definite, but without any colored border. Acervuli punctiform, black, suberumpent, epiphyllous, scattered. Conidia cylindrical or fusoid-cylindrical, pale, 5—4-septate and more or less constricted at the septa (which are often indistinct, 18-22 x 4, end cells rounded, lower one with a short, slender pedicel, upper one bearing a crest of three, spreading bristles 10-15, long. Pestalozzia toxica E. & E. On leaves of Rhus Toxicodendron, Nuttallburg, West Va., Aug. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 567, partly). Spots and perithecia as in Phyllosticta rhoicola E. & E. Sporules clavate-oblong, 4-septate, 12-15 x 4-5», 3 intermediate cells pale ‘brown, end cells short, conical, hyaline, the upper cell with a crest of 3, short, spreading hyaline bristles 6-7» long. Distance between the two extreme cells 12. Pedicels shorter than the spores. Coryneum cupulatum E. & E. On dead limbs of Tsuga Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dee. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 272). 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375 Erumpent superficial. Acervuli tuberculiform, black, 1-1} mm. diam., hollowed out so as to be cup-shaped above. Conidia clavate, sessile, 6-9-septate, brown, 60-80 x 12-15y. Coryneum abietinum E. « E. On bark of fir trees, Exploits, Newfoundland, May, 1894 (Rev. A. C. Waghorn, No. 35). Acervuli erumpent, flat, brownish-black, 13-3 mm. across, sur- rounded by the upturned epidermis. Conidia pale brown, fusoid- oblong, 3—4-septate, about 20 x 10», on pedicels of about the same length. « * * * * FYPHOMYCETES. Botrytis torta E. & E. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 257). Hyphe simple, sparingly branched, twisted above as in B. strepto- thrix or in Streptothrix atra B. & C., brown, 80-100 x 3-4», forming numerous small brownish-black tufts, effused or gregarious, on both sides of the leaf. Conidia elliptical, brown, 5-63 x 3-33). Differs from B. streptothrix (C. & E.) in its much smaller conidia and more dwarfish growth. Ovularia Vancouverie E. & E. On leaves of Vancouveria hexandra, Cazadero, Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 213). Spots amphigenous, angular, limited by the veinlets, 1-2 mm. diam., dark brown above, paler below. Hyphze hypophyllous, fas- ciculate, simple, 30-35 x 3, appearing like a white, pruinose coating. Conidia varying from acutely elliptical, to oblong, and from 10- 20 x 4-6. Not to be confounded with O. Berberidis, Cke. Ramularia Castilleie EK. & E. On leaves of Castilleia miniata, Mts. of Skamania Co., Wash., Aug. 10, 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 288). On subferruginous, indefinite spots, 2-3 mm. diam. Hyphze hyaline, simple, mostly thickened above, 15—25 x 3-4», arising from a tubercular base from which they project on all sides, forming light flesh colored, sphierieform tufts and bearing at their tips the narrow- elliptical, oblong, or cylindrical, hyaline, continuous or uniseptate, 15—25 x 3-4» conidia, 376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. The Ramularia occupies the central part of the spots and is sur- rounded by subprominent, black, smail, immature perithecia with which it appears to be generically connected. Ramularia Psoralee EK. & EK. On leaves of Psoralea macrostachya, Ukiah, Mendocino Co., Cala., May, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 221). Spots small, round, pale rusty brown, 1-2 mm. diam. Hyphz fasciculate, simple or sparingly branched above, hyaline, becoming brownish, continuous or faintly 1—3-septate, subgeniculate above. Conidia fusoid, hyaline, uniseptate and often slightly constricted, rather abruptly narrowed at the ends, 12-30 x 3-33. Ramularia contexta EK. & E. On living leaves of Menispermum Canadense, Ann Arbor, Mich., Aug. 1885 (Prof. V. M. Spalding). Hyph: slender, hyaline, interwoven, so as to form a thin subsepa- rable, web-like, layer, subangular in outline, 1-2 mm. across, dirty white at first, becoming whiter and thicker. Fertile hyphz erect, 15-25 x 2-237, continuous, mostly simple. Conidia clayate-fusoid, hyaline, continuous at first, becoming 1-septate, 8-15 x 2-3y. Has something the aspect of Hrinewm. Helicoma monilipes Ell. & Johnson. On oak bark, Ann Arbor, Mich., Oct. 1893 (L. N. Johnson, No. 666). Cxespitose, in minute, punctiform, brown tufts, about { mm. diam., appearing under the lens like minute flattened perithecia of about the same color as the bark. Creeping hyphe nearly obsolete; fertile hyphze cespitose, erect, nearly hyaline, irregularly or subdichotomously branched above, closely septate and constricted at the septa so as to appear submoniliform, 40-50 x 3-4. Conidia terminal, or becom- ing lateral by the prolongation of the hyphz, pale brown, closely and permanently involute, forming a coil 12-15, diam., the cylinder or thread which forms the coil being 3—4» thick and coiled about 13 times. ’ Cheetopsis roseola EB. & FE. On oak bark, Ann Arbor, Mich., March, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 156). Mycelium inconspicuous or none. Fertile hyphz simple, erect, straight, septate, subulate, paler and attenuated above, 200-250, 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377 long, brown. Branches issuing from the middle portion of the hyphe, spreading, simple or 2—3-parted, hyaline at first, becoming brown, 15-30 x 231, faintly septate, bearing at their tips the cylin- drical, hyaline, straight; obtuse, 3—4-nucleate, 8-10 x 13-2, conidia. The effused hyphze appear like a thin, pale rose-colored pubes- cence on the bark. Closely allied to C. stachyobola Sace., but the color is different, the branches often divided and the hyphez not perceptibly swollen at the base. Stachylidium caricinum E. & BE. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 335). Hyphz fasciculate, brown, septate, 600-700 x 33, simple or occasionally forked above, towards the top, with short-cylindrical, hyaline branches opposite or in whorls of three, bearing at their tips the elliptical, hyaline, 4-5 x 13-2» conidia, collected into a globose head 10-12» diam. ; Coniosporium microsporum E. & E., n. sp. On dead herbaceous stems (Senecio triangularis), Medicine Bow Range, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 23). Acervuli at first covered by the thin epidermis, soon erumpent, 1— 3 mm. diam., black, consisting of a mass of minute (3), globose, olive-brown, conidia. Torula (Trachytora) sporodesmoides E..& FE. On bark of dead limbs, Pasadena, Cala., Jan. 1894 (Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 622). Pulvinate or subeffused, pulvinuli, hemispherical, sooty black, }— } mm. diam. Creeping mycelium scanty, hyaline at first, sending up short, fertile branches, from which the concatenate conidia are formed by constriction. Conidia elliptical, 8-10 x 5-6», uniseptate but not constricted, yellowish-brown at first, becoming nearly opake and distinctly roughened. Often where 2 or more threads lie in con- tact, the cells of the different threads become laterally connate, form- ing irregularly shaped aggregations of conidia resembling Sporodes- mim. This differs from 7. dimidiata Penz. in the uniseptate, rough conidia. 378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Fusicladium Staticis E. & E. On living leaves of Statice Limoniwin, Cape May, N. J., Sept. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,565). Spots orbicular, 2-5 mm. diam., purplish at first, then rubiginous with a purplish border, becoming paler in the center and finally sub- deciduous. Hyphz epiphyllous, fasciculate, 40-60 x 4», brown, septate, subgeniculate above. Conidia oblong with the ends obtusely pointed, subolivaceous, 1- (exceptionally 2-) septate, 10-16 x 5-4y. The tufts of hyphz are crowded in the central part of the spots. Fusicladium Aplectri E. & E. On leaves of Aplectrum hyemale, Naaman’s Creek, Del., Apr. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,408). Spots irregular, whitish, with a shaded, purple border, 1 em. diam. Hyphve fasciculate, olivaceous, simple, 2—3-septate, 65-75 x 5-6”, mostly twisted or abruptly bent at the tips, olive-brown. Conidia terminal, elliptical, greenish, granular, continuous at first, becoming 1-septate, 12-15 x 6-7». Cladosporium aterrimum E. & E. On rotten wood, Rockport, Ks., Nov. 1893 (Bartholomew, No. 1, 256). At first densely tufted, tufts soon effused, forming an olive-black, velvety stratum 1 or more cm. in extent. Fertile hyphe slender, sparingly septate, 100-150 x 22, nearly straight, simple. Conidia terminal, at first elliptical, 3-5» long and continuous, then oblong- cylindrical, uniseptate, 5-7 x 24, ends obtuse. Probably the subi- culum of some Pyrenomycete. C. lignatile Schw. is said to have the hyphe very short (‘‘ brevis- simis”’ ). Cercospora (Cercosporella) albomaculans HE. & E. On leaves of Brassica campestris, Berkeley, Cala., Feb. 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 201). Spots suborbicular, white with a narrow, darker margin, 4—1 cm. diam. Hyph amphigenous, tufted, short, 8-12 x 2, hyaline, con- tinuous. Conidia cylindrical, hyaline, straight or slightly curved, of about equal thickness throughout, 40-65 x 2-24, becoming faintly 3-septate. The tufts are very minute. Distinguished from the other species on Crucifere by its large white spots and cylindrical conidia which resemble the sporules of Septoria. 7 Qe 1894.] |) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379 Cercospora (Cercosporella) Frasere EF. & E. On leaves of Frasera speciosa, mountains west of Bear Valley, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 65). Spots large (4-1 em.), pale brown with a narrow, black border. Hyphe in scattered tufts, appearing under the lens like minute, pale white granules, continuous, hyaline, 15-20 x 3. Conidia gradually attenuated above, hyaline, faintly 1-4-septate, 80-110 x 38-34). The general appearance is about the same as that of Marsonia Frasere E. & E., but this is quite a different thing. Cercospora Borreriea ©. & E. On leaves of Borreria micrantha, Biloxi, Miss., July, 18938 ( Prof. S. M. Tracy). Hypophyllous. Tufts effused, forming a thin, olivaceous coating. Hyphe slender, undulate or crisped and geniculate, 100-120 x 3— 34, brown, nucleate and indistinctly and sparingly septate. Conidia slender lanceolate, hyaline, 3—5-septate, 35-45 x 3-33. Cercospora ribicola E. & E. On leaves of Ribes sanguineum, Seattle, Wash., Aug. 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 81). Spots numerous, subangular and partly limited by the veinlets, definite but without any distinct border, red-rusty brown, 2-4 mm. diam. Tufts mostly epiphyllous, sphzerizeform, not effused, appearing like small, clustered, superficial perithecia. Hyphz densely fascicu- late, pale brown, continuous, simple 25-35 x 33-47. Conidia lanceo- late, hyaline, nucleate and 1—3-septate, 35-80 x 3-4». Quite different from C. marginalis Thum. Well characterized by its red-brown spots and sphverizeform tufts of hyphe. Cercospora Cirsii FE. & FE. On Chnicus remotifolius, Skamania Co., Wash., Aug. 1886 (W. N. Suksdorf, No. 291). Spots dark brown, paler below, suborbicular, 8-5 mm. diam. or by confluence irregular and larger, often marginal, definite. Hyphe epiphyllous, tufted, the small black tufts thickly covering the spots, short, simple, pale brown, nearly entire, 15-380 x 54-4», Conidia slender, hyaline, 4—6-septate, 50-80 x 34. Cercospora Baccharidis E. & E. On Baccharis Douglasii, Berkeley, Cala., June, 1894 (W. C. Blasdale, No. 254). 380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Tufts effused, at first on irregular areas of the green leaf, partly bounded by the veinlets, the part of the Jeaf occupied soon becoming brown and dead. Hyph:e densely cespitose, simple, hyaline, mostly continuous, 25-40 x 5». Conidia cylindrical, hyaline, obtuse at the ends, 1—3-septate, often constricted at the septa. The tufts of hyphe are of a pale rose color, nearly white and are found on both sides of the leaf. Cercospora melanocheta E. & E. On leaves of Celastrus scandens, Louisville, Kansas, Oct. 1893 (E. Bartholomew, No. 1,210). Spots amphigenous, slaty black, with the center whitish and the margin shading off into rusty brown, suborbicular, 3-1 cm. diam. Hyphz dark brown, septate, subundulate above, 40-60 x 33-4», forming dense spheerizform, tobacco-brown tufts on the whitish center of the spots on both sides of the leaf. Conidia clavate-cylin- drical, brown, 5—d-septate, 40-70 x 4-5». The dark part of the spots, especially below is covered with numerous, black, sterile perithecia. Cercospora columnare E. & E. On dried up leaves of Phaseolus (cult.), Newfield, N. J., Sept. 1894. Amphigenous but mostly hypophyllous. Hyphz erect, fascicu- late, forming a compact bundle or tuft like Isariopsis, 150-230 x 4p, brown, sparingly septate. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, 1—5-septate, not constricted, brownish, mostly a little curved, 40-60 x 5-6. C. Phaseolorum Cke. is said to have the hyphe short ( ‘‘ abbre- viatis’’ ) which can hardly apply to this. Cercospora (Enothere E. & E. On leaves of Cnothera biennis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Oct. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 599). Spots irregular, mostly elongated, grayish-brown, subangular, 3— 5x 2-3 mm., subconfluent. Hyphz amphigenous, subhyaline, con- tinuous or faintly 1—2-septate, 15-20 x 3y, in minute scattered tufts, “few in a tuft, spreading, subundulate. Conidia linear or only slightly attenuated above, smoky-hyaline, nucleate and faintly 3-5- or more-septate, 25-80 x 2-22), straight or only slightly curved. Cercospora Merrowi E. & E. On Lsopyrum biternatum, Ann Arbor, Mich., Oct. 1893 (Harriet L. Merrow). 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381 Hypophyllous, on dead blackened parts of the leaves. Hyphe loosely tufted, subeffused, simple, clavate, continuous, 15-30 x 4», yellowish to the naked eye, nearly hyaline under the microscope. Conidia, 1—3-septate, hyaline, 15-60 x 4-6. The shorter ones are cylindrical and mostly 1-septate, and resemble the conidia of Ramularia Acta, but the longer ones are narrowed above and 3-(or more- )? septate. Cercospora Briareus E. & E. On leaves of Acerates viridiflora, near Elkton, Md., Aug. 1894 (Commons, No. 2,537). Spots amphigenous, dull livid-purple, small, subelongated, 1-3 x 1 mm., subindefinite or partly limited by the veinlets. Hyphz am- phigenous, loosely tufted, spreading, subundulate, simple, equal, olive-brown, continuous or 1—3-septate, obtuse, 35-45 x 5-6». Conidia slender, 40-80 x 33-4}, 6 -8-septate, nearly straight, slightly brownish. The spots, especially on the under side of the leaf are not per- ceptible; the hyphz spreading over green areas of the leaf enclosed by the veinlets. Heterosporium caulicolum E. & E. On dead stems of Rumex occidentalis, North Park, Colo., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 72). Tufts effused. Hyphe cespitose, stout, olive-brown (under the microscope), septate, torulose, subgeniculate above, 80-110 x 4—5y. Conidia elliptical or oblong, pale yellowish- brown, 1—3-septate, 12- 26 (mostly about 15) x 7-10», minutely echinulate-roughened. Appears like a coarse, black pubescence on the stems. Heterosporium spherieforme E. & E. On dead stems of Eriogonum, Fort Collins, Colo. (C. F. Baker, ‘No. 270). Hyphe as in H. caulicolum E. & E. but not as rigid and collected in dense, scattered, olivaceous, sphzerizeform, tufts 4—} mm. diam., resembling a Puccinia or Sphwria. Conidia elliptical or oblong, 1—4- (mostly 1-2-) septate, 12-30 x 8-12», minutely echinulate- roughened, pale yellow-brown. Heterosporium Eucalypti KE. & E. On dead leaves of Eucalyptus, California, Nov. 1893 (A. J. McClatchie, No. 542). 382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Hypophyllous, forming small (1-2 mm.), olive-black, orbicular patches scattered over the lower side of the leaf. Hyphze subfascicu- late-effused, pale yellowish-brown, continuous or sparingly septate, 70-80 x 4-5», geniculate-subundulate, slightly swollen at the tips. Conidia oblong-elliptical, 1-2-septate, pale yellowish, echinulate, 15— 27 x 10—12y. Heterosporium cladosporioides E. & E. On brown paper exposed by the roadside, Ann Arbor, Mich., May, 1894 (L. N. Johnson, No. 1,599). Maculiform. Hyphz erect, subfasciculate, brown, 90-110 x 4— 5, septate, subundulate or subnodulose above. Conidia terminal, hyaline and continuous at first, then pale brown and minutely echinulate, 1—2-septate, 10-16 x 5-7» not constricted. The hyphz form small black scattered patches about 2 mm. diam. Heterosporium Trillii E. & E. On leaves (partly dead) of Trilliwm ovatum, Latah Co., Idaho, July, 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 128). Spots at first suborbicular, gray with a whitish margin, soon con- fluent, overrunning and killing the leaves, which then become rusty brown. Hyphe fasciculate, short, 30-50 x 5-6, variously toothed and shouldered above and more or less crooked, sparingly septate. Conidia oblong-cylindrical, 12-30 x 5-8», 1-3-septate, minutely echinulate, yellow-brown. Macrosporium hybridum EH. & E. On bark of decaying Sambucus glauca, Puliman, Wash., Oct. 1893 (C. V. Piper, No. 151). Forming black, subelongated patches or irregularly scattered. Hyphe cespitose,*olive-brown, coarse, 100-110 x 6-7», geniculate and subtorulose above, finally closely septate. Conidia variable; at first oblong-elliptical and mostly uniseptate, 8-15 x 5—7y, pale yellowish- brown, then oblong, 2—3-septate and constricted, granular, 12-25 x 8-12». Other conidia are globose, 12-15, sarcinuliform, with two septa crossing each other at right angles, others again ‘broad-clavate, 5—9-septate and muriform, 50-70 x 12-15». The members of this genus are so variable that we have ventured to describe only forms with marked and recognizable characters. Macrosporium iridicolum E. & E. On leaves of Jris Missouriensis, Moscow, Idaho, May, 1894 (Prof. L. F. Henderson, No. 2,640). 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383 Hyphe short, tufted, obovate-oblong, continuous, 12-15 x 5-6y, pale yellowish. Conidia clavate, 5-10-septate and muriform, 40- 120 x 20-25, including the stout, cylindrical, persistent stipe. It is possible that what we have taken for hyphz are tufts of young conidia; if so, the conidia are sessile. This is quite distinct from Macrosporium Iridis C. & E. The tufts are at first scattered and distinct but finally confluent, forming pulverulent black patches consisting entirely of the free conidia, Macrosporium Pelargonii E. & E. On leaves of Pelargonium (cult.), Pasadena, Cala., Feb, 1894 (Prof. A. J. McClatchie). Spots orbicular, 1-3 mm. diam., greenish at first, then rusty brown, with a narrow, raised margin causing them to appear discoid. Hyphe amphigenous but more abundant above, effused or sparingly fasciculate, yellow-brown, erect, 2—3-septate, swollen at the tips, 25— 30 x 5-6, bearing the terminal, obovate, or subquadrate, 3-septate, and muriform, 20-30 x 18-22» conidia, which are mostly constricted at the middle septum and have no pedicel. Macrosporium tabacinum EF. & E. On leaves of tobacco, North Carolina, Oct. 1891 (Prof. Gerald McCarthy), Missouri (Miss Clendinin). Spots amphigenous, numerous, small, irregular or suborbicular, definite, thin, white, with a narrow, raised margin, 1-3 mm. diam. Hyphz amphigenous, fasciculate, tufts effused, septate, geniculate above, ferruginous-brown, 50-50 x 3-4, crooked and spreading. Conidia obovyate-clavate, stipitate, 3—9-septate and muriformly divided, 50-90 x .0-15». The smaller conidia are often without any stipe, while the larger ones have a persistent stipe from 8—25y long. This is closely allied to M. caudatum C. & E. It is called by the planters ‘‘white speck,’ and with Phyllosticta tabaci Pass. is very injurious to the plants. Macrosporium olivaceum EK. & IE. Parasitic on Sphoropsis Asimine E. & E., on dead limbs of Asimina triloba, Nuttallburg, West Va., March, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 388). Forms a light olive, velutinous coat over the pustules of the 384 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. [1894. Spheropsis. Hyphee tufted, yellowish- brown (under the microscope), septate, erect, nearly straight or subundulate, 80-100 x 4-5». Conidia obovate or obpiriform, 3—5-septate and muriform, brown, - 94-38 x 15-20», terminal, sessile. Conidia also occur subcubical or subglobose, 15-20, diam. with 2-septa crossing each other at right angles. Sporodesmium fructigenum E. & E. On decaying apples, Las Cruces, New Mexico, Oct. 1893 (E. W. Wooton ). Appears like a thin, dark colored, velvety coating, appearing first around the stem end but finally spreading over the greater part of the apple Conidia subglobose or elliptical, stipitate, yellowish and uniseptate at first, finally nearly opake and muriform, 12-26, in the longer diameter. The conidia have a berry-like structure like that of S. Rauwii E. & H. or S. moriforme Pk. The pedicels, which are 12-15 x 3» are deciduous. Sporodesmium subcupulatum E. & E. On dead Sambucus melanocarpa, Cameron Pass, Colorado, July, 1894 (C. F. Baker, No. 236, partly). At first tuberculiform, minute, 4-} mm. diam., erumpent and surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, becoming concave and often oblong 1-2 mm. long, }—? mm. wide, slaty black; conidia olivaceous, muriform, subglobose, 10-15 diam., or subelliptical or clavate-ob- long, 20-30 x 10-12», sessile or with a short, thick pedicel. In the concave stage the acervuli and conidia are paler. Sporodesmium tuberculiforme E. & E., n. sp. On dead stems of Sambucus racemosa, near Rabbit Ear Pass, N. W. Colo., alt. 10,000 ft., July, 1894 (Prof. C. S. Crandall, No. 15). Sporodochia tuberculiform, black, inside and out, about 1 mm. diam., flattened above. Conidia irregular in shape and variable in size, subcubical, subglobose, subelliptical, consisting of 2-20 sub- ‘ globose cells variously conglomerated so as to form the conidia 8—20/ diam. . The tubercular mass consists almost entirely of the compacted conidia which are more perfectly developed in the superficial layer. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385 Podosporiella EB. & E., n. gen. of Pheostilbee Phragmospore. Stroma cellular, soft, not carbonaceous, short-cylindrical. Hyphz short, simple, arising from all parts of the stroma. Conidia terminal, oblong or cylindrical, brown, 2- or more-septate. Differs from Podosporium in its simple, cellular stroma (stipe). Podosporiella humilis E. & E. On leaves of Garrya Veitchii, Echo Mt., Cala., July, 1894 (Prof. A. J. McClatchie, No. 736). Spots orbicular, brown, with a definite, dark margin 2-4 mm. diam. Stromata hypophyllous, scattered on the spots, black, short- cylindrical, or conic-cylindrical, about 1 mm. high and 2 mm. ‘thick, of membranaceo-cellular structure. Hyphze spreading on all sides from the stroma, pale brown, simple, continuous, 15-20 x4-5p, bearing the terminal, solitary, oblong-cylindrical, pale-brown, uni- septate at first, then 2—4-septate, 15-27 x 6-7 conidia. Illosporium cespitosum E. & E. On rotten wood, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dec. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 231). Sporodochia globose, 100-110, diam., cespitose, forming tufts about 1 mm. diam. Hyphe 6-8» thick, branched, the branches curved or tortuous. Conidia globose or ovate 6-12 diam. Differs from I. coccinellum Cke. in its color, and larger, cespitose sporodochia. Iliosporium album E. & E. On cypress bark, Louisiana (Langlois, No. 284). Sporodochia gregarious, milk-white, ovate, 140-160 x 100-110y. Hyphe imperfectly defined, free and mostly curved above, united below into a coarsely cellular, mass. Conidia peripherical, sub- globose, 8-10, diam. Differs from I. pallidum Cooke, in its smaller sporodochia, imper- fectly defined hyphz, and milk-white color. Trichegum nodulosum FE. & E. On dead leaves of Carex Fraseri, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 333). Erumpent, tufted, becoming subeffused, black, tufts gregarious forming subvelutinous patches 2-4 mm. across, or when standing singly, the hyphze and conidia forming a compact mass, $—-1 mm. diam., and resembling somewhat the sorus of a Puceinia. Hyphe simple, sparingly fasciculate, brown, septate, often swollen at the 26 386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. septa, about 4y thick and 200-300, long. Conidia near the base of the hyphe, at first elliptical, yellowish-hyaline, uniseptate 8-10 x 6- 7», soon becoming 4—6-septate, muriform and opake, 10-25, diam., subglobose, obovate, or elliptical. Pilacre gracilipes E. & E. On rotten wood, Nuttallburg, West Va., Dee. 1893 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 274). Scattered, stem slender, white-pruinose, 3 mm. long, }-} mm. thick. Head subhemispherical, olivaceous, about 1 mm. diam. Fertile hyphz hyaline, dichotomously branched, 2-2}, thick, bear- ing the conidia laterally. Conidia globose or subglobose, yellow- brown under the microscope, 4-53 diam. Smaller and of a more slender growth than P. Petersii B. & C. Tubercularia hamata E. & E. On dead limbs of Celtis occidentalis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 313). Depressed-hemispherical, umbonate, soon becoming black, }—1% mm. diam. Conidia oblong, slightly curved, hyaline, 5-8 x 13—2p, on slender, simple sporophores 30-40, long, incurved or inyolute at the tips. Hymenula cerealis E. & E. On wheat straw, Nuttallburg, West Va., May, 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 495). Sporodochia gelatinous, orbicular, yellowish-amber color, becom- ing darker, at first subpulvinate, becoming depressed or flattened, 3-} mm. diam. Basidia slender, 25-30 x1iy, simple or oftener branched, the branches erect. Conidia hyaline, oblong, minute, 3— 4x1-1}y. Microcera erumpens E. & KE. On dead limbs of Tsuga Canadensis, Nuttallburg, West Va., Feb. 1894 (L. W. Nuttall, No. 371). Sporodochia depressed-globose, } mm. diam., at first covered by the epidermis, soon exposed and bare, orange-red, at length dis- appearing and leaving cup-shaped cavities in the bark. Conidia faleate, nucleate and finally 3- or more-septate, 75-83 x 3—4y, hyaline, borne on short (20-385) sporophores which are more or less branched above. Differs from M. coccophila Desm. in the shape of the sporodochia and their subcuticular origin. . 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387 NOTES ON THE MAMMALS OF MONROE AND PIKE COUNTIES, PENNSYLVANIA. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. We have much to learn respecting the mammal fauna of the most densely populated and longest settled districts of the United States. To no region is this remark more applicable than the States of Penn- sylvania and New Jersey. In the American Naturalist for January, 1893, Mr. Witmer Stone and myself recorded the capture of two new species belonging to genera hitherto unknown to the fauna of New Jersey, and later Mr. Stone described a Cave Rat, belonging to the genus Neotoma, from South Mountain, Pennsylvania, which is the first notice we have of the present existence of- that genus in the State. A recent visit to the wilder portions of northeastern Pennsylvania in the interests of natural history enables me to contribute the fol- lowing notes to our knowledge of the mammals of the region. One week in September was spent at the farm of Mr. Chas. Yaggie, (1,000 ft. alt.), on the west bank of Big Bushkill Creek, in Monroe County, at a point seven miles east of Cresco, where the creek enters the southwestern corner of Pike County. Another week in October was occupied in the vicinity of Dingman’s Ferry, Pike County, and for three days I was located at Porter’s Lake (1,200 feet alt.), in the same county. Systematic trapping of the smaller mammalia was kept up during my stay at all these localities. On the results of this work and of my inquiries among the woodsmen and older residents of the places visited, the following notes are based. To Dr. Philip Fulmer, of Dingman’s Ferry, and Mr. Harvey Eilen- berger, of East Stroudsburg, the latter a veteran deer-hunter, whom I had the pleasure of meeting at Porter’s Lake, I am chiefly indebted for oufside information. The reliability of the statements of these gentlemen on such subjects is unquestionable. The area covered by my investigations is mainly included in the eastern extension of the Pocono plateau, the average elevation of which, at the points visited, is from 1,000 to 1,500 feet. The greatest 388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. elevation attained was the summit of High Knob, 2,010 feet above the sea; the lowest was at Dingman’s Ferry (350 feet), on the Delaware River. The greater part of Porter and Delaware townships have not only been long denuded of their original forests of oak, pine, and hemlock, but have of late years been frequently swept with fire. This fact, combined with the stony character of the soil, gives the country a desolate appearance, and has, undoubtedly, brought about marked changes in the character of its fauna and flora since the ad- vent of the white man. At the present time it is difficult to find, for hundreds of square miles so much as an acre of mature evergreen timber that does not show the ravages of fire and axe. In some places the presence of a watercourse or swamp has retarded these influences and we find a strip of oaks, chestnuts, and pines of com- paratively recent growth to relieve the monotony of vast stretches of scrub oak and bushes. Both fauna and flora combine in an in- teresting manner the features of the Alleghanian, Canadian, and Carolinian life- regions. The following is a list, with annotations, of those species observed by the writer or reported on by the gentlemen above mentioned :— 1. Didelphys marsupialis virginiana (Kerr). Virginian Opossum. The rare occurrence of this Carolinian species in the fauna of the Pocono plateau of Pike and Monroe counties, even up to an eleva- tion of 1,500 feet is a fact of interest. Specimens have been taken at Porter’s Lake. At Dingman’s Ferry they are less rare. 2. Cariacus virginianus (Bodd.). Virginia Deer. A buck was killed at Schauft’s Pond the first week in October. In spite of the immense range and the sparsely populated condition of the country, the deer are becoming very scarce. Mr. Eilenberger attributes this to the continual destruction of deer by the natives throughout the year, and to the forest fires, which often overtake the newly-born fawns, and in many ways so worry the older deer that they leave the county. Last year the county newspaper at Milford published its annual authenticated list of deer killed in Pike County during the game season of 1895. They numbered 140. Mr. Eilenberger thinks a close season of three years and a law to prevent the export of deer for sale would quickly and permanently restock the Pocono wilderness with this noble animal. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389 8. Cervus americanus (Erxl.). Wapiti. The ‘‘ Elk’’ was probably never as numerous in this region as in the central Alleghany Mountains, those individuals taken in former days being considered by the natives as stragglers from the main body. The last capture in Pike County was probably not later than 1840 or 1845. Remains of the Bison and Caribou found in Hartman’s Cave near Stroudsburg, have been described and figured by Dr. Jos. Leidy in the Penna. Geological Report for 1887. It is very improbable that either species co-existed in this part of Pennsylvania, with Man. 4, Sciurus carolinensis pennsylvanicus (Ord). Northern Gray Squirrel. Very few were seen. They are said to be abundant in certain localities of exceptional food supply. The hunters frequently shoot the melanistic form, which is the original variety on which George Ord based his specific name for the “Small Black Squirrel’’ of Guthrie’s Geography, in 1815. : 5. Sciurus hudsonicus (Erxleben). Red Squirrel, Chickaree. Abundant as the sparsely wooded character of the country will permit. 6. Sciuropterus volans (L.) Jordan’. Flying Squirrel. No specimens of this animal were seen. They are reported as numerous, and more frequently found in nests built among the branches of a pine than in hollow trees. It is very probable that this species on the Pocono mountain is nearer to the typical Virginian form than to sabrinus of the Canadian fauna, as in the case of Tamias striatus and its subspecies T. s. lysteri. 7. Tamias striatus (L.). Chipmunk. In the more mountainous districts the chipmunk is by far the most ubiquitous mammal of its class, the more favorable situations being so thickly tenanted by them as to suggest the Spermophile colonies of the West. They showed no disposition to hibernate up to the last day of my stay (October 14th), though the nights were often frosty. Pocgno chipmunks are referable to typical striatus rather than to the Canadian variety, 7’. s. /ysteri, which is found in the northwestern parts of Pennsylvania. 1 See ‘‘ Manual of the Vertebrates,’ 1888, p. 324 (foot-note). 390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. 8. Castor fiber canadensis (Kuhl). American Beaver. The older residents concur in the opinion that the beaver was ex- terminated nearly fifty years ago in northwestern Pennsylvania. Their dams and meadows are still pointed out in numerous places along the Bushkill and Dingman’s creeks. 9. Mus rattus L. Black Rat. This least offensive member of the Old World Muridz remains in undisputed possession of the barns and outhouses of the more remote districts, but along the Delaware valley it has given place to the following :— 10. Mus decumanus Pallas. Norway Rat. As in other places where this pest has foothold, the supply far exceeds the demand. 11. Mus musculus L. House Mouse. Well represented. 12. Neotoma magister Baird. Alleghany Cave Rat. Remains of this animal, both fossilized and those apparently quite recent, were taken, in 1880, from Hartman’s Cave in Monroe County, by Mr. T. D. Paret, of Stroudsburg. I have as yet been unable to determine whether this interesting animal is still living in that county or in Pike county. The evidence from every source is negative, and this after the most dili- gent inquiry. I personally explored several ledges, notably those of High Knob and the cliffs along the Delaware south of Milford, without finding a trace of their existence. It is not impossible, however, that the recent habitat of this species may be traced, by isolated localities along the Blue Ridge from South Mountain to the Hudson River Highlands. Dr. C. H. Merriam, in a recent communication, states that he believes the specimens of Neotoma, taken many years ago on the Hudson near Rockland, New York, to be of this species. 18. Peromyscus americanus (Kerr) Thomas.? White-footed Mouse. Numerous specimens of all ages, taken in three distinctly separated localities, strongly indicate a local variety of this susceptible species, which apparently forms a connecting link between typical Pennsyl- 2? See Ann. & Mag. N. H., Nov. 1894, p. 364. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391 vyania americanus and New England examples of S. a. canadensis. Their longer tails and lack of a distinct dorsal stripe indicate this. The Pocono mice are of a more uniform and much duller brown on the upper parts than south Pennsylvania specimens, and in old in- dividuals there is no trace of the dusky dorsal stripe which is so pronounced in specimens from New Jersey and New England. Specimens from Pike County match one in the collection from Lorne Park, Ontario, and three from Clinton County, Pennsylvania. 14, Fiber zibethicus L. Muskrat. Not abundant. 15. Arvicola pennsylvanicus (Ord). Common Meadow Mouse. Abundant, and constant to its typical characters in all situations. 16. Arvicola pinetorum (LeConte). Pine Mouse. A specimen taken at Yaggie’s farm, and another at Porter’s Lake attest the semiboreal range of this southern species. 17. Evotomys gapperi (Vigors). Red-backed Mouse. A rather rare species. Four captures were made at Yaggie’s in the more heavily timbered swamps. This animal does not appear to confine its operations to runways or underground as does the true Arvicola, but forages about like Sitomys in more open situations at the surface. I took none at Dingman’s Ferry, and am of the opinion they are not found much below an altitude of 1,000 feet in Pike County. 18, Synaptomys cooperi Baird. Cooper’s Lemming Mouse. One of these highly interesting rodents was captured in a meadow bordering the Bushkill, on Yaggie’s farm. It was taken in a “cyclone trap,’’ set in the runways of Arvicola pennsylvanicus, near the edge of a dry swamp. A specimen of the latter species was subsequently taken in the same spot. This is the first authenticated record for Pennsylvania of Cooper’s mouse, though it is not improb- able that the type was taken within fifty miles of this place, either on that or the New Jersey side of the Delaware. This, together with recent captures in New England and eastern Canada, may now be considered sufficient to fix the type habitat of Cooper’s mouse east of the Alleghany Mountains, rather than west of them as was once considered possible, owing to the total lack of recorded eastern specimens. 392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. In a recent paper, Mr. Outram Bangs’ has endeavored to show that Synaptomys stonet described by me from sguthern New Jersey is a synonym of S. cooper. A comparison of the three specimens of stonei, taken at May’s Landing, with individuals taken in New England by Mr. Bangs at the same season of year, show no cranial differences of value. In stonei, however, there is a decided difference in the darker colors of the pelage as contrasted with the New England skins and with the skin from Pike County. This is manifested in the blackish-brown of the back and upper head, the sooty feet and tail, and the lead-colored lower parts of stonei, contrasted with the gray-brown upper parts, light-brown feet and tail, and hoary under parts of the more northern specimens which, as I had previously inferred, were in all prob- ability taken nearest the type locality of cooperi. In these particulars there is a striking correlation with the color differences pointed out by Mr. Stone for his subspecies of Evotomys gapperi,* taken in the same bog which furnished the types of S. stonei. On these grounds, taking for granted that S. cooperi is typified by the form found east of the Alleghany Mountains, I would now refer to the southern New Jersey lemming mouse as Synaptomys cooperi stoner. My original description of stonez was drawn up from a comparison with two specimens from Ohio, and, so far as it went, was apparently a sufficient reason for specific separation. It is not impossible that a full series of western specimens will yet indicate the propriety of further division. 19. Zapus hudsonius (Zimm.). Meadow Jumping Mouse. 20. Zapus insignis Miller. Woodland Jumping Mouse. I was surprised to neither see nor capture any of these mice during my stay. They had evidently just gone into their winter trance, and the loveliest Indian summer weather failed to rouse them. This is an interesting fact, as only a few days before my stay they had been seen by “mine host,” and one of the woodland species (which I was surprised to find he recognized as different from the meadow jumping mouse) was killed by him as it swam across the Bushkill. Mr. Shryock took a specimen of insignis on Pocono Mountain in 1893. 3 Proc. Biol. Soc., Washn., 1894. 4 Amer. Naturalist, Jan. 1893. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 393 21. Erethizon dorsatus (L.). Canada Porcupine. This is another boreal species whose presence on the Pocono plateau has always been rather precarious, and, with the vanishing forest areas, it has become so rare that it is believed by many hunters to be exterminated. The most active of these gentlemen have not seen any “for several years.” 22. Lepus americanus Erxl. Varying Hare. Not uncommon in the higher mountain swamps. 23. Lepus sylvaticus Bachm. Rabbit. Normally abundant in all situations. 24, Felis concolor L. Puma, Panther. A panther, I am assured by Mr. Eilenberger, has not been killed in Pike County for thirty years, all reports to the contrary notwith- standing. From conversation with several hunters it appears that the name “catamount” in this region is applied .to any animal, not distinctly seen, which is larger than a wild-cat and has a longer tail, but is smaller than a panther! When a very large or abnormally colored wild-cat is trapped, it also may receive this higher sounding title. The yell of a wild-cat is a fruitful source of ‘‘catamount” stories, the horror of such an experience making the use of the com- moner name a totally inadequate expression. 25. Lynx canadensis (Desm.). Canada Lynx. Many residents near Porter’s Lake assured me that this species is occasionally trapped in that vicinity. The occurrence of the lynx in these parts is not attested by any reliable records known to me. 26. Lynx rufus (Guld.). Wild-cat. Many pelts of this destructive animal are annually taken in both counties. 27. Canis lupus nubilus (Say). American Gray Wolf. I can get no information as to the date of the disappearance of the timber wolf from this part of the State. Conservative residents set it as ‘nearly forty years ago, but it is probable they existed to a much later date. 28. Vulpes vulpes pensylvanicus (Bodd.). American Red Fox. An abundant resident. 394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 29. Urocyon cinereo-argenteus (Miull.). Gray Fox. Occasionally taken by hunters. 380. Ursus americanus Pallas. American Black Bear. Rarely killed, but evidences of their existence are frequently seen in the mountains. They hibernate in severe winters. 31. Putorius erminea (L.). Weasel, Ermine. Specimens of this weasel were examined in the collection of Mr. Justin Nilis, of Edgemere, Pike Co. Two of them were in the white pelage. 382. Lutreola vison Schreber. Mink. Abundant. 33. Mustela americana Turton. Pine Marten. I could hear of no specimens of this former resident having been captured for many years. Of the Pekan, M. pennanti, none of the inhabitants had any knowledge. 34. Lutra hudsonica Lacép. American Otter. This fisherman is sufficiently numerous to be a nuisance to the owners of game preserves along the Bushkill. I found one in a trap on the banks of that stream near Yaggie’s farm. They are frequently seen in Porter’s Lake, and Mr. Van Vliet of that place states that they sometimes devour mussels in the same manner as the muskrat. 35. Mephitis mephitica (Shaw). Common Skunk. Normally abundant. A visit was paid to the farm near Shawnee, in Monroe County, where these animals are being bred for their furs. Unfortunately no one was at home at the time, and I was unable to secure any data respecting the success of this experiment. A neigh- bor stated that the venture was not profitable and on the decline. 36. Procyon lotor (L.). Raccoon. Stated to be very abundant. 37. tSorex forsteri Rich. Forster’s Shrew. I refer a small, brown shrew, taken in Arvicola runways, in a meadow near woodland, to this species, with some doubt. In its small size and the character of its coloration it agrees well with 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395 Richardson’s description. It was taken on the banks of the Bush- kill where it crosses the southwestern corner of Pike County. It is similar to several specimens taken in Maine and central Quebec. ° 38. ?Sorex : Four specimens of a rather large, bluish-gray shrew answering Baird’s description of S. forsteri, one taken at Yaggie’s and three on Dingman’s Creek, are very distinct from the preceding species in size, color, and habits. The S. forsteri of Baird Iam convinced is not the same as the S. forsteri of Richardson. It is very probable that the four specimens in question are identical with the animal described by Baird as forsteri. What name, among the numerous existing ones, should be given this bluish-gray shrew with light colored feet and chin and brownish neck, forearm, chest, and vent, and bicolored tail, I am at a loss to know. 39. Sorex (Neosorex) albibarbis (Cope). Eastern marsh Shrew. It is with no small satisfaction that I announce the discovery of a member of this subgenus in Pennsylvania. One specimen was taken along the banks of a rocky stream flowing into the Big Bushkill, in Monroe County. It is the most southerly record for the subgenus, the previous record being from Warwick, Massachusetts. After going over the ground somewhat, it appears proper to endorse the verification of Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., in the Proceedings of the Bos- ton Society of Natural History, in giving this shrew the name ap- plied to New England examples by Prof. Cope in 1863. Specimens from Lac Aux Sables, Quebec, and from Lincoln, Maine, agree better, in the brownish cast of lower parts, with Prof. Cope’s diagnosis of albibarbis, as contrasted with the ‘‘ash-colored” belly of S. palustris given by Richardson in the Fauna Boreali Americana. In the Pike County specimen, though identical in dentition and proportionate measurements with my Canadian specimens, the colors are much as in Richardson’s diagnosis of palustris, showing that the brown belly character is inconstant in eastern specimens. It is probable, however, that the exceptions are in immature pelage. For a full discussion of these questions, see paper by Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., in the Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History, Vol. XXVI. 5 Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., has since identified these shrews to be S. personatus G. St. Hilaire. 396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. 40. Blarina talpoides (Gapper). Mole Shrew. Excessively abundant in all sorts of situations, from wettest low- lands to barren mountain tops. Owing to its numbers and carnivorous appetite this shrew is a great nuisance to the mouse trapper. 41. Scalops aquaticus (L.). Common Mole. Rare among the mountains. 42. Condylura cristata (L.). Star-Nosed Mole. Mr. Chas. Yaggie caught a specimen on his farm. 43, Adelonycteris fuscus (Beauv.). Carolina Bat. 44, Atalapha‘borealis (Mull.). Red Bat. 45. Vespertilio gryphus Fr. Cuvier. Little Brown Bat. Several bats were observed, most, if not all, of which, are probably referable to these species. I could find no one acquainted with a large bat which would be referable to the Hoary Bat, Atalapha cinerea. —_—e 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397 A STUDY OF THE SYSTEMATIC AND GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE DECAPOD FAMILY ATYIDZ& Kingsley. BY ARNOLD E. ORTMANN. In the following paper I propose to give a revision of the family Atyide with especial reference to its geographical distribution. For a true representation of the geographical range of a group of animals it is necessary to examine the details of the distribution of all the known species, as well as to define the systematic limits of each. Every error in determining a species may be followed by great confusion difficult to solve by subsequent investigation. In revising the known genera and spécies it is necessary to state the relations and affinities to each other in order to get an idea of the peculiarities of the geographical distribution and to find out their cause. The family Atyide, although a small one, comprises a consider- able number of ill-defined species and genera, since most authors in creating such did not investigate their relations to those already known. In the typical genus Afya there are farther difficulties due to the change of characters undergone by one species in the different stages of life, which were wholly neglected by the majority of authors. I have, notwithstanding, succeeded in revising the family, pointing out the identity of certain species and genera, defining some more correctly, and stating the affinities so as to leave but a few species doubtful. I have determined a peculiar geo- graphical distribution of the family agreeing well with its habits and morphological characters. The family Atyidw is a very characteristic one among the Decapod group of Eucyphidea. It shows on the one hand a number of primitive characters, on the other a very peculiar shape of the fingers of the chele. As I have stated in a former paper,’ the Atyide are closely connected with the family Acanthephyride, which live at great depths in the sea and contain, without doubt, the most primitive Eucyphidea. The morphological differences between the two families are the following: 1. The mandible in the Acanthephyride is furnished with a palpus (synaphipod), in the Atyide it is wanting. 1 Decapoden u. Schizopoden der Plankton-Expedition, 1893, p. 42. 398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 2. The fingers of the chelz in the Acanthephyride are normal in shape, in the Atyidw they are provided with a peculiar pencil of hairs. I may add that the habits of the two families are wholly different, the Acanthephyride being true marine animals, especially abyssal, the Atyidw being true fresh-water forms. _ Among the Atyide Kingsley distinguished two subfamilies, Aty- ine and Ephyrine. Since, however, there are but a few genera in this family, a subdivision is needless. The genera form a continu- ous series, the transition being so gradval that it is difficult to define the limits of the two subfamilies. In the following synopsis of the genera the first three named, Xiphocaris, Troglocaris, and Atyaéphyra may be regarded as belonging to the subfamily Ephyrinew as created by Kingsley, the others as belonging to the Atyinew. Because the genus Ephyra, from which is derived the name Ephyrine, is a synonym, this subfamily must be renamed, and I propose to name it, if at all, Xiphocarine. The presence of exopodites on the pereiopoda of the Xiphocarine, the shape of the carpal and propodal joints of the first two pairs of pereiopoda, and the shape of the rostrum constitute a very close re- semblance to the Acanthephyride. Atyaéphyra makes a transition to the Atyine, bearing exopodites only on the first two pairs of pereio- poda, and having the carpal joints of these legs excavated at the distal extremity. This excavation is very characteristic in the true Afyine, but in Caridina the carpal joint only of the first pair of legs shows this peculiarity, that of the second pair being normal. Atyoida is intermediate between Caridina and Atya in the shape of the propo- dal joints of these legs. Within the limits of Caridina occurs a reduction of the form of the rostrum (being in the Xiphocarine long and serrated), which in most species of Caridina is longer or shorter and serrated, in a few very short and not serrated. In Atyoida and Atya the rostrum is usually short, but now and then it bears a few teeth on the inferior margin. Thus the series formed by Xiphocaris, Atyaéphyra, Caridina, Atyoida, and Atya is a continuous one, whilst the genus Troglocaris is closely allied to Xiphocaris differing only by the rudimentary condition of the eyes, due to its subterranean habits in cave-waters. The genus Atya is the most extreme of the family. The adult males of the species of this genus attain a considerable size, and the third pereiopoda undergo with increase of age a change in shape, 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399 the surface of the body and legs bearing a peculiar sculpture. The most extreme species, Atya crassa, may be separated from the others according to the sculpture of the body and placed in a separate sub- genus, Evatya. Fossil Atyide are not known, although A. Milne-Edwards? de- scribes a Cuaridina nitida from the ‘‘marnes d’ Aix-en-Provence’’ (upper eocene or lower oligocene). None of the arguments given by him prove that this fossil is a Caridina. The presence in a fresh- * water deposit makes it probable that it belongs to Atyide, but for the same reason Homelys minor of Meyer,* from the fresh-water de- posits of the upper miocene of CEningen, would belong to the same family. ATYID@& Kingsley, 1879. Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 414. Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 691. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 455. Mandibles stout, crown broad, dilated, slightly divided, without a synaphipod. First four pairs of pereiopoda with epipodites. First two pairs of pereiopoda chelate, nearly equal, carpus of the second not annulated. Tips of fingers with pencils of hairs. Rostrum longer or shorter, serrated or not serrated. ,. Pereiopoda with exopodites [Xiphocarine]. 6,. All the pereiopoda with exopodites. Carpal joints of the first two pairs of pereiopoda not excavated or but indis- tinctly so. . Eyes well developed... ...... . . XIPHOCARIS. be Eyes rudimentary... . 2 ¢) «hes DROGROGARIS: ». Only the first two pairs of pereiopoda with exopodites. Car- pal joints of the first and second pair of pereiopoda distally excavated... .... .... . ATYAEPHYRA. | secoae Sea Ww ithout exopodites [Atyine]. ,;. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda normal, not excavated. Rostrum mostly compressed and serrated. . . CARIDINA 6,. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda like that of the first distally excavated. c,. Movable finger shorter than the immovable part of hand, the latter distinctly divided in a palmar por- , tion iad an immovable finger... . . . . ATYOIDA. c, Both fingers alike in size, no palma developed . ATYA. 2 Bull. Soe. Philomat., Paris (7), II, 1879, p. 77. 5 Paleontographica, X, 3, 1862, p. 172, pl. 19, figs. 3-8. 400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. XIPHOCARIS v. Martens, 1872. Ephyra de Haan, Faun. Japon., Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 185.4 (Nomen preoccu- patum. ) Xiphocaris vy. Martens, Archiy f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 139. Miersia Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 416. Xiphocaris Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit., vol. 14, 1882, p. 127. Paratya Miers, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 1X, 1882, p. 194. - Xiphocaris Pocock, Annal. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), ITI, 1889, p. 17. Miersia Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 8. a,. No supraocular spines. Rostrum longer or shorter, with an inter- rupted series of teeth on the upper margin, the basa! series containing 9-18, the apical 3-6 teeth Lower margin of rostrum with numerous (16-40) teeth... . . X. elongata. SUBSPECIES (or varieties). 6,. Rostrum longer than carapace. . . X. elongata typica (1).° 5,. Rostrum shorter than carapace. c,. Rostrum longer than the scaphocerite. : . X. elongata intermedia (1). Devers ineeee fan the stalk of antennule. . . .X. elongata gladiator. hasecns Enon tne the stalk of antennule. BET TSP a TREO ne Cea ae . X. elongata brevirostris. a,. Supraocular spines present. iaaeeune about as long as the scaphocerites or somewhat longer. An uninterrupted series of 20-24 teeth on the upper, 2-4 teeth on the lower margin. A oe eee Ee Bi A. compressa (3). 1. Xiphocaris elongata (Guérin), 1857. Hippolyte elongata Guérin, Anim. Artic. in: Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. de Vile de Cuba, 1857, p. 54, pl. 2, fig. 16. Oplophorus americanus Saussure, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, t. 14, 2, 1858, p. 472, pl. 4, fig. 31. Atphocaris elongata (Guér.) v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 140. Oplophorus elongata (Guér.) Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit., X, 1878, p. 68. Aiphocaris elongata (Guér.) Pocock, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), II, 1889, p. 17 ff, pl. 2, figs. 5-8. Xiphocaris gladiator, var. intermedia, brevirosiris Pocock, ibid. Oplophorus elongatus (Guér.) Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila- delphia, 1893, p, 121. Geographical distribution: Fresh-waters of the Antilles. —Cuba (Guérin, v. Martens); Hayti (Saussure); Dominica (Pocock); St. Domingo (Sharp). 2. Xiphocaris compressa (de Haan), 1849. Ephyra compressa de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186, pl. 46, fig. 7. Atyephyra compressa (d. H.) vy. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 34, 1, 1868, p. 51 ff, pl. 1, fig. 4. Atyephyra compressa a H. NOG Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. te) Be, 1882, p. 193. * Non Ephyra Roux, Memoir. Baliooauen: 1831, p. 24, mers is identi with Acanthephy ra A. Milne-Edwards, and belongs to the Acanthephyride. 6 I put in parentheses following each species, the number of specimens I have examined myself. ve 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401 Miersia compressa (d. H.) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 463. Miersia compressa (ad. H.) Ortmann, Jenaisch. Denkschr.. VILL 1894, p. 8. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of Australasia.—Japan (de Haan); Yokohama (v. Martens), Tokio (Miers, Ortmann); Island of Adenare, near Flores (v. Martens); Queensland: Burnett (Ort- mann). TROGLOCARIS Dormitzer, 1853. Dormitzer, Lotos, III, 1853, p. 85. Only one species known, distinguished from Xiphocaris by the rudimentary condition of the eyes.. Supraocular spines present. 1, Troglocaris schmidti Dormitzer, 1853.° Dormitzer, ibid., p. 85 ff, pl. 3. Geographical distribution: In the waters of the caves of Car- niola. Caves of Kumpole and Gurk (Dormitzer). ATYAEPHYRA Brito-Capello, 1866. Atyaéphyra Brito-Capello, Descr. Esp. noy. Crust. Arachn., Portugal, Lisboa, 1866, p. 5. Hemicaridina Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb.,-.V, 1890, p. 464. Only one species known. 1. Atyaephyra desmarestii (Millet) 1832 (16). Hippolyte desmarestii Millet, Annal. Sci. Nat., t. 25, 1832, p. 461, pl. 10 B. Hippolyte desmarestii Millet, Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p. 376. Caridina desmarestii (Mill.) Joly, Annal. Sci. Nat. (2), Zool., t. 19, 1843, p. 34 ff, pl. 3. Caridina desmarestii (Mill.) Heller, Crust. siidl. Europ., 1863, p. 238, pl. 8, Atyatphyra rosiana Brito- ue. Descr. esp. noy. Crust. Arachn., Portugal, Lisboa, 1866, p. 6, pl. 1, fig Hemicar idina ‘desmar estit Aci. ) Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 464. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of southern Europe.— Portugal: Coimbra (Brito-Capello); southern and western France (Millet, Joly); Corsica, Sicily, Dalmatia (Heller). CARIDINA Milne-Edwards, 1837. Caridina Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p, 362. Caradina Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1879, p. 415. a,. Rostrum longer or shorter, serrated. Anterior margin of carapace with an antennal-spine. 6,. Upper margin of rostrum not serrated. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda but slightly longer than broad.. . . C. typus (2). . C. americana,’ ® There is no doubt that the Palemon anophthalmus Kollar, Sitz. Ber. Akad. Wiss., Wien, I, 1848, p. 137, from the caves of Kompoljska and Portis- kavez in Carniola is the same species as 7rog/locarts schmidti. As there is no published description by Kollar, the name anophthalmus cannot be employed. * CC. americana is a somewhat doubtful species, but certainly it is closely allied to C. typus. 27 402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. 5,. Upper margin of rostrum serrated. c,. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda shorter than the hand, carpal joint of the first pereiopoda short. Rostrum about as long as the antennal scale... ....... C. brevicarpalis (1). c,. Carpal joint of the second pereiopoda longer than the hand. d,. Rostrum horizontally projecting or slightly deflexed, shorter than the antennal scale. é,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda short, not more than 4 as long as broad. j,. Lower margin of rostrum serrated. g,. Upper margin of rostrum with about 13-20 teeth, rostrum mostly longer than the first joint of the antennule. h,. Eggs small and numerous. Fingers of the second pereiopoda twice as long as the palm, i,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda distinctly longer than broad). «gj Ag ERa EAP = ees C. weberi. i,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda nearly as broad asitasiong. se. wee see o.. J. UV @japomeat h,. Eggs greater and not numerous. Fingers of the second pereiopoda but slightly longer than the palm. sl pesed Stes _ ..C. pareparensis. Cpe Upper ern <2 rostrum with 3-5 ‘teeth: rostrum as long or a little longer than the first joint of the anten- ite Ee Oe Se ome a ees ee ot Oh C. timorensis. 3. Upper margin of rostrum with 7-12 teeth; rostrum See than the first joint of the autenitetas Say ed-seron oye. anes ol One aan C. parvirostris. f,. Lower margin of rostrum not serrated... . C. richtersi. é,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda longer, at least twice as long as broad. J). Spine at the base of the antennule shorter than the first joint. g,. Dactylus of the fifth pereiopoda nearly half as long as the propodusi4?rS 20s 6 ey os geen C. levis. g,. Dactylus of the fifth pereiopoda very short, 2-1 of the propodus. h,. Rostrum shorter than the stalk of the antennule, upper margin with 20-30 teeth, lower with 5-14. SS. a re ee aig C. multidentata. lure Rese about as long as the stalk of the antennule. z,. Teeth of the upper margin of rostrum 10-15, not continued to the tip of rostrum, on the tip 1-2 teeth, on the lower margin 7-12, STs Rea he . . ..C. africana (many). lin. Teeth of the upper margin of rostrum 20-25, in a continuous series to the tip... . . . . C. fossarum, 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403 J). Spine at the base of the antennule longer than the first JOG Se . . . C. serratirostris. d,. Rostrum slightly ‘bent cement longer than the antennal scale. Upper margin partially destitute of teeth. e,. The proximal teeth on the upper margin of rostrum crowded, numerous. f,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda a little shorter than ears hand. ,. Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda 2-2) long as edd wh EY ne wyeki (many). g.. Carpal joint of the firat pereiopoda only 1} as long as brosdes>. ... FT . C. nilotica (1). f,. Carpal sate of the first pereiopoda very much shorter than the hand ..... 2 2).¢2°5 8) 2G) grandirosiris. . The proximal teeth on the upper margin of rostrum re- basta, not numerous... ......... -C.gracilirostris. . Rostrum very short, not serrated. Anterior margin of the carapace without an antennal spine. b,. Fingers of the first pereiopoda about as long as the palm. . C. singhalensis (many). Dy. Fingers of the first pereiopoda much shorter than the palm. .C. brevirostris. i" . Caridina typus Milne-Edwards, 1837.8 Caridina typus Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p. 363, pl. 25 bis, figs. 4, 5. C. exilirostris Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 29. C. siamensts Giebel, Zeitschr. f. d. ges. Naturw., 21, 1863, p. 329. C. typus M. E., Miers, Philosoph. Trans. London, 168, 1879, p. 492. Richters, Beitr. Meeresfaun. Maurit. Seychell. Decap., 1880, p. 162, pl. 17, fig. 28. C. typus M. E., de Man, in Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn. Reis. Niederl. Ost- Indien, IT, 1892, p. 367, pl. 21, fig. 22. C. ty pus M. E., de Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 15, 1893, p. 300. C. typus M. E., Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, eee, p: 111. C. typus M. E., Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., 'V III, 1894, p. 8 Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of the ianie of the Indian Ocean and of Indo-Malaysia.—Mauritius (Richters, Sharp); Rodriguez (Miers); Seychelles (Richters); Siam (Giebel); Flores, Timor, Saleyer, Celebes (de Man); Amboina (Ortmann); Loo-Choo (Stimpson ). 2. Caridina americana Guérin, 1857. Guérin, Anim. Artic. in Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. de l’ile de Cuba, 1857, p. 52, pl. 2, fig. 13. v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 135. Pocoek, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), III, 1889, p. 16, pl. 2, fig. 4. Geographical distribution: Cuba (Guérin, v. Martens); Dominica (Pocock). * Caridina typus Bate, Challenger Macr. 1888, p. 704, pl. 119, fig. 3, from San Jago, Cape Verde Isl. is probably a different species. 404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 8. Caridina brevicarpalis de Man, 1892. De Man, in Weber, Zool. Erg., etc., II, 1892, p. 397, pl. 24, fig. 30. Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 9. Geographical distribution : Celebes (de Man); Amboina (Ortmann). 4. Caridina weberi de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Erg., etc., II, 1892, p. 371, pl. 22, fig. 23. De Man, Not. Leyden Mus., 14, 1892, pl. 9, fig. 8. Geographical distribution: Sumatra; Java; Saleyer; Celebes; Flores (De Man). 5. Caridina japonica de Man, 1892. De Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 14, 1892, p. 261, pl. 9, fig. 7. Geographical distribution: Japan: Kagar, Hayagana (De Man). 6. Caridina pareparensis de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Erg., ete., II, 1892, p. 379, pl. 22, fig. 25. Geographical distribution: Celebes (De Man). 7. Caridina timorensis de Man, 1893. De Man, Not. Leyd. Mus., 15, 1893, p. 300, pl. 8, fig. 6. Geographical distribution: Timor (De Man). 8. Caridina parvirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 375, pl. 22, fig. 24. Geographical distribution: Flores (De Man). 9. Caridina richtersi Thallwitz, 1891. C. serrata Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych. Decap., 1880, p. 163, pl. 17, figs. 24-27 (nomen preoccupatum ). C. richtersi Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus. Dresden, 3, 1891, p. 27, foot-note. Geographical distribution: Mauritius (Richters). 10. Caridina levis Heller, 1862. Heller, Sitz. Ber. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 411. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., ete., II, 1892, p. 376, pl. 23, fig. 27. Geographical distribution: Java (Heller, De Man). 11, Caridina multidentata Stimpson, 1860. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 29. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., ete., II, 1892, p. 380, pl. 22, fig. 26. Geographical distribution: Bonin Isl. (Stimpson); Celebes (De Man). 12. Caridina africana Kingsley, 1882.9 Kingsley, Bull. Essex Instit., vol. 14, 1882, p. 127, pl. 1, fig. 3. Geographical distribution: 8. Africa: Zulu Land (Kingsley). 9° Having examined the types of this speciesin the Museum of the Academy of Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, I can give the following details :— Carpal joint of the first pereiopoda twice as long as broad on the distal ex- tremity, a little shorter than the hand. Fingers about equal to the palm. Car- pal joint of the second pereiopoda four times as long as broad on the distal ex- tremity, a little longer than the hand. Fingers about 1% as long as the palm. Dactylus of the fourth pereiopoda about 1-5 of the propodus, the fifth pereiopoda are in none of the type specimens preserved. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 405 13. Caridina fossarum Heller, 1862. Heller, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 411. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 397. Geographical distribution: Persia: Schiraz (Heller). 14. Caridina serratirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., ete., II, 1892, p. 382, pl. 238, fig. 28. Geographical distribution: Flores; Saleyer; Celebes (De Man). 15. Caridina wycki (Hickson), 1888. Alya wycki Hickson, Annal. Mag. Nat, Hist. (6), II, 1888, p. 357, pl. 13, 14. Caridina wycki (Hicks.) Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus. Dresden, 3, 1891, p. 27. Caridina wycki (Hicks.) de Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 386, pl. 24, fig. 29-29k. Caridina wycki ( Hicks.) de Man, Not. Leyden Mus., 15, 1893, p. 302, pl. 8, fig. 7. Caridina wycki ( Hicks.) Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII,.1894, p. 9. Geographical distribution: From East- Africa to eastern Australia. —East-Africa: Dar-es-Salaam (Ortmann); Ceylon (Ortmann) ; Celebes (Hickson, Thallwitz, de Man); Saleyer (de Man); Flores (de Man); Timor (de Man); Queensland: Burnett (Ortmann). 16. Caridina nilotica (Roux), 1833. d Pelias niloticus Roux, Annal. Sci. Nat., t. 28, 1833, p. 73, pl. 7, fig. 1. Caridina longirostris Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., II, 1837, p. 363. Caridina longtrostris Lucas, Explor. Alger. Anim. Artic., 1849, p. 40, pl. 4, egg Caridina longirostris Heller, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, 45, 1, 1862, p. 412. Caridina longirostris de Man, in: Weber, Zool. Ergebn., ete., II, 1892, p. 396, pl. 24, fig. 291, 29m, 29mm. Caridina longirostris Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, p. 2 WT Geographical distribution: Northern Africa.—Nile (Roux); Algiers (Lucas, Sharp); River Macta, near Oran (Milne-Edwards). 17. Caridina grandirostris Stimpson, 1860. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 28. Geographical distribution: Loo-Choo (Stimpson). 18. Caridina gracilirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 399, pl. 25, fig. 31. Geographical distribution: Sumatra, Celebes, Saleyer, Flores (De Man). 19. Caridina singhalensis Ortmann, 1894. Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 9, pi. 1, fig. 2. Geographical distribution: Ceylon (Ortmann). It is doubtful, whether the following quotations belong to this species or to Car, wycki: C. nilotica Hilgendorf, Mon. Ber. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1878, p. 828.—Mozam- bique, Tette. C. longirostris Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych. Decap., 1880, p. 162.— Seychelles. C. nilotica Pfeffer, Jahrb. Hamburg Wiss. Anstalt., VI, 1889, p. 35.—Zanzibar. 406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. 20. Caridina brevirostris Stimpson, 1860. Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 29. Geographical distribution: Loo-Choo (Stimpson). DovustrFuL SPECcrEs." Caridina denticulata de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186, pl. 45, fig. 8.—Japan. Caridina leucosticta Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 28.—Japan, Simoda. Caridina serrata Stimpson, ibid., p. 29.—Hongkong. Caridina acuminata Stimpson, ibid., p. 29.—Bonin Isl. Caridina spathulirostris Richters, Beitr. Meeresf. Maur. Seych., 1880, p. 163, pl. 17, fig. 28.—Mauritius. Caridina curvirostris Heller, 1862. Heller, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesellsch., Wien, 12, 1862, p. 525. Heller, Crust. Novara, 1868, p. 105. Miers, Catal. Crust. New Zealand, 1876, p. 78. Geographical distribution: Auckland (Heller). This species is provided with an supraorbital and an antennal spine, the spine at the base of the antennulz is longer than the first joint. It may belong to the genus Xiphocaris and may be identical with a species of Xiphocaris from the River Avon, near Christ Church, pre- sent in the Museum of Strassburg. Unfortunately I cannot give a description of these specimens and a comparison with Heller’s species. ATYOIDA Randall, 1839. Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, VIII, 1839, p. 140. This genus” has, up to the present time, been very doubtful. Examining specimens of Atyoida bisulcata from Oahu, Sandwich, in the Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (No. 162), I find that the hands of the two anterior pairs of legs are wholly different from the typical Atya, in the same manner as figured by F. Miller in Atyoida potimirim (1. ¢., figs. 3 and 4). In ll The following three species described by Bate do not belong to Caridina; but to the family Hippolytide:-— Caridina truncifrons Bate, Proceed. Zool. Soc. London, 1863, p. 499, pl. 40, fig. 2, belonging to Latreutes. Caridina cincinnuli Bate, ibid.. p. 500, pl. 40, fig. 3,and Carvidina tenutros- tris Bate, ibid., p. 501, pl. 40, fig. 4, both belonging to Vivdzus. (All three from Australia, St. Vincents Gulf. 2 Atya serrata Bate, Challenger Macrur, 1888, p. 699, pl. 119, fig. 2, from San Jago, Cape Verd Isl.,and some other species described from the West Indies (see below), may belong to this genus. In A. serrata the rostrum is shorter and dentate below. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407 Atyoida the hands are formed like those of Caridina: the dactylus (movable. finger) is inserted on the upper margin of the propodus, being shorter than the latter and forming a chela, as usual in the Deeapoda, consisting of a palmar portion and two fingers. In Afya, on the contrary, the dactylus articulates with the propodus on the posterior end of the latter, both joints being exactly alike and form- ing a hand of a very peculiar shape among the Decapoda, the palmar portion being wholly reduced, and the hand consisting only of two fingers about alike in size, and connected with each other at the posterior ends. The carpal joint of the chelipeds in Atyoida longer than in Atya, especially on the second pair of legs. a,. Rostrum dentate below. Carpal joint of the first pair of pereio- poda longer than broad. . . . .. . . A, potimirim. a,. Rostrum not dentate below. Carpal joint of the first pair of pereiopoda not longer than broad.. . . . A. bisulcata (many). 1. Atyoida potimirim F. Miiller, 1881. F. Miller, Kosmos (Krause), IX, 1881, p. 117 ff, figs. 1-20. Geographical distribution: Brazil: Itajahy (F. Miller). 2. Atyoida bisulcata Randall, 1839. Saher bisulcata Randall, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, VIII, 1839, pl. 5, fig. 5. Aiyoida sg hae Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. Crust., 1852, p. 540, pl. 34, fig. 1. Atyoida bisulcata Stimpson, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1860, p. 28. Atyoida tahitensis Stimpson, ibid. Atyoida bisulcata and tahitensis A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, pp. 151 and 152. Atya bisulcata (Rand.), Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 700, pl. 120. Atya bisulcata (Rand.), Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci, Philadelphia, 1893, p- 111. Geographical distribution: Hawaiian Isl. (Randall, Stimpson): Oahu (Dana, Sharp); Tahiti (Stimpson). ATYA Leach, 1817. Alys Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XI, 1815, p. 345 (nomen preoccupa- Be Leach, Zoolog. Miscell., ITI, 1817, p. 29. a,. Rostrum shorter than the antennular peduncle, without teeth on the upper margin. ........ . . [Subgenus Atya]. 6,. Rostrum without lateral keels and without lateral teeth near the base. c,. Rostrum longer than the first joint of the antennule, en ote rieg or sometimes bent upward. it A. moluecensis (6). . Rostrum | as long as or shorter than the first joint of the antennulz, bent downward. A. spinipes (12), 13 A, spinipes might be regarded as a variety of A. moluccensis. 408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. b,. Rostrum with lateral keels ending by angles or short spines on each side of the base of rostrum. c,. Carapace not sculptured with keels, but often punctate. Third pair of legs (in the adult) without a spine on the inferior margin. d,. Rostrum very short. Lateral keels ending in front in ees not in spines. Oo ae oe . A, brevirostris (3). d,. Rostrum longer. Teel keels ending in front in spiniform angles. e,. Merus of the first two pairs of pereiopoda hairy.'* J,;. Rostrum straight. ......%A. margaritacea (3). J,.. Rostrum bent downward. f ?A. robusta. . Merus of the first two pairs of pereiopoda not hairy (?)..... .A. seabra (3). c,. Carapace strongly sculptured in front with keels. Third pair of legs on the inferior margin with a spine in adult specimens.” . . . A. gabonensis (1). d,. Rostrum as long as the antennal scale, upper margin with six to eight spines. Anterior part of carapace with numerous spines and spipy carinations ..... . . [Subgenus: Hvatya Smith] Pe cam ad aor . A. (Hvatya) crassa. 1. Atya moluccensis de Haan, 1849. A. moluccensis de Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust., Dec. 6, 1849, p. 186. A. eh = ie ae eee Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, p. A. ipa cee Arch. f. Naturg., 34, 1, 1868, p. 47, pl. 1, fig. 6. A. moluccensis a. H., Miers, Annal. Magaz. Nat. Hist. (5), Ve hes p. 382, pl. tA ee Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 467, pl. 36, fig. 9. A. dentirostris Thallwitz, Abhandl. Mus., Dresden, 3, 1891, p. 26, fig. 7. A. moluccensis dA. H., de Man, in Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn. Reis. Niederl. Ost- A Indien, II, 1892, p. 357, pl. 21, fig. 20. . moluccensits d. H., Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 10. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of the Indian Archipelago. —Sumatra (de Man, Ortmann); Java (A. Milne- Edwards,’ Miers, de Man); Paley (Miers); Bali (Miers); Celebes (Miers, de Man, 14 The differences between the New Caledonian species A. mzargaritacea and vobusta and the West Indian A. scabra are very doubtful, since the anterior pereiopoda of the latter have the merus furnished with a few hairs. I suppose that the locality given by Milne-Edwards for margaritacea and robusta is not correct, and that there is no difference from A. scabra. (See below.) 1 | think the differences of A. gabonensis and perhaps also of A. crassa are not of specific value, but that they are differences of age: A. gabonensis would be a very old state of A. scabra, but it may be that A. crassa is a distinct species. 16 A. Milne-Edwards records his specimens, l. c., erroneously from the Philip- pine Islands (see de Man, l. ¢., p. 357, foot-note). : 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409 Thallwitz); Saleyer (de Man); Ceram (vy. Martens); Timor (de Man); Flores (de Man); Amboina (Ortmann); Philippine Islands: Samar (v. Martens). 2. Atya spinipes Newport, 1847. A, spinipes Newport, Annual. Magaz. Nat. Hist., XTX, 1847, p. 159. A, pilipes Newport, ibid., p. 160. A. spinipes and pilipes Newp., A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, pp. 149, 150. A, pilipes Newp., Miers, Catal. Crust., New Zealand, 1876, p. 79. A. spinipes and pilipes Newp., Miers, Annal. Magaz. Nat. Hist. (5), V, 1880, p. 282, pl. 15, figs. 5, 6. A, pilipes Newp., Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 466, pl. 36, fig. 8. Geographical distribution: This species represents the A. moluc- censis in the fresh-water of the Pacific Islands.—Philippine Islands (Newport); Caroline Isl. (Ortmann); Fiji Isl. (Ortmann) ; Samoa Islands (Newport, Miers, Ortmann).” 3. Atya brevirostris de Man, 1892. De Man, in: Weber, Zoolog. Ergebn., etc., II, 1892, p. 360, pl. 21, fig. 21. Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 10. Geographical distribution: Flores (De Man); Fimor (De Man); Amboina (Ortmann). 74. Atya margaritacea A. Milne-Edwards, 1864. A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc. Entomol., France (4), IV, 1864, p. 148, pl. 3, fig. 2. Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 465, pl. 36, fig. 7. Geographical distribution: New Caledonia (A. Milne- Edwards). ?5. Atya robusta A. Milne-Edwards, 1864. A. Milne-Edwards, ibid., 1864, p. 148, pl. 3, fig. 1. Geographical distribution: New Caledonia (A. Milne-Edwards). 6. Atya scabra Leach, 1815. Alys scaber Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, XI, 1815, p. 345. Atya scabra Leach, Zoolog. Miscell., III, 1817, p. 29, pl. 131. Atya scabra Desmarest, Consider. Génér. Crust., 1825, p. 217. A. mexicana Wiegmann, Arch. f. Naturg., II, 1, 1836, p. 145. A. scabra Leh., Milne-Edwards, Hist. Natur. Crust., II, 1837, p. 942, pl. 24, figs. 15-19, and Atlas, Cuvier’s Regn. anim., pl. 51, fig. 4. A, sulcatipes Newport, Annal. Magaz. Nat. Hist., XIX, 1847, p. 159, pl. 8, fig. 1. A. occidentalis Newport, ibid. A. scabra Leh., Stimpson, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., VI, 1857, p. 498. A, scabra, sulcatipes, and occidentalis A. Milne-Edwards, Annal. Soc., En- tomol., France (4), IV, 1864, pp. 146, 147. A. vivalis and tenella Smith, 2 and 3 Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci., 1871, p. 94. A. scabra and occidentalis y. Martens, Arch. f. Naturg., 38, 1, 1872, p. 135. A. punctata Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 91. A. occidentalis Newp., Kingsley, ibid., p. 92. A. sulcatipes Newp., Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 694, pl. 118, 119, fig. 1. A. occidentalis Newp., Pocock, Annal. Mag. N. H. (6), III, 1889, p. 11, pl. 2, fig. 3. A, scabra Leh., Sharp, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1893, p. 111. 7 The locality, ‘‘ New Zealand,” given by Newport is an error. 410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Geographical distribution: Fresh-water of the West Indies “and the Cape Verde Islands.—Mexico (Wiegmann, Milne-Edwards, v. Martens, Stimpson, Sharp); Nicaragua (Smith) ; Cuba (v. Martens) ; Hayti (Kingsley); Jamaica (Newport); Dominica (Pocock); Mar- tinique (Sharp); Tobago (Mus. Strassburg’*).—Cape Verde Islands: San Nicolao (Newport); San Jago (Bate). a i. Atya gabonensis Giebel, 1875. Atya gabonensis Giebel, Zeitschr. f. d. gesammt. Naturwiss. (2), XI, 1875, p. 52. Euatya sculptilis Kélbel, Sitz. Ber. Acad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 90, 1, 1884, p. 317, pl. 2, fig. 8, pl. 3. = Ay fa sculptata Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1890, p. 465. Geographical distribution: Gaboon (Giebel); Orinoco (Kélbel). 8. Atya (Evatya) crassa Smith, 1871. Smith, 2 and 3 Rep. Peabody Acad. Sci., 1871, p. 95. Kélbel, Sitzb. Acad. Wiss., Wien, vol. 90,1, 1884, p. 318, foot-note. Geographical distribution: Nicaragua (Smith); Mexico: Presidio (Kolbel). DouBTFuL SPECIEs. Atya poeyi Guérin, Crust. in Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. de l’tle de Cuba, 1857, p- 46, pl. 2, fig. 7.—Cuba. Caridina mexicana Saussure, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Genéve, 14, 2, 1858, p. 463, pl. 4, fig. 26.—Mexico. Atyoida glabra Kingsley, Proceed. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, 1878, p. 93.— Nicaragua. Atya serrata Bate, Challenger Macrur., 1888, p. 699, pl. 119, fig. 2—Cape Verde Isl.: San Jago. These species may be the young of A. scabra or may belong to Atyoida. Considerations concerning the geographical distribution of the Atyide. Some species of Atyide were formerly considered to be marine animals; there is now no doubt that this family contains only fresh- water forms. This family is probably one of the most primitive groups of Decapoda living in fresh-water, having immigrated at an, early geological period. Only two species, Cauridina wycki and gracilirostris, are recorded by W eber™ as found in a few cases in brackish waters of Sumatra 18 This locality is not yet apenas alas is one adult inane from'Pobaged in the museum at Strassburg. 19 Die Suisswassercrustaceen der Indischen Archipels.— Zoolog. Ergebn. Reise Niederl. Ost.-Indien., II, 1892, p. 542. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411 and Celebes.” I believe, that this occurrence may be considered as a re-adaptation of these two species, as they are found also in fresh- water. Since the genus Caridina is not a primitive one, while the genera of the Xiphocarinw are so, and live exclusively in fresh- water, it is very probable, that the fresh-water habit of the family | must be regarded as the original manner of living. I believe, there- fore, that the Atyide, even of the Indian Archipelago, are not im- migrants from the sea, as stated by Weber (1. ¢., p. 543), but ‘true localized fresh-water animals, forming an old element of the fresh- water fauna.’””' ; The main differences of the Atyide and their supposed ancestors, the Acanthephyride, are morphological as well as biological, the Acanthephyride being true marine, and essentially abyssal animals. To all appearance the morphological differences are causally connected with the change of habits. The peculiar pencil of hairs at the distal extremities of the fingers is adapted for securing the special food required, as described by F. Miiller in Atyoida potimirim.” No doubt the other species of Atyide feed in the same manner. I cannot say whether the absence of the synaphipod of the mandible is due to the same cause, since the function of the synaphipod is unknown, but it may be in connection with it. On the other hand the habits of the Acanthephyride are wholly unknown, so that we cannot compare this family with the Atyide, but it is very probable that the mor- phological differences of the Acanthephyride correspond to differences in the habits, especially in securing food. We can state, briefly, that the Atyide are closely allied to the most primitive Eucyphidea, forming a peculiar branch of develop- ment very early separated from the main stem, now represented by the Acanthephyride. Their several characters are connected with a change of habit, and with the immigration to fresh-waters. The geographical range of the Atyidw embraces the whole of the cireumtropical parts of the world, members of the family being re- corded from all the localities explored within these limits. Only in two localities does the range exceed the true tropics: in Japan, where it extends as far north as Tokio, and in the Mediterranean province, “0 See de Man, ibid., pp. 387, 399, 400. “1 Weber, 1. ¢., p. 533: ‘‘echte regionale und locale Stisswassertiere, die einen alten Bestand der Siisswasser Fauna bilden.”’ 2 Kosmos, LX, 1881, p. 117 ff. 412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. where it extends northward to southern France and southern Austria. This nearly exclusive distribution within the tropics, at least in the warmer climates, shows that the family was probably also in former times an inhabitant of the warmer parts of the world, and the possi- bility is granted that the immigration into fresh-water took place at a time when climatic zones were not at all differentiated, a tropical climate prevailing everywhere. If this immigration took place in a later time, the poles having undergone a cooling, one could not understand the presence of the family in all parts of the tropics, as well as the occurrence of some genera (Xiphocaris, Caridina, Atya) on both of the present great continents, the eastern and western. After the cooling of the northern and southern circumpolar regions” the range of the family was divided into two parts: an eastern com- prising the tropical Africa, Asia, Australia, and the Pacific islands, and a western comprising tropical America.“ The most primitive genera of the family were restricted in range by the concurrence of the more extremely developed ones, and the latter preserved a more circumtropical distribution. It is very interesting to examine the geographical range of the genera and species from the point of view here given. The most primitive genus, Xiphocaris, shows a distribution the peculiarity of which can only be understood by supposing that the range of this genus was formerly a more extended one, but that in most parts of the world the representatives were exterminated. Only three species survived, one of which lives now in the fresh-waters ot the West Indies, the other in Indo-Malaysia, from Japan to Australia, and the third in New Zealand. From the intermediate countries species of this genus are not recorded. The Indo-Malaysian species, Xiphocaris compressa, repeats, as we know at present, this peculiarity in a reduced manner, being only recorded from Japan, the island of 23 See Ortmann Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 74, and Pfeffer, Versuch uber die erdgeschichtliche Entwickelung der jetzigen Verbreitungsverhaltnisse unseres Thierwelt. Hamburg, 1891. *4 In case the A/yidze immigrated from the sea into the fresh-water after this separation, it is very probable that the geographical distribution would not be a circumtropical one, but that different groups immigrated into the western and eastern continents. We know another group of Decapoda, in which the latter is the case: the family 7e/phuside, one subfamily of which the 7e/phus- ing, being restricted to the tropical and subtropical parts of the eastern continents (Mediterranean, African, Indian, Indo-Malaysian, etc.), two other subfamilies, Trichodactylingé and Pseudotelphusine, being restricted to the tropical parts of America. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413 Adenare, and from Queensland.” The closely allied genus Trog/o- earis, the only species of which might be regarded as a fourth form of Xiphocaris, lives in the subterranean waters of Carniola, a per- fectly isolated locality in no way connected with the others named. The third primitive genus, Atyaéphyra, is found near the locality of Troglocaris on the northern borders of the Mediterranean Sea. It is somewhat less primitive. The scattered localities at which are found the species of these three genera forming the subfamily Aipho- carine are no doubt the remains of a more universal distribution in former times: the species now living show the character of true survivals. In the subfamily Atyine, the genus Atyoida shows a survival character similar to that of the NXiphocarine; being recorded from the Sandwich Islands, Tahiti, and southern Brazil. But this genus must be the subject of farther study. The genus Caridina appears to be nearly a circumtropical one. Its range is divided into two very unequal parts: -the one comprising the West Indies and containing only one species, the other compris- ing a continuous area of the old world and containing at least nine- teen other species. This area extends from South Africa along the east coast to the southern borders of the Mediterranean Sea and to Persia, crossing the islands of the Indian Ocean and Indo-Ma- laysia to Japan and Australia.** Species of this genus have not yet been found in West Africa, in southern Asia (except Ceylon and Siam), and in the Pacific islands, but it may be that some species will be discovered later in these countries. > This distribution of the genus can only be understood by suppos- ing that it was present before a separation of the eastern and western parts of the tropics took place, and that the extended range of former times is now restricted to the tropical parts of the continents border- ing the Indian Ocean and to its islands, and to the islands of eastern Asia from Japan to Australia. The occurrence of one species in the Nile and in the rivers of Algiers is due, I believe, to a more recent immigration from the central and eastern parts of Africa, not unlike the occurrence of Palemon nitolicus.” 2 It may be that this species will be found on other islands between Asia and Australia, but it is very remarkable that the large collections of fresh- water Crustacea made by M. Weber in the Indian Archipelago, and described by de Man, do not contain this species. 26 A poorly described species is recorded from the Cape Verde Islands. 27 See Ortmann, Zoolog. Jahrb., V, 1891, p. 745. pale. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. It is very probable that farther investigations will prove that the range of Caridina is a somewhat different one, since fresh-water crustacea of smaller size are mostly neglected by collectors, and the fauna of the fresh-waters of most tropical countries are very little known. Accordingly, the view given above on the geographical distribution of Caridina may, perhaps, have to be changed later. The distribution of the most extreme genus of the family, Atya, is-somewhat similar to that of Caridina. It is found, like the latter, in the West Indies and Indo- Malaysia, but there are some modifica- tions. One species is known from West Africa, which is identical with another described from the Orinoco, and there is recorded one species from the Cape Verde Island, identical with the common West Indian form. The presence of identical fresh-water species, both in the West Indies and in West Africa, is a very remarkable fact, but not an isolated one among the Decapoda. We know another group of fresh-water Crustacea which shows the same peculiarity. Of the genus Palemon there are three species described from West Afriea, two of which, Pal. jamaicensis (=vollenhoveni) and Pal. olfersi, are likewise present in the West Indies, and one, Pal. macro- brachion, is closely allied to a West Indian species, Pal. acanthurus.” In Atya the identity of species of both continents bordering the Atlantic is due, no doubt, to other reasons than in Palemon, the latter being a very recent genus, having immigrated to the fresh- waters quite recently, while some species are now immigrating from the sea to brackish and fresh-water. On the contrary, the immigra- tion to fresh-water of the ancestors of Atya took place a long time ago, and, I think, this fact indicates a former connection of Africa and America. The other range of the genus Atya extends over the islands of the Pacific from Sumatra to the Samoan islands. None is recorded from southern Asia, from the islands of the Indian Ocean, or from East Africa.” The two species described by A. Milne-Edwards from New Cale- donia, A. margaritacea and robusta, are very doubtful, as I have ‘stated above. I do not know another example of a fresh-water *8 See Ortmann, ibid., p. 747.—Palemon vollenhovent is certainly the same as Pal. jamaticensis, in the paper quoted I supposed them to be nearly allied, but distinct species. 29 Only Hilgendorf (v. d. Decken’s Reisen, ITI, 1, 1869, p. 101) records a very doubtful species from the Seychelles, belonging, perhaps, to Aéyvoida. ar fe * 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415 Decapod restricted to New Caledonia. Our present knowledge of the fresh-water fauna of the Pacific islands leaves it very improbable that New Caledonia has an isolated fauna, differing from that of the other islands. It is probable, on the contrary, that species found in New Caledonia will be found also in other islands, but since A. Milne- Edwards, in 1864, described these two species, they have never been recorded from any place in the Pacific. It may be added that the differences of these species from the West Indian, A. scabra, given by A. Milne-Edwards, are scarcely at aJl present. Jam, therefore, induced to suppose that both are erroneously recorded from New Caledonia, the true locality being the West Indies, and that they are identical with A. scabra. If these considerations are correct, the genus Atya can be divided into two groups: the one containing the species bearing on each side of the rostrum at the base a spiniform angle, the other containing the species without a spiniform angle. To the first belong the species A. seabra, gabonensis, and crassa, their range extending over tropical America and West Africa; to the second belong A. moluccensis, spinipes, and brevirostris, the range of which comprises the Indo- Malaysian and Pacific islands. The last named species, brevirostris, forms a transition from the second group to the first. Then the range of the genus Atya would be divided into two parts, each con- taining a separate group of the genus, and this peculiarity could be explained by supposing that these two groups may be developed separately from each other after the separation of the former con- necting range of the genus. This conjecture agrees with the fact, that Atya is the most extreme genus of Atyide, and with its supposed recent age. We know that some fresh-water animals are rapidly distributed over great distances, either in the adult or in the larval state, but in the Atyide we know nothing of the means of distribution. Comparing the other Crustacean Decapoda we may say, that the Atyide have not been transported to great distances. Nor is it probable that the eggs can endure a long time without water, or that the larve or the adult animals can leave the water for any length of time. Transportation of the species of Atyide, in either the active or passive state, from one fresh-water system to another over the land or through the air, cannot be supposed, at least over great distances. Neither can the Atyidw live in the sea, so that the 416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. most important topographical barriers to distribution would be widely extending oceans and large tracts of land without fresh- water. The Pacific Ocean forms a barrier of the first kind, while the second may be partly connected with the climatic conditions of the warmer parts of the world. Smaller areas of sea and land, however, may be crossed by some forms, as is shown especially in the distribution of some species of Caridina and Atya®. The means of distribution are certainly very limited, and therefore a great number of species are confined to very narrow districts. Lastly, the ancient character of the family induces me to suppose that there are also bionomic barriers, the Atyide not being able to immigrate to localities occupied by other fresh-water animals better equipped for the struggle for existance. I regret very much that exact observations on the habits of the species of Atyide, on the biology and bionomy, are wholly absent. It is very probable that the different genera and species on farther examination will show some differences, especially that the best de- veloped are more resistant to external influences. The conditions of geographical distribution of the Atyide are as follows :— 1. The Atyide cannot endure cooler climates. ( Climatic barriers.) 2. They are true fresh-water animals. (Oceans and tracts of land without water form topographic barriers. ) 3. Being animals of an ancient type, they are probably restricted by the occurrence of other fresh-water animals. (Bionomie barriers. ) 4. The faculties of distribution are very limited. The Atyide are, therefore, confined to the fresh-waters of the tropics and subtropics; the distribution of the genera and species, especially of the more primitive ones, shows a remarkable character of survival. Only Caridina and Atya are of a more recent charac- ter, extending over continuous areas within the tropics. Because of the antiquity of the family it has no relations among the recent forms of the litoral regions of the tropical seas. *! 30 Caridina typus, wycki, nilotica , Atya scabra, moluccensis, spinipes. 31 Such relations to the A//antic, Indo-Pacific, and Western-American regions (see Ortmann, Jenaische Denkschr., VIII, 1894, p. 76) are not at all evident, none of the well-known genera or species being limited by the borders of one of these regions. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417 NoOvEMBER 6. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. Wistar, in the Chair. Forty-one persons present. A paper entitled ‘‘The Batrachia and Reptilia of the University of Pennsylvania West Indian Exploration of 1891,” by Edw. D. Cope, was presented for publication. NoOvEMBER 13. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the Chair. Thirty-nine persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :— “The Structure and Relationships of Ancodus,” by W. B. Scott. ‘*A Supplementary Note to Mr. Johnson’s List of Jamaica Diptera,’”’ by T. D. A. Cockerell. ; NovEMBER 20. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the Chair. Ninety-five persons present. r The deaths of the following members were announced :— Robert E. Peterson, Archibald McIntyre, Samuel Jeanes and Joseph Jeanes. A paper entitled “A New Jumping Mouse from the Pacific Slope,’’ by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication. Dr. Jonn MACFARLANE read a communication on the Movements of Plants under Plates of Colored Glass. (No abstract. ) NovEMBER 27. The President, Generat Isaac J. WisrAr, in the Chair. Fifty-eight persons present. Papers under the following titles were presented for publication: — “The Osteology of Hyzenodon,’’ by William B. Scott. “A New Insectivore from the White River Beds,” by William B. Scott. 28 418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF. [1894. “Some New Bees of the Genus Perdita,” by T. D. A. Cockerell. ‘«Pterodrilus, a Remarkable Discodrilid,’’? by J. Perey Moore. The Publication Committee reported in favor of publishing a paper entitled “The Structure and Relationships of Ancodus,” by William B. Scott, in the Journal of the Academy. William L. Whitaker and J. Carroll McCaffrey were elected members. The following were ordered to be printed :— 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 419 A SUPPLEMENTARY NOTE TO MR. JOHNSON’S LIST OF JAMAICAN DIPTERA. BY T. D. A. COCKERELL. I was very much pleased to receive from Mr. Johnson his list of Jamaican Diptera, which will form a good foundation for a better knowledge of the subject. The purpose of this supplementary note is to point out a few omissions; and also to add a few species which were determined for me at the U. S. National Museum. CECIDOMYID. Diplosis coccidarum Ckll., Entom., 1892, p. 181. Kingston. CHIRONOMID#. Ccacta furens Poey, Twns., Jn. Inst. Jamaica, I, p. 381. PSYCHODIDZ. Psychoda sp. Will be elsewhere discussed by Dr. Williston. TIPULIDZ. Limnobia sp. incert., Balaclava (Ckll.),iin U. S. N. M. STRATIOMYIDA. Cyphomyia n. sp. (not named). Williston, Canad. Ent., 1885, p. 125. Pachygaster pulcher Lw. Mandeville (Ckll.), in U.S. N. M. SYRPHIDA. Pteroptila sp. (not cizc/a). Ckll., Jn. Inst. Jamaica, I, p. 74. See also a forthcoming paper on Syrphide by Prof. Townsend. MUSCID#. ‘ * Musea domestica L., Ckll., Jn. Inst. Jamaica, I, p. 56. Kingston. MICROPEZID &. Calobata fasciata Fb. New locality, Mandeville (Ckll.), in U.S. N. M. 420 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. TRYPETIDZ. Trypeta (Acrotoxa) suspensa Lw., var. Mandeville (Ckll.), in U.S. N. M. PHORID A. Phora scalaris Lw. Mandeville (Ckll.), in U.S. N. M. HIPPOBOSCIDA. Trichobius dugesii Twns. Ckll., Jn. Inst. Jamaica, I, p. 98. With these, the known Jamaican Diptera amount to 125 species. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421 A NEW JUMPING MOUSE FROM THE PACIFIC SLOPE. BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS. Zapus trinotatus sp. nov. Type,ad g, No. 360, Coll. of S. N. Rhoads. Lulu Island (mouth of Frazer River), British Columbia, May 31st, 1892. Col. by S. N.R. Description. —Size large, equalling Zapus princeps from Colorado, but with a shorter foot. Colors above as in princeps, but darker, the yellowish-gray suffusion on back and sides of that species being replaced in trinotatus by brownish-fulvous; the cheeks, ears, upper head, circumocular region, and upper surface of tail much blacker. The upper surface of wrist is black with fulvous anterior edging reaching to foot. Lateral stripe separating upper and lower body colors, dark fulvous, narrow, and reaching from hams to and around front of fore legs, and nearly meeting across throat. The throat, chin, belly, vent, and lower (inner) surfaces of legs are a clear soft white. In the center of lower throat and on each side of the sternum is a well-defined spot of fulvous about 8 mm. long and 5 mm. wide, the pectoral spots being the larger and more strongly colored. The fulvous of these spots does not reach base of hairs, their roots being white, as in the hairs of the fulvous lateral stripe. Skull differing from any described form in its great relative width and depth, to length, the zygom® being more flaring, the parietals more convex, the incisive foramina larger and broader posteriorly, the postpalatal notch more acuminate and indenting the palatal bones as far as m. 2. The upper premolar is larger than in princeps or hudsonius, its crown rising to the grinding plane of the true molars and becoming functional, bearing on its inner and posterior rim a crescentine loop partially enclosing a central cusp whose base lies on the outer anterior angle of the crown. In princeps, its nearest ally, this tooth is not functional, or rarely so, its apex falling below the grinding plane, and, as in hudsonius, consisting of a simple peg-like process with the folding being more or less obsolete. The lower molars of trinotatus are relatively larger than in princeps or hudsonius, the posterior loop of m.1 and the second and last loops 422 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. of m.2 projecting exteriorly beyond the outer edges of their inter- vening loops, forming a very irregular outline not seen in the latter species. In trinotatus the inferior m.3 is relatively large, one-and-a- half times as long as wide and made up of a more complicated series of loops than in the same tooth of its allies. The coronoid process is much lengthened, wide across base, blunt and distinctly notched at tip. The angular process of mandible is perforated by a single minute foramen; in the other forms it is multiperforate or incised by two, conspicuous, oblique slits. Measurements of Type (in millimeters).—Total length, 234; tail vertebre, 159; hind foot, 32. (Topotype, length, 235; tail, 142; foot, 32.) Skull—Total length, 24; basilar length, 17.5; zygomatic width, 13; nasal length, 9.8; interorbital constriction, 4.8; height of cranium, 9.8; length of mandible, 12.5; width of mandible, 6.8. Two males of this species were taken at Lulu Island. Another from Mason Co., Washington, is referable to it. Zapus trinotatus is the West Cascade representative of Z. princeps. Several specimens of jumping mice taken at Lac La Hache, B. C., and at Vernon, in the same province, are referable to princeps, whose range will probably be found to be limited to the East Cas- . cade and Rocky Mountain regions of the United States and of southern British America. It is probable that the range of hud- sonius will be found to reach far to the west in northern British America. I am indebted to Mr. G. S. Miller, Jr., for the loan of specimens of Z. princeps for this study. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423 ON A COLLECTION OF BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA FROM THE ISLAND OF HAINAN. BY E. D. COPE. The collection on which the following notes are based was made by the Rey. Francis Gilman, who sent them to Prof. Chas. S. Dolley. Prof. Dolley placed them in my hands for identification and descrip- tion. Hyla arborea var. This form agrees in structural features with the true Hyla arborea of Europe, but differs in coloration, not only from this but from the two subspecies which are known from Eastern Asia le a. chinensis, and H. a. japonica). The extended hind limb marks a point between the eye and the nostril with the heel. The vomerine teeth are between the internal nostrils, but the posterior borders of the fasciculi are behind a line which connects their posterior borders. The diameter of the tym- panum is about half that of the eye; and the interorbital width is greater than that of an eyelid. The length of the head to a line connecting the posterior borders of the tympana, enters the total length 5.2 times. The fingers are slightly webbed, and the toes are about two-thirds webbed. There is a heavy glandular fold from the orbit to the shoulder. The color is uniform green above, and uniform pale (perhaps yel- lowish) below. There are no spots of any kind anywhere. A light brown band extends from the eye through the tympanum and disap- pears about the shoulder. It has neither dark nor pale borders, and is hence very indistinct. A similar band extends from the eye to the nostril. Upper lip not pale bordered nor spotted. Total length, 40 mm.; do. of hind leg from groin, 59 mm.; of hind foot, 27 mm. Holarchts dolleyanus sp. nov. Plate X, fig. 1 Scales in seventeen rows. Superior labials eight, all higher than long, the fourth and fifth entering the orbit, the sixth in contact with the inferior postocular only, the seventh in contact with the lower postocular, and more extensively with the parietal. Loreal trape- 424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. zoid; oculars 1-2; temporals 0-2. Internasal mutual contact short; parietals short, wide, truncate posteriorly, bounding both postoculars posteriorly. Pregenials bounded by four labials, a little longer than postgenials. Gastrosteges, 164, obtusely angulated; anal entire; urosteges, 36. Color above yellowish-brown; below brownish-yellow. No marks on the head; on the superior surface of the body there are indistinct cross bars, which consist of the dark edges of scales, at intervals of two and three scales; they are not continued on the tail. Total length, 400 mm.; of tail, 58 mm. This species probably resembles the H. swinhonis Gthr. (Rept. Brit. India, p. 215, Pl. XX, fig. E.); but it differs materially in having but one preocular; in the absence of an anterior temporal ; in the contact of the anterior genial with four labials, and in the longer postgenial. The color above is pale brown, not olive. The hemipenis of this species is smooth, and without spines, flounces, or ruches; agreeing with that of the H. ancorus, as figured by me in the ‘“‘ American Naturalist,’’ 1894, Plate X XVII, fig. 4. These characters refer the genus to the Calamariinz, with Oligodon, ete. (See “American Naturalist,” 1895, p. 480.) A character of subordinate value seen in the hemipenis of H. ancorus, which is not present in H. dolleyanus, is a shallow pocket on each side of the sul- cus spermaticus. There is a rudimental right lung 5 mm. in length, communicating with the trachea by foramen. No tracheal lung. This species is dedicated to my friend, the distinguished zoologist, Dr. Chas. 8. Dolley. Pareas mellendorffil Bettger. A single male specimen gives me an opportunity of determining the position of this curious genus. With some external resemblance to the American Leptognathus, it combines not dissimilar dentition and squamation; it is to be presumed that the habits are not dis- similar. Examination of the hemipenis shows, however, that it is really related to the Calamariinz, and to Simotes. This organ is without spines or ruches, and has only flat obtuse papille on the middle third of its length, the distal portion being smooth, with a few feeble papillee at the apex. It is deeply bifurcate, the basal portion being quite short. At the summit of the middle papillose 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 425 section is an oblique membranous flounce with a lobate margin, No tracheal lung ; and I could find no right lung. Amphiesma stolatum L. In this species the hemipenis displays the usual natricine charac- ters of a basal hook, and small spines reaching to the apex, without ruches or flounces. The spines are, however, coarser than in most other species. The organ, moreover, is undivided, and with un- divided suleus, and as A. stolatwm is the type of the genus, the latter must be defined accordingly, and not as divided, as I inferred from an examination of allied species which have been referred to it by authors." These supposed species of Amphiesma which I have examined, which have divided hemipenis and diacranterian denti- tion, are also characterized by the presence of fossze of the hemipenis from the center of each of which a spinule issues. These are the Amph. tigrinum and A. ceylonense, and they belong to my genus Bothrodytes, which name should take the place of _Amphiesma in my original Prodromus, |. ec. The genera of Natricinze with basal hooks will then be as follows :— I. Fusiform types; hemipenis and sulcus undivided. Hemipenis simple; anal divided; One internasal, scales keeled ; Haldea B. & G. Two internasals, scales keeled; Amphiardis Cope. Two internasals, scales smooth; Virginia B. & G. Hemipenis with two apical papillse; anal entire. Two internasals; scales keeled ; Tropidoclonium Cope. If. Colubriform types. a. Hemipenis undivided. b. Dentition syncranterian or isodont. Anal plate entire; a loreal; Eutenia B. & G. Anal plate divided; no loreal; Storeria B. & G. Anal plate divided; a loreal; Natrix Laur. Anal plate divided; a loreal; one prefrontal; Trimerodytes Cope bb. Dentition diacranterian. Seales keeled; two internasals; Amphiesma D. & B. Scales smooth; one internasal ; Liodytes Cope. aa. Hemipenis divided. b. Dentition syncranterian. 2 American Naturalist, 1893, p. 483. — 426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Hemipenis with two apical papille; Ceratophallus Cope. Hemipenis without papilla; ; Diplophallus Cope. bb. Dentition diacranterian. Hemipenis without papilla; Bothrodytes Cope. Trimerodytes balteatus gen. etsp. nov. Plate X, fig. 2. Char. gen.—Characters of Natriz, but the prefrontals fused. The dentition is syncranterian or coryphodont. Hemipenis undi- vided, sulcus simple. The single species on which this genus is proposed is represented by an individual which, while apparently not very young, is at the same time not fully grown. As a consequence the spinules of the hemipenis are not ossified, appearing as fine flexible papille. This is the condition normal to immature snakes, as I have observed in the genera Drymobius, Bascanium, ete. Char. specif.—Scales in nineteen rows, smooth, except on the tail, where all except the lateral rows are feebly keeled, and for a short distance in front of the vent, where about three dorsal rows are also weakly keeled. Each internasal longer than wide. Frontal rather wide, with straight borders, the anterior a little longer than the lateral. Parietal moderately elongate, angulate posteriorly, and embracing only the superior postocular. Loreal higher than long ; oculars 1-2 or 5; temporals 1-2. Superior labials nine. These are differently distributed on opposite sides, so that the numbers may be in other specimens, eight or ten. One labial forming most of inferior border of orbit, which may be the fourth or fifth; the angle of the succeeding labial enters the orbit. On one side two plates represent the single last upper labial on the other. Inferior labials nine; pre- genials shorter than postgenials, and bounded by six labials. Gas- trosteges , 202; anal, 1-1; urosteges, 84. Color black, crossed by white or pale yellow rings. These have a width of half of a scale on the middle dorsal region, and widen downward, covering two or three gastrosteges. They are frequently broken on the middle line, the halves alternating, both on the back and belly. The labials and oculars have yellow centers, and there is a yellow line from near the angle of the mouth to near the middle line above. A pair of yellow spots are on each side of the common suture of the parietal plates. Total length, 377 mm.; tail, 80 mm. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427 Bothrops erythrurus Cantor. Before leaving the Ophidia I add some remarks on the penial characters of some species which do not enter the present collection, and which I have recently examined. The genus Anomalodon Jan (Lioheterodon Boulenger, from a nom. nud. of Dum. & Bibr.) has the hemipenis deeply divided and covered with minute spines, without large hooks at the base. It is to be referred to the Pseudaspidinze of my Prodromus, approaching the genus Pseudaspis m. of S. Africa. Boulenger has shown that it has the natricine hypapophyses. The Australian Dipsas fusca Gray, differs from the genus Dipsas in the absence of spines from the hemipenis; the characters are otherwise as in Dipsas. I propose to name this new genus Liophal- lus, with L. fuseus as type. I propose to separate Drymobius percarinatus Cope from Drymo- bius as the type of a distinct genus under the name of Cacocalyz. It differs from that genus in the structure of the terminal half of the hemipenis. Instead of the usual papillose calyces, there are rows of spines on longitudinal folds, and the apex is covered with a few large, shallow, smooth-edged calyces, which are separated from the spinous portion by a continuous transverse fold, i. e., the apex is capitate. I have compared this organ with the corresponding ones of Drymobius margaritiferus (type); D. pantherinus; D. reticula- tus; D. boddaertii, and D. pulcherrimus, where they are essentially alike. The genus Cacoculyx is quite different from any other form of Colubrine. The Cyclophis major Gunth., presents the penial characters of the Colubrinz, but has an especial peculiarity not shared by any other species with which I am acquainted. In the proximal internal wall of each calyx is a transverse comb of a few spines. These do not graduate into the spines of the middle of the hemipenis, which are well developed. The borders of the calyces are serrate to papillose. As this type is clearly not referable to any known genus, I propose to distinguish it by the name of Entechinus. It is evidently not very nearly related to Liopeltis and Cyclophis of N. America. The genus Macroprotodon (Guich.) has the apical region of the hemipenis calyculate, and the papillze at the angles of the calyces are spinous (i.e., ossified) to near the tip. There are numerous 428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. spines below the calyces. Hemipenis simple. The genus belongs to the Dipsadine. Psammodynastes has a divided penis which is spinous to the tip and not calyculate. The spines are arranged in the branches in oblique series, pinnate to the suleus. Not knowing the structure in Psammophis I cannot determine the affinity of the genus. In Osceola (elapsoidea) the penial characters are like those of Ophibolus doliatus; i. e., the calyces are numerous and fringed. In Ophibolus they are very few and have entire borders. I therefore place O. doliatus in Osceola. All the species of Ophibolus agree in the character assigned. The Dromicus flavilatus Cope, of the S. E. coast regions of the United States, has the penial structure of Rhadinaea Cope, and does not belong to Dromicus. The organ is undivided, and the calyculate region is capitate. We have here a case parallel to the genus Liodytes, of which the type species was supposed to be a Helicops. Both these Floridan forms turn out to be allies of types found on the North American continent. Causus Licht. has the character of other Solenoglypha, i.e., coarsely spinous at the middle, and calyculate above, and deeply bifureate. In C. rhombeatus, the only species examined, there is at the middle of each branch a longitudinal fissure-like interruption of the calyculate structure which contains feeble laminze on its sides and fundus. The calyces are papillose. As regards the structure of the lungs, I have to add observations on two species not previously examined. In Anomalodon madagas- cariensis there is no tracheal lung nor auricle of the large left lung. The rudimental right lung measures about 6 mm. In Psammophis irregularis the structure is similar in the points mentioned, except that I could not discover a rudimental right lung. Calotes versicolor Daud. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 429 THE BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYL- VANIA WEST INDIAN EXPEDITION OF 1890 AND 1891. BY E. D. COPE. The species enumerated or described in the following pages were collected in the course of a yachting expedition conducted by Pro- fessor J. T. Rothrock, at that time Professor of Botany in the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania, among the northern islands of the West Indies. Collections were made at the following islands of the Bahama group: New Providence, Eleuthera, Watlings Island, Crooked Island, and Great Inagua. They next touched at the east- ern point of Jamaica, at Port Morant, and later at Port Luce at the western extremity. The last collections were made at Grand Cay- man Island. The zoologist of the expedition was Mr. J. Percy Moore, now Instructor in Comparative Anatomy and Zoology in the University of Pennsylvania. To his care we are indebted for an excellent series of the vertebrata of the islands visited. The collection of Batrachia and Reptilia enumerated in the following pages is one of the best ever made in the region. Collections from Crooked Island and Inagua are especially welcome as but little was previously known of their vertebrate fauna. Mr. Moore has fur- nished me with notes of his observations, which are added in their places, in quotation marks. New PROVIDENCE. Trachycephalus septentrionalis Tsch. «This large tree toad was met with abundantly everywhere in the Bahamas and on Grand Cayman. About the sisal plantations on New Providence great numbers could be taken, one or more being concealed beneath the bases of the thick, fleshy leaves of almost every plant. Their cry, when taken in the hand, is very startling, having much of the force, quality, and pitch of the cry of a young infant. They are said to spawn in the wells.” Anolis principalis Linn. Anolis sagre D. & B. “This is one of the most widely distributed and abundant of 430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Bahaman Anoles. The species is most characteristic of the more northerly islands; of those visited by us they are very abundant on New Providence, fairly swarming on Eleuthera, and less common on the islands south and east. We failed to find this species on Fortune Isl. and Great Inagua. They are equally at home on the ground and in trees, preferring to seek their food on the former. They are very pretty, when raised high on the fore-legs, with head elevated, and body in a quiver of excitement, they pause to detect the move- ment of an insect, upon which they spring with much agility, and devour in an instant. Their principal food is ants, which they seek along fences, by the roadside, among the trees, and in and about houses. Like the other Anoles they are fond of sunning themselves and lie on stones or fences with the legs stretched lazily along the sides of the body. On the island of Eleuthera, where they are known to the natives by the name of Iquana, they are fond of lying on the branches of bushes overhanging the fresh-water ponds. Out- side of the Bahamas A. sagr@ was met with in Jamaica, where they are particularly abundant on the north shore about Port Lucea.”’ Anolis distichus Cope. : “Common on New Providence, and less so on Eleuthera. Their habits in general resemble those of A. sagre, but the species is especially common on the ground in banana and sisal plantations.’’ Anolis oligaspis sp. noy. Plate XI, fig. 5. Tail little compressed at the base (mostly lost), and with a larger median dorsal row of scales. Scales minute, a few dorsal rows scarcely larger; ventrals much larger, smooth. Tibia about as long as head to posterior border of orbit. Occipital plate oval, larger than ear opening (transversely divided in the single specimen), separated from supraorbitals by one row of scales. The supraorbitals are in contact, and they are continued as a row of two large scales only be- tween the anterior one which borders the orbit, and the scales of the canthus rostralis. The first pair of these two large scales is separated by a single row of small scales; the second is separated by three rows, of which the median is the largest, and continues to between the nares. Thus at the second large scales there are five rows of scales across the muzzle between the canthal scales, of which the lateral and median are larger than the other two. All scales of muzzle without keels; a shallow basin between large rows. Canthal 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431 scales three. Supraoculars forming a disc of seyen smooth scales, which is in contact throughout its inner border with the supraorbital series. Loreals in five rows. The muzzle is rather short, and the extended hind limb reaches to the orbit. There are thirteen laminze beneath the second and third phalanges of the third and fourth toes. The only specimen is a female, and it is greenish-gray with a brown band on each side of the vertebral line, which is similar in color to the sides. Throat with longitudinal series of blackish spots. Length to vent, 44 mm.; do. to line of meatus auditorius, 14 mm. Length of fore limb, 19 mm.; do. of hind limb, 34 mm.; of hind foot, 14 mm. This species is remarkable for the reduction in the number of its head scales. It resembles no other species nearly, unless it be the Anolis krugii Peters, of Porto Rico, which I have not seen. There are numerous discrepancies in the description of the latter. For in- stance, in A. krugii, the ventral scales are keeled, the superciliaries are separated by a row of scales; the supraorbitals are keeled; there are four enlarged dorsal rows, and the color is quite different. Amiva thoracica Cope. ‘“‘A common and conspicuous species, especially in the northernmost of the Bahama Islands. Like its allies this is essentially a ground inhabiting species, living among the loose coral boulders, in the erevices of which secure shelter and concealment may be found. They love to lie on stones basking in the warm sunshine, but are ever alert and dart away like a flash, their course being indicated by a blue streak. They are extremely difficult to catch, and although very abundant on Cat Isl., and almost equally so on Eleuthera, only a very few specimens were taken.’’ Ungualia maculata D. & B. Alsophis vudii Cope. Cat ISLAND. Alsophis vudii Cope. Port Howe. ; ELEUTHERA. Anolis principalis L. Tarpum Bay. ‘‘A most beautiful species of essentially arboreal habits. Widely distributed, but apparently not very common anywhere. ‘They are found among the smaller trees and bushes, leaping actively about 432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. and performing many interesting acrobatic feats in pursuit of insects. New Providence, Governors Harbour, and Tarpum Bay, Eleuthera, Port Howe, Cat Isl., French Wells, Crooked Isl., and Fortune Isl.” Anolis sagre D. & B. Tarpum Bay. Ungualia maculata D. & Kk. Tarpum Bay. ‘«This species is common throughout the Bahamas visited by our party, but the U. cana was found only on Great Inagua. The species have similar habits. They are found during the day coiled up under stones in the dryest, hottest places with such incompatible company as centipedes, scorpions, and tarantulas, for they are very mild tempered little snakes.” CRooKED ISLAND. Anolis principalis brunneus subsp. nov. Plate X, fig. 3. This form is allied to A. principalis.’ It has the same shaped head, and the same squamation of the body, with similar proportions of limbs. It falls outside the usual range of variation of A. prinei- palis in some points of squamation of the head, and in the color. Thus the supraorbital rows of scales are continued forward, to be- tween the nostrils, not reaching the canthus rostralis, and are in con- tact throughout, except an occasional separation by a single scale. Thus there are but 4-5 rows across the front instead of 7—8 in prin- cipalis. There are but three loreal rows, the middle one consisting of but one or two scales, while there are 5—7 in the A. principalis. The six or seven supraocular plates are of subequal size and are obscurely keeled, and are in immediate contact with the supraorbi- tals; in A. principalis they are of unequal size and are separated from the supraorbitals by a series of small scales. On the inferior side of the second and third phalanges of the fourth digit of the posterior foot there are 18, 20 lamelle, in the A. principalis there are 24. The color is different from that of any stage or variety of the A. principalis. Above and on the sides leather-brown. On each side - two dark brown stripes, the superior the wider, and sending cross processes towards the middle line of the back. Posteriorly it is broken up into a series of dark brown spots which become wider, and finally unite in crossbars on the tail. Below light yellowish, the throat indistinctly lined with darker. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433 Total length, 123 mm.; do. to vent, 43 mm.; to line of auricular meati, 14 mm.; of fore limb, 15 mm.; of hind limb, 27 mm.; of hind foot, 12 mm. Liocephalus carinatus Gray. Scales in 46 rows; 5-6 supraoculars; 3 introfrontonasal scales. “Generally distributed throughout the Bahamas; this species is especially abundant on Crooked Isl., were Anoles are comparatively uncommon. The larger vegetation is very sparse here and loose piles of coral rock near the shores are overgrown by a comparatively open bush or scrub. It is here that the species abounds, scurrying about on the ground and only rarely climbing into bushes. They are very inquisitive creatures and come close up to look at one, then running back a yard or two, pause again, and raising themgelves on the fore-legs, look about with elevated heads, a strange admixture of curiosity and timidity, ready to run again at the slightest alarm. While in running the Anoles only slightly raise the tail from the ground, and the Ameive drag it straight out behind, this species elevates the tail high over the back, where it forms, pig-like, a spiral coil, which peculiarity has gained for them the name of curl- tail lizards. This species hides among the rock crevices, and large numbers take advantage of the burrows of the land crab ( Gecarei- nus) as places of concealment. Though active, they are easily caught in the hand, or by means of a grass noose. Their tails part very readily and one is frequently rewarded for his pains with only that squirming member. Highly carnivorous and very voracious they apparently do not pause even at cannibalism, as was illustrated once when a detached tail fell from my hand to the ground, where its movements attracted the attention of an individual of the same species, which ran down from the rocks fully twenty-five feet away, picked up the tail and bore it off. A few minutes later it was seen with the tip of the still squirming tail of its neighbor hanging from between its teeth. On another occasion a warbler which was shot and had fallen to the ground, was found guarded by a large curl-tail which seemed about to attack it.’’ , Great INAGUA. Anolis moorei sp. nov. Plate XI, fig. 4. Characters those of a prevalent West Indian type, 7.e., tail com- pressed and with a larger median superior row of scales, and ab- 29 434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. dominal scales smooth. The affinities are with the A. cybotes Cope, of San Domingo, but the scales of the sides and most of the back are twice as large, and the median dorsal rows are not abruptly larger than those adjoining. Frontal ridges low, and median basin shallow. Tibia shorter than length from muzzle to ear. Scales of muzzle moderate, smooth. Superciliary rows separated by one row of scales except for a short distance, where they are in contact. Supraoculars 13-15, smooth, those of internal and adjacent rows subequal, the whole separated from the supraorbitals by small scales of different sizes. Occipital plate equal auricular meatus, separated from supraorbitals by three rows. Five loreal rows; four canthal scales, the latter connected with anterior supraorbital by two rather large scales, which are separated by four rows of scales. In front of the basin there are nine rows of scales counting across the muzzle, of which the median row is much enlarged. In A. cybotes there are but two or three rows in the frontal basin, and the middle row on the muzzle is not enlarged. Twenty-four lamellee under the second and third phalanges of posterior fourth toe. Fan of male reaching to between humeri. Male with postanal plates rudimental. Color ashen, thickly mottled with small, black spots on the sides and back, and upper surfaces of limbs. Spots smaller on nape. A black band from nostril through lower eyelid to ear. Fan green- ish-black in alcohol. In a smaller specimen, perhaps a female, as the fan is small, there is a dark band across the supraoculars, and the occiput is reticulated with black. The median dorsal region is covered by a dark brown band. Total length of male, 195 mm.; do. of head to ear, 10 mm.; do. to vent, 72 mm.; do. of fore limb, 31 mm.; do. of hind limb, 55 mm.; of hind foot, 23 mm. This species differs from its nearest ally, the A. cybotes, in the larger scales, the different arrangement of the muzzle plates, the more numerous supraorbitals, and mostly widely in the coloration. In size it exceeds that species. It is dedicated to my friend Mr, J. Perey Moore, Instructor in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Pennsylvania, who captured the type specimens. ‘«'This handsome species was found only on Great Inagua where it is quite common. They are distinguishable at sight, during life, from any species met with elsewhere by their comparatively large size and pale gray-brown spotted color, which on occasion changes to 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435 a more or less intense brown. Though very active in their move- ments they are readily approached and captured, but have an un- comfortable habit of seeking shelter among the thick clumps of a very spiny Agave.”’ Anolis cinnamomeus sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 6. Tail compressed, with enlarged median dorsal row ; ventral scales keeled. A few keeled median dorsal rows nearly equal to ventrals, but soon graduating into the smaller laterals. Caudal scales keeled. Tibia shorter than head to ear ; extended hind leg reaching to eye. Fifteen laminze on second and third joints of posterior fourth toe. Occipital plate equal to auricular meatus, and separated from supra- orbitals by three rows of scales. Supraorbitals in contact with each other, the anterior separated from the canthal row by two large scales. Between the latter is a shallow basin containing two series of scales. Three canthal scales. Between them on the front part of the muzzle may be counted seven scales, of which the median is large, being one of a median longitudinal row. Scales of muzzle smooth. Supra- ocular few, only six large ones and a few small ones at their external border; not, or faintly keeled, and separated from the supraorbitals by a single row of small scales. Five and four rows of loreal scales. The muzzle is of intermediate length. Color above brown ; sides pale brown; inferior surfaces pale. Back, sides and throat speckled with rather coarse black dots, which are on the back rather frequently fused into short lines both longitu- dinal and transverse. A black spot on the loreal region; the lower eyelid dark. Top of muzzle in front of orbits pale. Length from muzzle to vent, 45 mm.; to posterior line of ears, 13 mm.; of fore limb, 19 mm.; of hind limb, 24 mm.; of hind foot, 15 mm. This rather small species is allied to the A. cybotes and the A. moorei. It agrees with the latter in the character of its scales, but differs from both in the small number of both the supraocular plates, and the subdigital lamells, and in the contact of the supraorbital plates, and the reduced number of the scales on the muzzle. It is darker colored than the A. moorei, but is similarly speckled with black. Two specimens were collected by Mr. Moore, which from the small size of their fans I suspect to be females. 436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Liocephalus sp. ‘*A distinct Liocephalus, probably L. schreibersii Gray, was plentiful on Great Inagua, but the specimens have been mislaid. It is a rather smaller, more active species which carries the tail elevated but not curled.”’ Ungualia cana Cope. On comparison of this species with others of the genus I have occasion to reassert the distinctness of the U. hetiana Cope from the U. maculata with which it is united by Boulenger in the Catalogue of Snakes in the British Museum, Vol. I. In the original descrip- tion (Proceed. Amer. Philos. Soc., 1879, p. 275), the statement is made that the scales are in twenty-seven longitudinal rows, which they are at some points; but at the stoutest part of the body they are in twenty-nine rows. In U. maculata they never exceed 25 rows, and are usually 23. There are no interparietal plates; these are always present in the U. maculata. In the genus Ungualia the anal claws are of irregular occurrence. In seven specimens before me they are present in only three. The same is true of the genus Charina, also usually regarded as peropo- dous. In two specimens before me they are wanting. Amiva leucomelas sp. noy. Plate XII, fig. 8. Ten rows of abdominal scales. Caudal scales oblique, diverging backward and outward on each side of the median series, keeled, the keels parallel to the middle line. Nostril within the border of the internasal plate. Nasal triangular, small; one very large loreal plate; one preocular plate descending to the fourth superior labial; four suborbitals in contact with the labials except the fourth. Six narrow superciliaries; four supraorbitals; frontal not transversely divided. ‘Two parietals on each side of the interparietal, which they do not quite equal in length, while each is about equal in size to the rather elongate interparietal. Two rows of small, smooth postparie- tals. Gular scales nearly uniform; some larger ones at the middle of the mesoptychium. Dorsal scales coarsely granular, round. Three rows of plates on the forearm, the external much the widest; one row on the humerus with a much smaller row on each side of it; the former not continuous with the large row of the forearm. Three large and a few small preanal plates, which are continuous with the 4 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437 abdominals. Femoral pores thirteen. Thirty-four transverse rows on the abdomen. Median dorsal region brown, becoming blackish and then black anteriorly, the lateral border pale brown posteriorly, but becoming white anteriorly. A broad, black lateral band from orbit to above femur, bounded below by a narrow white stripe. Head brown on sides and above; limbs lead colored above. Inferior surfaces bluish- white ; tail with the scales darker at the base than elsewhere. Near the base of the tail the darker color is leaden, but at the middle and beyond it passes to bluish and blue; and the pale portion varies in a corresponding way to pale blue. No black lines on posterior face of femur. Length to vent, 57 mm.; do. of fore limb from axilla, 16 mm.; do. of hind limb, 39 mm.; of hind foot, 21 mm. This'very handsome species is allied to the A. polops Cope of St. Croix, but differs in several respects. The median dorsal scales are not enlarged, as in that species, and there are five fewer femoral pores, and the lateral caudal scales are keeled, not smooth. The coloring is quite different. In the A. polops the dorsal region is olive-gray, and there are three white longitudinal lines on each side and a pair of black lines on the posterior face of the femur. “This handsome species was found only on Great Inagua where they occur very commonly. The colors are very bright during life and this fact, as well as their activity, makes them very pretty objects to watch. Much smaller than Ameiva thoracica, which was not found on Inagua, and perhaps even more active, they are extremely diffi- cult to catch, and specimens were only secured by recourse to the shot-gun. They frequent the paths and roadsides and the rocks about the shores.” JAMAICA. Bufo agua Daud. “This great toad is very common in the meadows along the streams about Lucea, Jamaica, where they are called frogs. Quite nocturnal in habit they spend the day in burrows beneath stones and rubbish, and at night come forth to splash through the water and rank grass along the shores of streams. When the light from a_bulls-eye lantern is flashed on them they crouch and attempt to conceal them- selves. In the water they are quite at home and swim easily, but on land progress in a very lumbering way, the legs seeming too weak 438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. to propel the heavy body. Young ones were found concealed under rubbish.”’ Hylodes martinicensis D. & B. Port Lucea and Blue Peak. Lithodytes lentus Cope. A single example of this handsome black and orange tree-toad was taken at Port Lucea clinging to a shrub overhanging a stream. Xiphocercus valenciennei D. & B. Port Morant. ‘This fine species was rarely met with and was collected only at Port Morant and Port Antonio, Jamaica. At the former place lizards of all kinds are uncommon owing to the abundance of the mongoose, which animal has exerted a marked influence on the reptilian fauna of Jamaica. Snakes of all kinds have been ex- terminated so completely that we failed to find a single specimen. The same is true of the larger ground-inhabiting lizards. The present species lives on and about the trunks of cocoanut trees.” Anolis grahamii Gray. Port Morant; Port Antonio; Port Lucea. “Notwithstanding the mongoose, this species is generally abundant about the coast of Jamaica, and on Grand Cayman, though noticeably more so in thickly settled districts, where they are familiarly known as the clucking lizards, and welcomed into houses, over the walls and ceil- ings of which they run with apparent ease. Their habits were studied about Kingston and elsewhere. At midday in the hot sunshine along fences they are seen at their best. They extend and retract the brilliant scarlet goitre in a regular rhythmical way as a flattened fold, the body meantime passing through a remarkable series of color transitions from rich brown or almost a chocolate color, through pale browns, grays, dull greens to bright blue-greens, some individuals retaining more of one color, some more of another, sometimes plain, sometimes spotted, until one almost wearies in counting the variations and changes. The colors are more or less related at any moment to the colors of surrounding objects. This is a very active lizard which runs with great swiftness along the fences and branches of trees, often taking flying sidelong leaps of surprising length, but clinging surely by means of the adhesive disks, by which they are enabled to cling 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439 even to such smooth surfaces as window panes. At Port Morant they were especially abundant in the cocoanut groves concealing themselves, when alarmed, beneath the matting which envelops the bases of the leaf petioles. Their food, in the vicinity of Kingston, is largely ants and wood ticks.” Anolis flabellatus sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 7. Allied to A. grahamii but with the abdominal scales smooth, the supraorbital scales continued as a distinct series of larger scales to the canthus rostralis; the scales of the muzzle not keeled. The occipital scale is about as large as the auditory meatus, and it is separated from the supraorbitals by one or two rows of scales instead of four or five asin the A. grahamii. Supraorbitals separated by one row of scales; supraorbitals, 13-14 keeled, and of various sizes, becoming smaller externally. The frontal ridges are not elevated as in the A. lineatopus Gray, but the front is flat, nearly as in A. grahamii. Three scales separate the anterior supraorbital from the canthus rostralis, which itself is marked by five scales. Seven rows on the muzzle between the canthus; ten rows in the A. grahami. Twenty-one lamelle under third and fourth phalanges of posterior fourth toe. The tibia is shorter than from the muzzle to the ear, and the extended hind foot reaches to the eye. The dorsal and lateral scales are of equal size. The fan is large, extend- ing posterior to the axillz in males. Color above brown, lighter on the sides, and marbled on both regions with darker brown. Below pale with darker reticulations on the chin. Color of fan not dark. Length to vent, 46 mm.; to ear, 13.5; do. of fore limb, 21 mm.; of hind limb, 36 mm.; of hind foot, 15 mm. This species need only be compared with the A. grahamii, to which it is allied. Besides the characters mentioned, it is smaller, and is of a different color; the A. grahamii being more or less green, and not tending to brown. It resembles more strongly the A. grahamit conspersus of Garman, which is rather intermediate be- tween the A. flabellatus and the A. grahamii. The A. g. con- spersus is as large as the latter, and is peculiar in coloration. From Port Morant and Port Lucea; abundant. **A slender, pretty species found on the north shore of Jamaica at Port Antonio and Port Lucea. It is not very common, and is found 440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. chiefly among the dense masses of aerial roots which hang from the trunks and branches of the Indian fig (Ficus indica), where it drives the would-be collector almost to distraction by quietly slipping into an ever present crevice just as his hand descends on the spot where, in his mental image, it still rests. Its slender form and brown color admirably fit it to its habitat. This species was also found just within the entrance of a cave at Port Antonio.’’ Anolis sagre D. & B. Port Lucea. Aristelliger presignis Hallow. Port Morant. A small gecko, perhaps the young of this species, was taken by Mr. Moore at Port Morant, about January 12, 1891. Its colors are much more elegant than those of any specimen either adult or young which I have seen, but the scale characters are the same.. The color is light fawn, darker on the head; a dark band through the eye; lips whitish spotted. A black scapular spot with a small, yellow center on each side; behind it a delicate vertical yellow line. Narrow vertical yellow lines on the sides, and indistinct brownish dorsal cross-bars behind the middle of the length. Length of head and body 27 mm. Spherodactylus goniorhynchus sp. nov. Lateral and anterior surfaces of rostral plate separated from superior surface by a curved, solid right angle, which is not con- tinued posteriorly. Dorsal scales about equal to ventrals, acute, im- bricate, keeled. Scales of top of head similar but smaller. Ven- tral and pectoral scales similar to dorsal, keeled. Tail covered everywhere with similar scales, whose free apices give it a chaffy ap- pearance. Eyelid covered from middle of front to superior posterior border with large, chaffy scales which are larger than those on the front. Upper part of rostral plate split. Labials +. Muzzle short, its length from orbit equaling from orbit to auricular meatus. Color dark marone above, below light reddish-brown, the colors blending on the sides of the body, but separated by a sharp undulat- ing line on each side of the tail. An indistinct, undulating pale line extends from the neck on each side of the back and dorsal surface of the tail, which sends short processes inward, especially on the tail. This line is only clearly seen in the dead animal when it 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCFS OF PHILADELPHIA. 44] is in spirits. Gular region paler, uniform. Total length, 43 mm.; length of body and head, 23 mm. This species is well distinguished by the form of the end of the muzzle, and by the keeled ventral scales. The superciliary scales are also entirely peculiar, as they present several free points upwards and backwards, in place of the spine-like process found in the other species. Port Antonio. GRAND CAYMAN. Trachycephalus septentrionalis Tsch. Anolis grahamii conspersus Garman. “Very common on Grand Cayman, where they occur in great numbers about the gardens and banana orchards.” Liocephalus varius Garman. “Found only on Grand Cayman, where it is common among stones by the roadside, and in stone walls. Habits similar to L. carinatus.” Aristelliger presignis Hallow. “Only one specimen taken on Grand Cayman. It clung so firmly to the tree trunk on which it rested that much of the skin of the bark was torn away in removing it. The habits of this gecko are similar to those described for its allies; while its sluggishness and stupidity distinguish it sharply from the other lizards here described.” Alsophis angulifer caymanus Garman. ‘«This snake is very common on Grand Cayman, and I recall one stone wall by the roadside that was fairly alive with them. On the top stones many were lying warming in the sunshine, while from crevices everywhere heads protruded. Their movements and general actions resemble what is most familiar in our garter snakes.’’ EXPLANATION OF PLATES X, XI, AND XII. PLATE X. Fig. 1. Holarchus dolleyanus Cope, about 1.5 natural size. Fig. 2. Trimerodytes balteatus Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. Fig’ 3. Anolis principalis brunneus Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. PuatE XI, Fig. 4. Anolis moorei Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. Fig. 5. Anolis oligaspis Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. 442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. PuaTE XII. Fig. 6. Anolis cinnamomeus Cope, about 2.5 natural size. Fig. 7. Anolis flabellatus Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. Fig. 8. Amiva leucomelas Cope, about 2.5 nat. size. LETTERING. a, Head, from above; 6, do. side; ec, do. below; d, scales, from the side; e, median dorsal scales; f, anal region; g, hind leg and anal region; h, posterior foot from below. 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443 DECEMBER 4. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WIsTAR, in the Chair. Thirty-three persons present. A paper entitled ‘“‘The Sadsbury Steatite,’’ by Theodore D, Rand, was presented for publication. DECEMBER 11. The President, GenERAL Isaac J. Wisrar, in the Chair. Thirty persons present. The death of J. Bernard Brinton, M.D., a member, was an- nounced. DECEMBER 18. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WIsTAR, in the Chair. Thirty-five persons present. DECEMBER 25. The President, GENERAL Isaac J. WisTAR, in the Chair. Thirty-three persons present. The Publication Committee reported in favor of publishing a paper entitled ‘‘The Osteology of Hyzenodon,” by Wm. B. Scott, in the Journal of the Academy. The following was adopted :— REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE HAYDEN MEMORIAL GEOLOGICAL AWARD. The Committee appointed to recommend to the Academy a suit- able recipient of the Hayden medal for this year begs leave to report that in examining the claims of the many sayants from those countries which have not yet been represented by an award, the attention of your Committee was naturally arrested by Gabriel 444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Auguste Daubrée, of France, whom it has selected by unanimous vote for the honor. Your Committee takes great pleasure in recommending that the Hayden Medal of this year be awarded by the Academy of Natural Sciences to Professeur Gabriel Auguste Daubrée, Membre de I’ Insti- tut et Grand Officier de la Légion d’Honneur. Very respectfully, J. P. LEs.LeEy, Bens. SmitrH LyMan, ANGELO HEILPRIN, TuHeEo. D. Rann, PERSIFOR FRAZER, Chairman. GABRIEL AUGUSTE DAUBREE was born in Metz, June 25, 1814, and is therefore now in his eighty-first year. He graduated from the Ecole Polytechnique in 1834 and immediately received a com- mission to assist in the geological exploration of Algeria. He was called to the chair of geology in Strasbourg in 1839 and was Dean of its Scientific Faculty in 1852. He was appointed Engineer-in-Chief in 1855. In 1861, upon the death of the distinguished Cordier, he was selected to replace him in the Museum of Natural History, and as Professor of Mineralogy in the Ecole des Mines as well as in the Académie des Sciences in Paris. He was Director of the Keole nationale des Mines for a number of years, and while filling this responsible office was invariably courteous and generous in allowing foreigners the privilege of using its collections and library, and in assisting them in all ways to attain what they sought. His writings have been numerous, original, and important, and it is to his genius and patience that we owe much of our insight into the intricate causes of crystalline structure, and the creation of the branch of experimental geology. In 1841 he published his ‘“ Amas des minerais d’étain,” in which a new theory was announced of the origin of the puzzling distribu- - tion of tin in itsores. In 1846 he published researches in Norway, and a theory of the occurrence of gold in the Rhine valley. At intervals he published a long series of memoirs of exceptional originality and interest, among which may be mentioned “Arsenic 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445 in combustible minerals,” ‘Volcanic rocks,” “Sea water,” “Thermal springs and metallic lodes,’’ ‘‘Chemical composition of planetary bodies,” and finally, the crown of his labors, “La géologie expéri- mentale,” “Recherches expérimentales sur les forces qui ont du produire le metamorphisme’’ (1857-1860), and the classic work of recent years “Les eaux souterraines. ’’ He has also published a valuable work “ Expériences synthétiques relative aux méteorites,” and “Classification adoptée par le Musée de ) Histoire Naturelle de Paris.” The following were ordered to be printed :— 446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. A NEW INSECTIVORE FROM THE WHITE RIVER BEDS. BY W. B. SCOTT. The American Tertiary formations have yielded a surprisingly scanty insectivorous fauna. Many names have, it is true, been pro- posed, but for the most part, these names have been given to such fragmentary and uncharacteristic specimens, that they remain mere nomina nuda. Only one family, the Leptictida, is at all well under- stood, and the ancestors of even the peculiarly American recent types are still quite unknown. During the past summer Mr. M.S. Farr, of the Chicago Univer- sity Expedition to the White River bad lands of South Dakota, had the good fortune to discover an insectivorous type new to the Ameri- can Tertiary fauna, and representing an undescribed genus. For the opportunity of studying and describing this very interesting spe- cimen, I am indebted to the kindness of Professor Baur, to whom I desire to express my very sincere thanks. The specimen consists of the facial region and mandible, with nearly complete dentition, of a small animal, which upon examination, proves to be a member of the family Soricide, or shrews, though not alto- gether agreeing with the definition of that family as usually given. This is the first of the family to be found in any Tertiary horizon of North America. The genus may be called Protosorex and is defined as follows: Maxillary dentition much as in Sorex, but with less reduced third molar and smaller internal cusps on last premolar. Mandible with four minute teeth between the molars and the large, procumbent incisors. In all other known Soricide the number of such teeth is two, except in one species of Myosorex, which sometimes has three. The species, P. crassus, sp. nov., is characterized by the rather short and broad face, vaulted palate, straight alveolar border, and by the relatively large size. The type specimen is of an individual rather advanced in life, and all the facial sutures have disappeared. The upper surface of the fronto-nasal region is straighter, broader, and more flattened than in the recent species of Sorex. The zygomatic arches have already 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447 completely disappeared, the suborbital portion of the maxillary ter- minating in a rounded surface. The infraorbital foramen is very large and occupies the usual position above P4 and m1, In advance of p4 the muzzle is quite sharply constricted and narrowed. The palate is quite deeply vaulted and concave transversely ; between the molars of the two sides it is broad, but narrows rapidly in front of them. No foramina or failures of ossification are visible in the palate. The posterior nares have a similar shape and position to those of Sorex, but differ in the raised and thickened front border. The anterior portion of the muzzle is slender and tubular and the narial opening is small and terminal. The horizontal ramus of the mandible is proportionately stout and bears a single conspicuous mental foramen beneath the first molar. Condyle and angle are missing. In the upper jaw the crowns of the anterior teeth are broken away, leaving only the fangs. The first incisor was large and compressed like that of Sorex, but it is impossible to determine whether it had the basal cusp found in that genus. This is followed by four minute, single-fanged teeth, the homologies of which are doubtful. The last premolar is as large as, though much less complicated than a molar; it resembles the corresponding tooth of Sorex, but the internal cusp (deuterocone) is relatively less expanded and basin-shaped.. The molars have the same construction as in Sorex; the last molar is much the smallest of the series, though less reduced than in the modern genus. The large lower incisor has Jost most of its crown, but it would appear to be less entirely procumbent than in Sorex. Behind this tooth come four minute and closely crowded teeth, with compressed, chisel-like crowns, of which the first and the fourth are slightly larger and more prominent than the others. As in the upper jaw, the molars are like those of Sorex. Measurements. Length of upper dental series, exclusive of Ist incisor M. 0.009 de “« molar series : F F : O04 sh lower dental series, exclusive of incisor . .007 * “molar series ‘ F : : 005 Length of palate ; ; ; ; , ; .010 Breadth of palate at m2 ; ; a ; ‘ 004 448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Measurements—(continued). Breadth of face at orbits : . : . . M..008 Ke & p3 : : , : : .005 Depth of mandible at m2, : ‘ : P -0025 Protosorex represents the most primitive type of Soricide which has yet been discovered, as is shown by the large number of teeth which it has retained. It is, however, not the most ancient form of shrew known, the phosphorites of Quercy, which are as old or older than the White River beds, having yielded species of Sorex (Amphi- sorez Filhol). This points to a very high antiquity of the family. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 449 PTERODRILUS, A REMARKABLE DISCODRILID. BY J. PERCY MOORE. Among a number of additional new species of Discodrilidze, which have come into the writer’s possession, are two which differ so remark- ably from the known type of structure of these interesting parasites that an immediate description of their peculiarities seems desirable. A new genus, Pterodrilus, is proposed for them, characterized by the presence on certain of the post-cephalic somites of paired dorsal ap- pendages, chiefly developed from the muscular layers of the body walls. The genus resembles American Discodrilids hitherto de- scribed in the presence of asecond pair of vase deferentiz in the VIth post-cephalic somite, in addition to the pair in the Vth somite, which alone is present in the European Branchiobdella. Both pairs open to the exterior in the VIth somite by the usual form of efferent apparatus. The dorsal and ventral cuticular jaws are similar to one another, and each is normally bi-laterally symmetrical, though not infrequent varia- tions affecting this symmetry are notable. The external openings of the anterior pair of nephridia are united in a common muscular vesicle having an outlet on the dorsum of somite III. In the two species at present known the spermatheca is a simple sac with glandular and muscular walls, opening on the ventral middle line of the Vth somite. The atrium shows the ugaal division into bursa, penis sheath, and glandular atrium, the vasa deferentia opening into the latter, which is short and stout. ‘The ovaries are attached to the posterior face of the septum VI-—VII, and the ovipores are situated between the major and minor annuli of somite VII. As usual in the Discodrilidie the nervous system consists of a doubly bi-lobulate supra-cesophageal ganglion, united by partly gang- lionie circum-cesophageal connectives with the ventral nerve cord, which dévelops three pairs of deeply bilobed cephalic ganglia, eight pairs of double post-cephalic ganglia, and a posterior nerve mass composed of three fused pairs of double ganglia, making a total of eleven post-cephalic ganglia, corresponding to the eleven bi-annulate body somites. 30 450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. The vascular system presents the usual supra-intestinal vessel with its anterior portion modified to form a heart, a supra-neural vessel, a peri-enteric blood sinus, four pairs of vascular arches in the head, one pair each in the Ist and VIIth post-cephalic somites, and one pair uniting the longitudinal trunks posteriorly in the [Xth and Xth somites. Two pairs of cephalic, and eight or ten of caudal, adhesive glands are present, as well as circum-oral and hypodermal mucous glands. An inconspicuous clitellum is developed on somites VI and VII. No salivary gland, such as is found in Bdellodrilus illumina- tus, is present. Regarding the function of the dorsal organs there is little to say. A priori one would expect them to be respiratory, but the apparent entire absence of bloodvessels, which are unrevealed after a careful study of sections, would tend to throw strong doubt upon such an interpretation. Irregular spaces are evident here and there between the muscle fibres, but these appear to be continuous with the inter- muscular spaces which are developed between the circular and longi- tudinal muscle fibres of the body walls, and have not been traced into any communication with the body cavity. Until an opportunity is afforded of studying living examples in their proper habitat, and observing the uses to which these organs are put, no opinion can be vouchsafed. The two species are ot relatively minute size, and were at first re- garded as larval stages of another Discodrilid, until sections revealed the presence of perfectly mature spermatozoa and ova, some of which latter were in the course of extrusion through the ovipores. Pterodrilus alcicornus sp. nov. Pl. XIII, fig. 1, profile of entire animal, from a mounted specimen about half extended, showing also the course of the alimentary canal, the spermatheca, atrium, and vasa deferentia, the position of the ovary and ovipores of the right side, and the dorsal gland in the VIIIth somite. X 145. Fig. la, one of the jaws. X 640. Fig. 16, transverse section through the anterior part of the VIIIth, post-cephalic somite, passing obliquely into the ventral part of the Vilth ; the ovary is cut on one side, and the muscular septum on the other; the intestine and nerve cord are shown; a, intermus- cular space. X 200. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451 Fig. 1c, a longitudinal section near the median line of the dorsal organ of somite VIII; a, intermuscular spaces. X 500. Fig. 1d, section of a terminal portion of a dorsal appendage. X 640. In this species, which is described from sections and specimens mounted entire, the body is terete throughout, or owing to the in- erease in thickness of the dorsal walls of the major annuli, appears somewhat compressed at these points. The somites VI, VII, and VIII are of about equal diameter, those anterior and posterior to them tapering respectively toward the head and caudal disk. Bi-annula- tion of the body somites is very marked. The head is rather slen- der, and consists of a circum-oral annulus divided into thick entire dorsal and ventral lips, and two similar post-oral rings. The caudal sucker is a muscular disk of simple form, and about the diameter of the Ist post-cephalic somite; its axis coincides with that of the body somites. Dorsal organs are highly developed in this species on post-cephalic somites III, IV, V, and VIII. Somites VI and VII, and in less degree, II also, exhibit slight dorsal thickenings of the body muscu- lature. On the dorsum of the major annulus of somite III the body walls rise into a high compressed transverse ridge or plate, which fades out on the sides of the somite, and is produced laterally into a conspicuous, forwardly projecting trilobed wing, the anterior division of which flares outward and extends far forward over somite II, usually ending in a slightly bifid expansion. The remain- ing lobes are simple conical tines, which project upward and slightly outward. The two wings flare so strongly that the distance be- tween their apices is about 1} times the diameter of the somite. Their shape is very strongly suggestive of the antlers of a young moose, hence the name given to this species. The generic name was also suggested by this species, in which the dorsal organs have a wing-like aspect not seen in the other species. The dorsal appendage of the VIIIth somite is also highly de- veloped, and similar to the one just described. Its lateral wings, however, are less conspicuous, and are directed posteriorly instead of anteriorly, and also flare outward more conspicuously. The whole organ is strongly concave behind, while that on the II[Ird somite is similarly concave before. A small gland, closely resembling a clitellar gland, is sometimes present (in two out of three series of sections) 452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. embedded in the base of the organ on each side. On the [Vth and Vth somites the appendages are less highly developed, but are similar, the low dorsal ridges bearing on each side a pair of slender and simple cylindrical processes. An examination of figures 1b, 1c, and 1d will make the structure of the characteristic dorsal appendages clear. The transverse dorsal ridges are built up chiefly of short, thick, longitudinal muscle fibres, which extend between the anterior and the posterior covering of hypodermis. Spaces partly filled with a connective tissue network are observable among the fibres, and a similar more extensive space (a, figs. 1b, le), separates the muscles of the dorsal organ from the longitudinal muscles of the body walls. A few vertical muscle fibres are also developed in the lateral margins of the ridges. Over this firm muscular basis the hypodermis, with the circular muscle layer, extends, and this alone, with a core of loose, spongy tissue, probably derived from the subdermal connective tissue, forms the terminal] processes and lobes, (fig. 1d.) In the formation of these dorsal appendages, from the body walls, it would seem that the loose fold of hypodermis and circular muscle fibres that rises freely from the longi- tudinal muscle fibres is pinched up, as it were, at several points, from which the skin and connective tissue underlying it proliferate to form the marginal processes, while the space remaining becomes filled, save for a few narrow clefts, with muscle fibres that proliferate from the ends of the longitudinal muscle fibres of the body walls at the points where these meet the hypodermis. The alimentary canal is enlarged to form a saccular stomach in the four anterior body somites, while posteriorly it is narrow and tubular, and, with the exception of a slight transverse loop in the VIlIth and VIIIth somites, proceeds directly to the anus on the dor- sum of somite X. The jaws are small, measuring .02 mm. in breadth. They are of similar form, being quadridentate, with a median pair of long, sharply-conical, widely-separated, and divergent teeth, bent at a nearly right angle from the plane of the somewhat quadrangular basal plate. In extreme lateral positions are a pair of inconspicuous blunt teeth. When in position the basal plates are fixed in the cuticle of the pharynx, and the points of the teeth of the two jaws cross in the pharyngeal lumen. The spermatheca lies in the Vth somite to the left of the intestine. 1894.1 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453 Its lower half is narrow and cylindrical, its upper abruptly ex- panded. The copulatory bursa is rather thin walled, and with the penis is capable of complete invagination. The penis sheath is relatively short, and exhibits no muscular atrial enlargement at the upper end. The glandular atrium is short, nearly spherical, and thick walled. It receives the vasz deferentix, which are of the usual form. Inthe mounted specimen, from which figure 1 was drawn, the atrium was twisted so that in the figure the anterior end is directed posteriorly. The common opening of the anterior pair of nephridia is located on the dorsum of the major annulus of somite ILI, immediately pos- terior to the dorsal appendage. The largest examples found among about a dozen specimens measure about 1 mm. in length. This species was found on Cambarus acuminatus, in the Johns River, Watauga Co., N. C., in the summer of 1893; but what part of the crayfish it inhabits was not determined, nor have cocoons been found. Pterodrilus distichus sp. nov. Pl. XIII, fig. 2, profile of entire animal, showing intestine, sper- matheca, atrium, ovary and ovipore of one side, ete. X 145. Fig. 2a, ajaw. X 640. . Fig. 25, transverse section through the VIIIth somite, showing the dorsa] appendages, and the thickening of the body wall, with the intestine, nerve cord, and portion of a neplridium. X 145. Fig. 2c, the male efferent apparatus, figured from a dissection ; a, glandular atrium; b, copulatory bursa; c, penis sheath; d, bursal glands. X about 200. Fig. 2d, section across the glandular atrium. X 500. In form this species is similar to P. alcicornus, but the head is rather more robust, and the VIIth somite is of greater diameter than 82 or VIII. Dorsal appendages are present on post-cephalic somites II to VIII inclusive, and are much simpler than in P. aleicornus. The dorsal ridges are not compressed and plate-like, and are similar on all the somites. On somites II to VII each bears a pair of bluntly pointed cylindrical lateral appendages, while somite VIII bears two pairs; they become somewhat larger anteriorly. These appendages contain no longitudinal muscle fibres, and the 454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. ridges on which they rest are largely formed, as shown in fig. 2b, of a muscular network derived from the circular fibres. In somites VII and VIII a complete transverse loop is developed on the intestine, which is otherwise as in P. alcicornus. The jaws are also very similar, but differ in the shorter median pair of teeth, and the stouter form of the basal plate. These distinctions are ex- aggerated in the figures owing to the fact that they are represented in slightly different positions, fig. 2a being somewhat foreshortened. The spermatheca is slender and clavate, and regularly tapers from blind end to mouth. It lies to the left of the intestine. The cop- ulatory bursa is nearly ‘spherical, with thin muscular walls, and larger bursal glands than P. alcicornus. Its inner surface is thrown into deep ridges, among which the penis lies. The whole structure, when evaginated is shaped not unlike a mushroom, and resembles the corresponding parts of Bdellodrilus philadelphicus. The glandular atrium is remarkable in being divided by a deep cleft into two simi- lar lobes, the structure being flattened in a plane perpendicular to this cleft, giving the organ a shape much resembling the conven- tionalized heart. The penis sheath is short, and lacks a sacular dilation. The anterior nephridial pore is on the crest of the ridge of the IlIrd somite. In other respects this species resembles P. alcicornus. The largest example (from which the dissection fig. 1a was made) from among upwards of fifty specimens measured 1.5 mm. ia length, the usual size being about 1 mm. Some small cocoons which may belong to this species were found attached to the sete at the bases of the thoracic appendages of the crayfishes from which the specimens were obtained. Unfortunately the animals were not discovered while yet alive. P. distichus was found in great numbers with Bdellodrilus phila- delphicus, B. manus n. s., and Branchiobdella instabilia upon speci- mens of Cambarus bartonii, from western New York, for which I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. Albert E. Lewis. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455 THE SADSBURY STEATITE. BY THEODORE D. RAND. Under this name I purpose describing outcrops of steatitic rocks most conspicuously exposed in West Sadsbury Township, Chester County, Pa., in the adjoining township of Sadsbury, Lancaster Co., and less so in Valley, West Caln and West Brandywine Town- ships, Chester Co. These, though known to archeologists, seem to have escaped the notice of geologists, though known locally and made use of in the building of lime-kilns, and in the lining of iron furnaces. Long anterior to this use, they were evidently of value to the aborigines, whose tools are still to be found at the outcrops, together with fragments of vessels manufactured by the Indians from the steatite. My attention was directed to these exposures by Mr. Harry Wil- son, of Gum Tree, Chester Co., who had visited the localities in the study of archzeology, and who kindly took me to the most prominent outcrops. North of the Cambrian sandstone, which forms the mass of the prominent North (Chester) Valley Hill, is a peculiar rock, often re- sembling a pegmatite, often a very feldspathic gneiss or schist, occa- sionally a hornblende or a mica schist. North of this is a very heavy bedded, hard, highly crystalline gneiss, that recognized in this portion of Pennsylvania as the most ancient gneiss, probably of Laurentian age, identical with that of the Highlands of New Jersey and with that of the ridge which extending southwestward from near Trenton, N. J., to near Willow Grove, and there bifur- cating, sends its southerly arm southwestward through Montgomery, Delaware and Chester counties to North Brook, five miles southwest of West Chester, and its northerly through northern Chester County, where it widens greatly. It is this northerly arm which is referred to above. In all its extent the rock is very compact and hard unless decomposed, highly crystalline, rarely, if ever, schistose, except from decomposition, and usually showing the characteristic blue quartz. 456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. On the contrary, the rock next north of the Cambrian sandstone is sometimes schistose, and while often gnesssic, is not nearly so densely erystalline. The quartz is usually colorless or white. The rock varies greatly, though the quartz—orthoclase variety, of coarse tex- ture, is most abundant. While, as a whole, differing from any other gneiss of southeastern Pennsylvania, it is more unlike the ancient gneiss than it is unlike those southeast of the Trenton— North Brook ridge, that is the gneisses of Rogers’ first belt, Mr. Hall’s Phila- delphia and Manayunk schists and gneisses. To the last, as a whole, the resemblance is not close, but the rock of some strata in each bear aresemblance. It is the rock referred to by Dr. Frazer as “a rock of doubtful signification called alternately conglomerate, feldspar porphyry, ete.’’ (C4, p. 221.) Although Dr. Frazer in his text differentiates this rock,’ on the map, it as well as the schists between the Cambrian and the limestone are colored the same as the ancient gneiss, though Dr. Frazer questions whether it is not really lower Cambrian.’ At Valley Forge and eastward there is in the same relation to the Cambrian sandstone a coarse conglomerate of pebbles chiefly of bluish and pinkish quartz, which has been referred with little doubt to the lower Cambrian. Could we be sure that this quartz feldspar rock represents the conglomerate, a point would be gained, but inas- much as they are extremely unlike, although exposed within five or six miles of each other, I think we need proof of their identity. The best exposure is along the west branch of the Brandywine, north of Coatesville, where they dip quite irregularly, but with a prevailing southeast dip of 70° and upwards. As this rock resembles closely no other southeast of the red sand- stone, and oecurs, so far as I am aware, only in Chester County and the adjoining county of Lancaster, I propose for it provisionally the name of the Chester County gneiss. It is in this gneiss that most, if not all, of the outcrops of the Sadsbury steatite occur, and apparently in two lines somewhat irregular. The easternmost outerop of the northerly line is.on the farm of Mr. Thomas H. Windle,’ on the left bank of the West Branch of 1 Second Geol. Surv. Penna., vol. C4, pp. 221, 225, 228, 257, 263. 2 Cf, pp. 257, 258. 3 Tam under obligations to Mr. Windle for aid in this investigation. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 457 the Brandywine, in West Brandywine Township, about half a mile N. 55° E. of Wagontown. There are large, loose masses, some of them of a schistose variety of the gneiss, containing apparently hornblende and mica, and not soft, and others of similar appearance, but soft enough to be cut readily with a knife, a steatite. No fast rock was visible. To the north of it a hard, heavy bedded horn- blende gneiss occurs. I was informed by Mr. Windle that consider- able quantities of steatite have been obtained from this point, and used in the furnaces at Coatesville. The next locality is a half mile or less N. 75° W. of Wagontown, or a little over three-fourths of a mile due west from the Windle outcrop. These measurements and orientations are estimated from the township map published by Breou, 1883, but a sighting of the localities on the ground by compass (magnetic variation allowed for ) gave the direction N. 65 E., an inexplicable difference of 25°. This emphasizes the need of an accurate i a map like that of the New Jersey survey. This locality, on the farm of Abraham Brubaker, is immediately north of the Lancaster road which passes through Wagontown (not the Lancaster Pike, an approximatively parallel road a mile and a half to the southward). An area of several acres of ploughed land is strewn with numerous masses of steatite, mostly of small size, while occasional fragments of basins and pots, and more rarely picks made from trap rock give evidence that the red man had a work- shop here. No rock certainly in place was seen in this field, but a resident informed me that forty years ago a quarry of soapstone was wrought at this place, out of which large blocks were taken for use in furnaces. With the steatite are small masses of schistose gneiss, also quartz, some of it containing tourmaline. In the steatite octa- hedral crystals of magnetite occur-rarely. On the westerly edge of this field is a ridge of loose sandstone rock only fifteen or twenty feet wide, looking as if hauled and dumped along a fence line, but the size of the slabs, and their simi- lar orientation, showed that they had not been moved far, or by other than natural forces. A few hundred feet to the westward there appeared a high, steep ridge of Cambrian sandstone, precipitous on its southern side. The rock at Brubaker’s is evidently the eastern termination of this ridge of sandstone, as it does not appear on the Brandywine in the line of strike. It apparently extends westward 458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. to Compassville, being known further west as Sandy Hill.* On the north side of this ridge the highly crystalline, hard, older gneiss ap- pears, and in it, as usual, considerable trap, an outcrop of which appears about three-eighths of a mile north of the ridge, and about a half mile north of West Caln Meeting- house. The next outerop of the northern series is on the farm of William Paxson on the Philadelphia and Lancaster turnpike in West Sads- bury Township, near the northwest branch of the Octorara Creek. It is very insignificant and poorly exposed. On the Breou map it is five miles S. 70 W. from the Brubaker outcrop. The easternmost outcrop of the southerly line is also poorly ex- posed and insignificant. . It is in Valley Township on the farm of E. S. Umstead, one mile N. 70 W. from Coatesville and about a mile and a half nearly south of the Windle outcrop.° The next is also in Valley Township. It is on the farm of William Hoofman, about a mile N. 45 E. of Pomeroy and two miles S. 65 W. from the first. There is a large amount of the rock here strewn in fragments over the surface. One mass only was apparently in place, striking N. 65 E., the dip uncertain. Here cubic crystals of probably limonite pseudomorph after pyrite were found. The steatite is in smaller masses, softer, and apparently more nearly ap- proaching pure tale than at the other localities. The third is the most extensive of these outcrops. It is in West Sadsbury Township, five miles S. 85 W. from the second, and a mile and a half N. 7 W. from Atglen. Here, on the Strasburg road, is the Swan Tavern. North of it the Chester County gneiss is’ exposed*® and beyond this, the steatite, a short distance south of the Swan Public School. The steatite, here accompanied by chlorite and a very compact rock of a dull bluish color, soft but very tough, is in great quantity but wholly in loose masses. On the road to Atglen, south of the schoolhouse, a white fine-grained, highly feldspathic gneiss dips N. 50 E. 60°; an anomalous dip if the rock is in place, as it appears * This prominent sandstone hill is not shown on the map in C+, though men- tioned in the text on page 262 (Wagonville being evidently a typographical error for Wagontown) and on p. 20, where it is referred to as an eastern extension of Copper Mine Ridge, though on p. 161 it is included in the gneiss area. 5 This is in the area colored yellow on the map in C4, where this color (repre- senting the sandstone or quartzite) is widened suddenly and greatly after an equally great narrowing northwest and north of Coatesville. If the typical Cambrian sandstone is indicated my observations would not agree with this widening, while if the Chester County gneiss is intended to be included they would not agree with the narrowing. 6 C#, p. 270. Cc P = 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459 to be. Very close to this are two depressions out of which soapstone is reported to have been quarried. Mr. Wilson informed me that basins of Indian manufacture were found here in comparative abundance. At the school a public road runs nearly east. Along this, on both sides for a quarter of a mile, and then on the north side the steatitic and serpentine rocks abound, but none were seen certainly in place. With these was much gneissoid rock and rusty quartz, also in loose masses. A mile east of this a large mass of steatite is visible in the road, and I am informed that it occurs a half mile farther east on the Limestone road, the dividing line between the townships of Sadsbury and West Sadsbury.’ Between a quarter and a half mile north of the steatite the older ‘gneiss is visible in a road running north between two branches of the Octorara. The fourth and westernmost of the southerly outcrops is the one which has furnished probably the greatest variety-and number of specimens of Indian handiwork, their quarries being still partially visible. It is situated on the farm of George Williams, in Sadsbury Township, Lancaster County, about one mile west of Christiana, and three miles S. 70 W. from the Swan outcrop. ‘The only ad- jacent rock visible is a feldspathic gneiss of the Chester County variety. This is shown in numerous loose masses in a line nearly northeast from the steatite outcrop. The steatite is strewn in frag- ments, some of them quite large, over an area of several acres, and there are two places where quarries evidently existed but which have been used as dumping grounds for the adjacent rock. In these, I am informed, the rock in place was exposed. The steatite from all these localities is much alike, generally schis- tose, quite soft, though impure and containing a large number of small cavities as if from the weathering out of a contained mineral. No crystalline form was observed in the cavities, they often contain ferric oxide. The particles of tale are usually comparatively large and irregular, making the rock, on a casual inspection, resemble a mica schist more than the tale schists of the Lafayette steatite. The color is usually dull gray, more rarely greenish. Except at the Swan outcrop it is not visibly accompanied by serpentine. At 7 West Sadsbury was set off from Sadsbury in 1878. The dividing line is the Limestone road, an old Indian trail and an important highway, which is the west line of the borough of Parkesburg. 460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Christiana it contains garnets, at Brubaker’s magnetite, and at Hoof- man’s altered pyrite. At Hoofman’s, in small quantity, is a crypto- crystalline variety, very soft, very pale green, nearly white in color, and resembling the tale schist of Lafayette. At the Swan outcrop chlorite in large folia occurs, also a rock apparently one of the hornblende family changing into steatite or chlorite. At the Windle outcrop the masses of steatite so closely resemble the adjacent masses of schistose gneiss that one is in doubt until he tests for hardness, and there appears to be a gradation from the very hard to the very soft rock. I have stated that these outcrops are in the Chester County gneiss, but to this the William Paxson outcrop may be an exception. There is an outcrop of the ancient gneiss to the southwest of it. The exposures do not suffice to indicate much more than its certain” existence. There is one other outcrop of steatite to which my attention was called by Mr. Windle, further north than any of those already mentioned and apparently isolated. It is on the farm of Samuel Holmes, and on the south branch of Birch Run, an affluent of the west branch of the Brandywine, in West Caln Township, Chester Co., and is in the course of the ancient gneiss, which ranges north of the sandstone, north of the Chester County gneiss, in West Caln. As usual the exposure is poor, consisting of but a few loose masses of steatite, with masses of schistose gneiss resembling it in appearance. Perhaps the most striking feature at all these outcrops, considered in relation to those on the southerly side of the valley is the rarity of serpentine. At all other steatite outcrops in 8. E. Pennsylvania of which I have knowledge serpentine rocks abound, and the steatite rocks are subordinate, except perhaps in the Lafayette steatite belt, but in it serpentine is abundant though the steatite predominates. In these outcrops north of the vailey, however, serpentine is quite rare, being found at the Swan outcrop only. The resemblance of the steatite to the gneiss found with it is very similar to the occur- rence at Chestnut Hill, north of Easton, Pa.,* and my observations lead me to the conclusion that the genesis is the same in both in- stances, the alteration of a gneiss containing probably a large pro- portion of a magnesian mica, and this perhaps derived from the hornblende, as is certainly the case on the Schuylkill, above Girard Avenue Bridge, Fairmount Park, Philadelphia. 8 Proc. A. N.S. Phila., Mar. 25, 1890, p. 95. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA The following annual reports were read and referred to the Pub- lication Committee :— REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY. The interest in the meetings of the Academy has been well sustained during the past year, and the work of the Publication Committee, the re- port of which it is customary to include in that of the Recording Secre- tary, has been of more than the-usual importance. The attendance at the meetings has averaged thirty-six. Verbal communications have been made by Messrs. Sharp, Ryder, Dixon, Libbey, Chapman, Cope, Willcox, Wistar, Pilsbry, Holman, Goldsmith, Rand, Mercer, Brinton, Allen, Heilprin, Woolman, A. E. Brown, Ball, Sangree, Eakins, Morsell, McCook, Wilson, Rhoads, Morris, Johnson, Rex, and McFarlane. Such of these communications as have been re: ported by their authors have been published in the Proceedings. During the year 192 pages of the Proceedings for 1895 and 376 for 1894, illustrated by 13 plates have been published. The first and second numbers of the tenth volume of the Journal, composed of two elaborate memoirs by Clarence B. Moore on the sand mounds of Florida, and consisting of 246 pages and 33 plates, have also been issued and distributed. Material is now in the hands of the Publication Committee for the completion of the ninth volume, which has been delayed in consequence of the character of Mr. Moore’s papers, and it is hoped that the last number will be distributed to subscribers and correspondents early in the spring. There will then remain in the hands of the Committee for the continuation of the tenth volume a memoir on the development of the brain in the Anthropoids, by the late Dr. Andrew J. Parker, and one on the crania of the Sand Mounds of Florida, by Dr. Harrison Allen, the latter to be elaborately illustrated through the liberality of Mr. Clarence B. Moore, to whom the Academy is also indebted for the fine plates: accompanying his own communications. The Manual of Conchology has been continued by the Conchologi- eal Section, 482 pages and 79 plates having been published in the two series of which the work consists, while 340 pages and 10 plates of the Entomological News and 344 pages and 8 plates of the Trans- actions of the American Entomological Society have been issued by the Entomological Section. 462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. Forty-three papers have been presented for publication as fol- lows: Samuel N. Rhoads 7, Edw. D. Cope 4, Wm. B. Scott 3, Thomas Meehan 2, H. A. Pilsbry 2, Witmer Stone 2, Clarence B. Moore 2, A. Ortmann 2, C. H. Merriam 2, T. D. A. Cockerell 2, W. H. Holmes 1, Henry C. Chapman 1, David Starr Jordan 1, H. F. Moore 1, Henry C. Mercer 1, E. Goldsmith 1, Arthur E. Brown 1, Thos. Eakins 1, Harrison Allen 1, G. C. Davis 1, F. C. Baker 1, C.. W. Johnson 1, Wm. J. Fox 1, J. B. Ellis and B. M. Everhardt 1, and J. Perey Moore 1. Thirty-eight of these have been reported on favorably for the Proceedings and five for the Journal. Twenty-nine members and one correspondent have been elected. The deaths of thirteen members and five correspondents have been announced, Nine rev*gnations of membership have been presented ‘and accepted. Mr. Gavin W. Hart having resigned his position in the Council of the Academy, Dr. C. N. Peirce was elected to fill the vacancy April 3d. The By-Laws were amended February 27th, by the addition of the following words to Article XIII, of Chapter 5: ‘Should any Sec- tion be dissolved, become extinct, or cease to exist for any cause whatever, all the property and effects of such Section shall be held by the Academy for its own use in such of its departments as it may deem most appropriate, preferring those nearest related to the objects of such Section, except such property or parts thereof as may be subject to conditions or limitations by deed, devise, bequest, or special agreement, in which case such property shall be disposed of in ac- cordance with such condition, limitation, or agreement.”’ On the report of the Committee on the Hayden Geological Memorial Award the medal and accumulated interest on the fund have this year been voted to Prof. Gabriel Auguste Daubrée of the Institut de France. By permission of the Academy meetings have been held on the premises during the year by the Geographical Club, the Botanical Club, the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club, Pennsylvania Society for the Prevention of Tuberculosis, Pennsylvania Forestry Association, Woods Holl Biological Association, and the United States Veterinary Medical Association. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. . 463 During the absence of the Recording Secretary in Europe the duties of the office were acceptably performed by Mr. Wm. J. Fox. All of which is respectfully submitted. Epw. J. Nouan, Recording Secretary. REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY. The Corresponding Secretary respectfully reports that during the year commencing December Ist, 1893, he has received from eighty- two societies, museums, etc., one hundred and forty-six acknowledg- ments of the receipt of the publications of the Academy, and from fifty-four societies, editors, etc., sixty-three notices of the forwarding of their own publications to the Academy, together with fifteen ap- plications to exchange publications for reports, ete., asking for miss- ing numbers of the Academy’s publications, and one vo discontinue the exchange with the Academy. Thirty-eight letters on various subjects have been received and thirteen written. Fifteen circulars and invitations to the Academy to participate in congresses or meet- ings, have been received and answered. During the year one correspondent has been elected and notified. The deaths of five correspondents have been reported. Six certifi- cates have been sent to correspondents. Seven hundred and fifty-six acknowledgments for gifts to the library and one hundred and twenty-eight for gifts to the museum have been forwarded. Respectfully submitted, Berns. SHARP, Corresponding Secretary. 464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF REPORT OF THE, LIBRARIAN The additions to the library received during the past twelve months have shown a gratifying increase over the accessions of the year be- fore. of periodicals, They were derived from the following sources :— Societies, . . . 2,010 Hditorss =): : 998 I. VA Wi ili cre, Fund, 671 General Appropriation,. . 420 Authors, areM ey its United States han at In-. terior, Se LSA eg aaa 78 Smithsonian Institution,. 56 Hon. D. W. Voorhees, . 51 United States Department of Agriculture, : 45 Geoiogical Survey of Sedan! 33 Rey. L. T. Chamberlain, . 20 Pennsylvania State Library, 19 Wilson Fund, ea United States ie parteier Of - State, ‘ : 18 Dr. Samuel G. Tene 17 United States Treasury De- partment, 16 Chas. P. Perot, 15 Minister of Public W ones France, MNES Stree tc 12 Tennessee State Board of Health, : 12 Colorado Scientific Society, 9 Superintendent of the Cen- sus, India, . : 9 Geological Survey of Tialy 9 EK. L. Gilliams, 9 Thomas Meehan, . 9 University of Kiel, . 8 United States War Depart- ment, mae 8 Department of Mines, New South Wales, . 8 Dr. H. €. Chapman, 8 Geological Survey of India, 6 W. W. Jefferis, . Geological Survey of Pane sylvania, . California State Minis Bue reau, : Dr. Benn Sharp, . : Secretary of State, India: : EA ils p yar United States Wepartnens of Labor, . : Kew Botanical Ganient J. A. Lintner, : Pennsylvania State Board of Health, Geological Survey oe New Jersey,. | Geological Conmeiceion vag France, | United States Chast and ce odetic Survey, . Department of Geology; Td diana, . Norwegian Goy arieoee Charles E. Smith, oe Department of Works, Mex- ico, One. Rica N aionel Museu Geological Survey of Minne- sota, . ‘ Tine State eamean of Taber Statistics, : Dr. John Eckfeldt, Massachusetts Conmneee ers of Inland Fisheries, . Maryland State Weather Service, aa a Geological Survey gia, of Geor- (1894. They number 4,866, consisting of 4,335 pamphlets and parts 475 volumes, 46 maps, and 10 photographs. SS a 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465 Geological Survey of Ala- | Iowa Geological Survey, 1 DANI Borers isk oe) hh = 1 | Mrs. H. Carvill Lewis,. . 1 United States F ish Commis- Angelo Heilprin,..... . 1 BOO 1 East Indian Gavernment: 1 lnited Bins Gal Seen ice Venezuelan Government, 1 Commission, .. . . 1 Norwegian Meteorological Department of Mines, esr Mn StiwUte, weet As eee 1 Scotia, . : 1. Illinois State Board of Agri- Upsal Gheervatory,. . 1 CN UNE sees ge fran ete ope rns Meche 1 S. R. Roberts, . tr eos Wood... 2. 21. ] Dr. Henry Pannen, 1 | American Humanitarian mr M: V. Ball. . bad 1 NECACTIER Hott as Were see ens 1 Directors of City Trusts, Comité Météorologique In- Eladelphia,.. . . . 2°. 1 ET NaAwOna] pan. wow wee 1 Australian Museum,.. . . Df John Te Peyton. 2, as. = 1 They were distributed to the several departments of the library as follows :— Printers 2 3 os 2 8,910) Ornithology;..* . 3: =<, 48 DRROOPNAPeATe 62. 2s 3 ua). « edt). Apriqulture,.. oF ya 2 15 Lo rs 133 4) Physical Science, ... .-.,.. :.° 14 Memeolosy. . . . .... . AI, | Hneyclopedias,....... WU General Natural History,. 58 | Herpetology,........ 10 Rrapology, ..... . 2) 84) Tehthyology,... 2... 2: 9 Bupomolopy,........ 48 | Chemistry,. Sette 8 Mammalogy,... . 28 | Helminthology,.. . 7 Anatomy and Physiology, 27 | Bibliography, .. . 2 5 Mineralogy, .... ; - ) 2225)| Geography. sb. a) =r 1 Voyages and Travels,. .. 19 In addition to these, 127 works having no relation to science have been received and catalogued for future disposition by the Library Committee. The increase in the number of accessions is due to replies received to 258 applications for deficiencies and 62 propositions for exchange of publications. The latter included letters written to all the scientific societies and journals not yet on the Academy’s exchange list, the names of which could be ascertained. The results of the correspondence have been encouraging. The binding has been confined almost entirely to the department of journals and periodicals, 403 volumes having been bound during the year, while 86 volumes are now in the hands of the workmen. Much still remains to be accomplished, although the good results of the last two years’ comparatively liberal appropriations for binding are 51 466 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. evident. The volumes are always carefully collated in the Academy before being sent out of the building. The work was interrupted during the summer in consequence of the Librarian’s absence in Europe. He took occasion to visit such libraries of scientific societies as could be reached in the cities visited, and is glad to be able to state that no library devoted purely to natural history seen by him was superior either in extent or in convenience of arrangement to that of the Academy. Perhaps the most important bibliographical aid to the scientific student is the Royal Society Catalogue of Scientific Papers. The ten volumes now issued embrace an alphabetical arrangement of authors with the titles of their contributions from 1800 to 1883. It has long been felt that a catalogue of these papers arranged according to sub- ject was a most important desideratum, but one which must necessarily be the work of co-operation among the scientific societies and biblio- graphers of the world. Attention was called to the desirability of such a compilation in the report of the Librarian of the Academy for 1889, and it is, therefore, now a cause of congratulation that the subject is under consideration by the Royal Society of London. A circular having been received from the Society asking for co- operation and suggestion, a committee was appointed consisting of Messrs. Philip P. Calvert, Henry Pilsbry, Stewardson Brown, Ben- jamin Sharp and Theodore D. Rand, with the Librarian as Chair- man, to which the document was referred. A report was adopted by the Academy to the effect :— 1. That a catalogue of scientific papers as proposed by the Royal Society is desirable and that international co-operation should be en- gaged in its preparation. 2. That in order to secure uniformity in all parts of such a catalogue, a central bureau, as suggested by the Committee of the Royal Society, appears to be necessary, rather than that separate portions of the catalogue should be prepared by various institutions, such central bureau to be under the direction of the Royal Society, from which the proposition emanates; all publications of societies and monographs to be sent to such central bureau; the expenses to be met by returns from-the sale of copies of the catalogue. 3. That such a catalogue should be classified and should be issued at least once a year, each volume to be provided with an alphabetical index. | | | | es 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 467 4. That the scope of such a classified catalogue should embrace the various yearly bibliographies of special sciences now issued. 5. That whenever translations or summaries are believed to be desirable, English should be made the basis of the catalogue. The Academy is indebted to George Vaux, Mary M. Vaux, George Vaux, Jr., and Wm. S. Vaux, Jr., for a fine portrait in oil of the late Wm. S. Vaux, whose long connection with the Academy as Curator, Vice-President, and member of various executive com- mittees for over forty years, together with his permanent association with the mineralogical and archzological departments of the Museum, of which the Wm. 8S. Vaux Collections form an important part, renders this memorial of unusual interest. Special acknowledgment is due to Mr. Wm. J. Fox for his efficient and faithful discharge of the duties of the office during the Librarian’s absence. Means were again provided by friends of the Academy for the employment during the summer months of Signor Emanuele Fronani, much of whose time was devoted to the correspon- dence regarding deficiencies and exchanges. All of which is respectfully submitted. Epwarp J. Nouan, Librarian. REPORT OF THE CURATORS. The Curators report that the museum, so far as regards the preser- vation of the specimens, is in the satisfactory condition described in their last annual report, while important progress has been made during the year in the rearrangement, marking, and cataloguing of the collections. It is also a satisfaction to report the completion of the new museum building and the transference of some of the collections to the new galleries. It was deemed most desirable to devote the first floor of the new museum to the departments of Archeology and Mineralogy, and in accordance with this plan the entire Vaux collection, numbering 33 eases, has been transferred under the direction of the Curators and Mr. W. W. Jefferis, the special curator of this collection. Mr. Jefferis has given many valuable minerals to this great collection during the year ; and thanks to his untiring energy the entire cabinet 468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1894. is now in systematic order. The arrangement of the specimens in the Vaux archzeological collection will also soon be completed. Mr. Clarence B. Moore generously presented six handsome ex- hibition cases made under the direction of the Curators for the Moore collection of Indian pottery and mound relics from Florida, which have been placed in the new building next to the Vaux collection. Mr. Moore has personally superintended the transference and arrangement of his specimens, which now constitute probably the most valuable archzeological series from this region in existence. The Academy has also purchased four additional cases like those in which the Moore collection is placed, and in these have been arranged the celebrated Poinsett collection of Mexican antiquities deposited by the American Philosophical Society, and the Haldeman Indian collection. In addition to these the cases of Eskimo imple- ments and clothing have been removed to the new building, and numerous spears, shields, kyaks, and canoes have been placed in position on the walls and pillars. In a short time the remainder of the archeological material will be removed to the new building. This floor will then be ready for exhibition. The archeological department of the museum, as finally arranged, will form one of the finest exhibits in the country, being only surpassed in value by those at Cambridge and Washington. Con- taining as it does many unique specimens, this department, which for lack of space has been so long neglected, will now be placed in good condition. The Academy’s cabinet of minerals will be trans- ferred as soon as suitable cases can be secured. It will be arranged contiguous to the Vaux collection of minerals. In addition to the transference of these collections to the new . building an important rearrangement has been effected in the old museum. Nine cases have been removed to the room over the Lecture Hall, which has been set apart to illustrate the natural history of Pennsylvania and New Jersey. The mammals of these States have been selected from the general collection and many new specimens have been especially prepared for it, while the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club’s collection of birds, with nests and eggs mounted to show their life history, has been removed from the orni- thological gallery and arranged here to much better advantage. A local collection of reptiles and mollusks has been presented by Messrs. Brown and Stone, while a series of the local lepidoptera is 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 469 being prepared for presentation by Dr. Henry Skinner, so that there will soon be an exhibit of the natural history of Pennsylvania and New Jersey much more complete than has heretofore been displayed, and which will constitute a representative State Museum. Among other work accomplished during the year may be men- tioned the rearrangement of the mammalian osteological collection, many of the disarticulated skeletons being placed in drawers where they are more available for study. The large amount of unclassified palzeontological material stored in drawers on the main floor has also been re-examined, roughly classified and labeled, thus greatly facilitating the final disposition of the material. In cataloguing the museum, important progress has been made, especially in the department of birds, where 5,907 specimens have been carefully examined, identified and catalogued, the types and duplicates unnecessary for display being removed from the stands and placed in cabinets, those desirable for exhibition being remounted. In this work the Curators have followed the practice adopted in all other large museums, and endorsed by letters from the leading ornithologists of the world. A more detailed account of the work of the ornithological department wiil be found in the report of the Section. The collection of reptiles and batrachians, numbering 3,939 jars, has also been carefully examined during the year, the jars numbered and a rough catalogue prepared. The entries, however, have not yet been copied into the regular catalogue pending a revision of the identifications. In the mineralogical department, through the valuable assistance of Mr. J. E. Richardson, the entire collection of over 8,000 speci- mens has been permanently numbered with painted figures and a considerable portion catalogued. The importance of this work can- not be overestimated, as it will, when completed, preclude all possi- bility of loss of data by the misplacing of specimens. The department of invertebrate palzeontology has profited by the liberality of the Rev. Dr. L. T. Chamberlain, who has provided a handsome mahogany case for the display of the Isaac Lea collection, and has sent an expedition to the fossil-bearing beds of the Southern States. A rich collection, numbering over 500 species, has been secured, and is now being unpacked and classified. Dr. Chamber- 470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. lain has also generously provided cases for the valuable slabs of fossil foot prints presented by Isaac Lea. During the year Dr. Chamberlain was appointed special conservator of the eocene fossils. The remainder of the Pennsylvania State Geological Survey col- lection is also being unpacked and arranged so that all the material will soon be available for study. During the latter part of last year Dr. Benj. Sharp, in conjunction with Prof. Wm. Libby, Jr., conducted an important expedition to the Hawaiian Islands. As he returned too late to prepare his col- lections for presentation in time for the last annual report, no men- tion of them was made at that time. During the past year these collections have been arranged in the museum where they form a valuable addition, comprising many archeological specimens of in- terest, as well as a fine series of voleanic rocks and lavas, and a series of dried plants. The Academy’s taxidermist, Mr. D. N. McCadden, besides spend- ing much time during the year in remounting the birds, has prepared a large number of new specimens, mainly received in the, flesh from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia. These have been mounted for the museum or converted into skins or skeletons as the circumstances warranted, The accessions during the year have been of great importance. Besides the gifts already mentioned, the Martindale collection of lepidoptera, comprising appoximately 16,000 specimens, was pur- chased by the Academy with the assistance of a number of generous contributors, and this, together with the Peale and other collections already in its possession, places the Academy in the front rank in this department. Mr. Clarence B. Moore has continually added to his collection of Indian mound relics, and has had collectors at work in Ohio and Florida during the year. The Zoological Society of Philadelphia presented numerous valuable specimens of mammals and _ birds, while the Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added numerous groups to the special collection of local birds and nests. An important collection of post pliocene fossils has been obtained by Dr. S. G. Dixon and Mr. H. C. Mercer from a fissure in the limestone rocks at Port Kennedy, Pa., where they have made exca- vations and collected a large amount of valuable data. So far spe- cimens of Megalonyx, Mastodon, Tapir, Peccary, Deer, etc., have ee — Re —e———‘( are < ba Sl 1894. | NATURAL SCIENCFS OF PHILADELPHIA. 471 been obtained, full accounts of which will be published in the near future. The museum during the year has furnished aid to many specialists who have been offered every facility within the power of the Curators, while the interest of the general public in the exhibits would appear to be greatly stimulated. This is largely due to the custom inaugu- rated during the past year, of placing new and attractive specimens in a prominent place on the main floor of the museum for some days before putting them in their final positions, as well as to many popu- lar articles which have appeared in our daily papers. Specimens have been loaned during the year to Mr. T. Wayland Vaughan, Dr. Wm. H. Dall, Austin C. Apgar, B. W. Evermann, Prof. Jas. Hall, Messrs. F. W. True, F. M. Chapman, C. W. Rich- mond, and Dr. Geo. Bauer. The departments of botany and entomology haye been under the care of the special conservators, Mr. John H. Redfield and Dr. Henry Skinner respectively, to whom the Curators are indebted for their valuable aid. Acknowledgment is also due to Mr. W. W. Jefferis, Curator of the Vaux Collections, and Messrs. Shultz, Boyer, and Woolman who have done valuable work in classifying and labeling the collection of diatoms. The unusual progress thus recorded is largely owing to the earnest- ness and fidelity manifested by the assistants, Messrs. Witmer Stone and Samuel N. Rhoads, Mr. D. N. McCadden, taxidermist, and the Jessup Fund students, Messrs. J. E. Richardson, Howard Y. Pen- nell and Henry W. Fowler. SamueL G. Drxon, Curator-in-charge. REPORT OF BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL SECTION. During the year nine regular meetings of the Section have been held, at. which communications were made and microscopic slides exhibited. Among the communications of special interest were those of Dr. B. Sharp, on his expedition to Hawaii and on the fertilization of 472 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. plants ; those of Dr. Geo. A. Rex, on bacteria in the Myxomycetes ; of Mr. Amos P. Brown, on hairs on Mentzelia, and Mr. Boyer’s description of a new form of diatom, named by him Rhabdonema Woolmanii. At the joint meetings with the Academy the Section has always been represented by its members, and important communications have been made as follows: John A. Ryder, preparation of nervous tissue, formation of brain convolutions; Geo. A. Rex, M. D., plas- modium of Myxomycetes, Diachcea Thomasii; Benjamin Sharp, PhD., curious growth on a tree-root from San Salvador, fertiliza- tion of plants in Hawaii; C. S. Boyer, on cyclosis ; Lewis Woolman, remarks on diatoms; 8. G. Dixon, M. D., protection from tubercu- losis; D.S. Holman, remarks on Myxomycetes; 8. Trenner, exhibi- ~ tion of centrifugal machine; M. V. Ball, M. D., remarks on tetanus and the antitoxin, crystals formed by bacteria, skulls of criminals. The donations to the collection have been few: One slide of barking sand, by Dr. Rex, and ten slides of histologic subjects by Mr. Leedom Sharp. ; Five new names have been added to the list of members and con- tributors. One death has been announced, and two members have resigned, leaving the number of members and contributors sixty-four. The average attendance at the regular meetings was eight. The Treasurer’s report shows a balance of $239.39 in the treasury. Dr. Geo. A. Rex, the Conservator of the Section, reports as fol- lows :— The property of the Section is in good condition. The microscopes and accessory apparatus are in working order and have been freely and frequently used at the stated meeting of the Section. No addition has been made to the apparatus during the year. The slide collection is also in good order, but it is to be regretted that but few additions have been made since the last report. Some inconvenience results from the crowded condition of our cabinet, especially in the space devoted to the large binoculars and - the Leidy stands, but it is hoped that this will be remedied when space in the new building is available. 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 473 The following gentlemen were elected to fill the various offices for the ensuing year :— Director, : : : F . Benjamin Sharp, M.D. Vice- Director, f d ; . John C. Wilson. Treasurer, . ; : .” ‘Clias. P.- Perot. Corresponding Secr nye Ys : . John G. Rothermel. Conservator, ‘ : : Geo, AnoRexs Mi Dp: Recorder, F : : M. N. Ball, M.D. Respectfully submitted. M. V. Batt, Recorder. REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION. During the year 1894 specimens of mollusca have been re- ceived from 45 persons, and a large number of species new to the collection have been added to the museum, as well as a few new to science. As usual, a great many specimens illustrating geographic distribution and variation have increased the study series; and as the growth of this series, which is arranged in drawers under the ex- hibition cases, exceeds the growth of the exhibition series, we are again in urgent need of space for its proper disposal. The principal accessions during the year have been several send- ings from Dr. J. C. Cox of shells from Australia and Tasmania, a large series of marine shells of Japan which we have been allowed to select from the collection of Mr. Frederick Stearns, a series of “Japanese land mollusks in alcohol, and a very valuable collection of shells from the Liukiu Is., also due to the liberality of Mr. Stearns. A considerable number of South Australian land shells and chitons we owe to Mr. W. T. Bednall. Finally, the Conservator, with the co-operation of Mr. C. W. Johnson, was enabled to collect very ex- tensive series of the mollusks of the middle St. Johns River, Florida. Many thousand specimens were collected from numerous localities and the material amassed will prove of great importance in the study of the variable and ill-defined species of Floridian Unionide. An especial object of the journey was to procure certain peculiar local races of Vivipara; and a number of varieties new to science were found, including one of the most divergent forms of the genus yet . 474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. discovered in any country, which adds an entirely new phase to the series of variations known in the family Viviparide. The success of these researches is attributable to the excellent facilities placed at our disposal by Mr. Clarence B. Moore. Accessions to our series of American shells have been received from Messrs. A. G. Wetherby, E. G. Vanatta, Morris Schiek, H. F. Stupakoff, H. E. Sargent, C. W. Johnson, O. A. Nylander, S. N. Rhoads, W. J. Raymond, and numerous others, whose names appear in the list of accessions to the museum. A collection of New Jersey shelis has been made and presented by Messrs. Witmer Stone, S. and F. H. Brown. It is now arranged in the Pennsy]- vania and New Jersey department of the museum. From Prof. H. W. Gwatkin, of Cambridge, England, we have received a large number of mounted radule of mollusks, in ex- change for material for mounting. Mr. H. Suter and Prof. F. W. Hutton, of New Zealand, and Mr. C. Hedley, of Sydney, New South Wales, have continued dur- ing the year to send us new and rare forms of antipodal mollusks. A series of Sandwich Island forms, collected by Dr. B. Sharp, has added several rare or new species. Except in the proper placing of new material in the cases, and the determination of new and old material, but little work has been done in the museum during the year; this has been owing partly to the pressure of other work, but mainly to the fact that little can be done advantageously until more space is allotted to the Conchological department. It is believed that this will be accomplished during the coming year. y Respectfully submitted, H. A. Priussry, Conservator. REPORT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. The regular monthly meetings have been held during the year, except in July and August. The average attendance of members at meetings has been ten persons. Interesting verbal communications on entomological subjects have been made by nearly all the mem- bers and associates. The publication known as the Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, has been continued, and —————— ee Betitirsoetinh ss oe 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475 volume five completed, with three hundred and forty pages and ten plates. One new member has been elected and one associate. Ata meeting held Dec. 10, 1894, the following were elected to serve as officers for the coming year :— Director, b : c ; : Geo. H. Horn, M.D. Vice-Director, : : : ‘ Chas. S. Welles. Recorder, Henry Skinner, M.D. Treasurer, : : ’ d Ezra T. Cresson. Conservator, iy OP: : ; Henry Skinner, M.D. é Vel H. Ridings, Publ. Committee, . : : Riese LAs U Chas. W. Johnson. HENRY SKINNER, Recorder. REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION. The Botanical Section respectfully reports that it is in a prosper- ous condition, has held regular monthly meetings at which valuable communications have been presented and discussed, and that it is wholly free from debt. The herbarium, owing to the assiduous Jabors of the Conservator, Mr. John H. Redfield, is in a highly prosperous condition, contain- ing about 33,000 species of flowering plants and ferns, of which 452 new to the herbarium were added last year. The herbarium is hampered by want of room, all of which is set forth in detail in the Conservator’s annual statement, which is ap- pended as part of this report. The officers elected for the ensuing year are: — Director, : : ; ; : Thomas Meehan. Vice- Director, é 2 : ; Charles E. Smith. Recorder, : : Charles Schiffer M.D. Cor. Sec’y and Treasurer, . ; Stewardson Brown Conservator, : ; . J. H. Redfield. Rastdatally submitted, Tuomas MEEHAN, Vice-Director. The Conservator of the Botanical Section reports as follows :— This is the nineteenth year since a change of the By-Laws of the 476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Academy placed the care of its herbarium with the Conservator chosen by the newly formed Botanical Section, instead of with a committee chosen by the Academy as formerly. Certainly the con- tinued and rapid growth of the collection and the improvement of its condition during that period have not been excelled in any por- tion of the Academy’s earlier history. Those who remember the narrow, dark, and cramped accommodations afforded the botanical collections in the old Broad Street building, and the unwieldly port- folios in which they were arranged, under the old Linnzean system, can now congratulate the working botanists upon the improvement in the accessibility and usefulness of the herbarium which resulted from the change of quarters and from more modern methods of ar- rangement. At the time of that removal, the estimates of the ex- tent of the collection were vague and exaggerated. The careful and conservative enumeration which has since been made of the flower- ing plants and ferns, places the number of species at the present time at over 33,000. If we add to these the cryptogamic collections, which have not been so carefully enumerated, the total would probably approach 40,000 species. Nearly one-half of these have been received since we have been in the present quarters. But the number of new species received gives a very inadequate idea of the growth, a large part of which consists of additions of species pre- viously represented, but now in fuller suites from new and wider localities, and in better condition. The collections removed from the old building were all in loose sheets or species-covers, and had consequently suffered much in handling, from the brittleness of age; and many of the subsequent additions were necessarily placed in the same way. But soon after the removal it was determined that it was all-important that the whole should be properly and permanently affixed to sheets with collector’s tickets securely preserved. The task was a great one, with the little help at command, but it has been steadily pursued during the time not required for the care of new accessions. The separate North American collection is all thus mounted, and about one-fourth of the larger general herbarium. The number of plants received during the past year reaches 2,119 species, of which 204 belong to the lower cryptogams and 1,915 are phanerogams and ferns. Of the latter 489 are N. American species, 311 Tropical American, 191 European, 684 Asiatic, 150 African, 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477 and 90 Australian and Polynesian. 452 of these are new to our collection, and 30 of them represent new genera. It is hoped that the additional space soon to be at command of the Academy will enable the Curators to provide some means for the expansion of the botanical collections. When we took possession of the present cases, large room was left for growth, but nineteen years have crowded the shelves to the point of injury to the contents. . If the present shelf room were doubled there would still be very moderate space for that future increase of the herbarium which may be reasonably expected. The present cases, though so much in advance of previous accom- modation do not afford adequate protection from dust, and should be fitted with dust-tight doors, and all new cases should be of the best dust-proof construction. Respectfully submitted, JoHn H. REDFIELD, - Conservator. REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOGICAL . SECTION. Meetings of the Section have been held regularly during the year except during the summer months. The attendance has not been large, but this has been due, in great part, to illness and absence from the city of several active members. There has been no lack of interest. The additions to the museum have been satisfactory. It is hoped that in the new building space and cases may be pro- vided for a display of the minerals and rocks of the vicinity of our city, for it is believed that the present small and poor local collec- tion could easily be increased so as to be a most valuable and in- teresting feature of the museum. The following officers have been elected for the ensuing year:— Director, 3 : : ; , Theodore D. Rand. Vice- Director, a ” : ; W. W. Jefieris. Conservator, . ; ; i ; W. W. Jetteris. Treasurer, : ; i P : John Ford. Corresponding Secretary, , Chas. Schiffer, M.D. Recorder, : ; ; ; : Chas. Schiffer, M.D. Respectfully submitted, Tro. D. Rann, Director. 478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. The Section is pleased to report that the Ornithological Department of the Museum is in excellent condition as regards the preservation of the specimens, and to note important progress in the work of reno- vating the collection on the plans outlined in a previous report. The question having arisen as to the policy of remounting the type specimens and duplicates unnecessary for display, as has been the custom during the past two years, the Conservator consulted several of the leading ornithologists of the world and obtained their unqualified endorsement of the plans for the renovation of the collec- tion recommended by the Section and adopted by the Curators. In view of the endorsement of R. Bowdler Sharpe, Robert Ridg- way, and other high authorities we feel fully justified in the course we have pursued and are convinced that the proper preservation of our collection of birds is absolutely dependent upon the continuance of the treatment that we have already outlined. _ Owing to the miscellaneous duties of the Conservator in his posi- tion as Assistant to the Board of Curators, his work on the ornitho- logical collection was mainly restricted to the summer months. NE this time, also, the Academy’s taxidermist, Mr. David N. McCad- den, was enabled to devote his entire time to this department, and with the further valuable assistance of Messrs. Howard Y. Pennell and Henry W. Fowler, it was possible to make greater progress with the work of renovation than in any previous year. In all 5,907 mounted specimens were examined, catalogued, and labelled, and then remounted or reduced to skins as the circum- stances warranted. These included the Ciconiide, Gruide, Limicole, Gallinze, Columb, Dendrocolaptide, Formicariidz, Paride, Buce- rotidee, and part of the Fringillidee. In addition specimens of the Corvide, Paradiszide, Icteridee, and Tanagridze which had pre- viously been catalogued were remounted for exhibition. Several temporary lists were also copied into the regular catalogue during the year aggregating 7,029 entries, while all the accessions have been labelled and placed in the proper places. The entire study series of American birds has been carefully examined and found to be in excellent condition. The principal accessions during the year have been small collec- tions from Lower California, California, and Florida, received in 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479 exchange or by purchase, and also numerous specimens from the Zoological Society of Philadelphia, among which may be mentioned specimens of Struthio molybdophanes and Dromius irroratus. The Delaware Valley Ornithological Club has added many attractive groups to the collection of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds which is rapidly approaching completion. At the annual meeting of the Section held December 17, 1894, the following officers were elected:— Director, ; _ J : : Dr. Spencer Trotter. Vice- Director, : : : , Geo. S. Morris. Recorder, : ' : ! : Stewardson Brown. Secretary, 5 : ‘ : : Chas. E. Ridenour. Treasurer and Conservator, . : Witmer Stone. Respectfully submitted, WiIrMER Stone, - Conservator. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. The Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology respectfully reports that, as heretofore, he has delivered his regular spring courses of lectures, twenty-five in number, the attendance at which has been larger than in any previous year. These lectures, embracing in great part the physiographic features of the region about Philadelphia, were supplemented by weekly field parties, and by two special sum- mer class excursions: one to the region of the Shawangunk and Delaware Mountains, the other to the Bermuda Islands. On the first of these excursions the methods of topographical surveying were practically demonstrated in addition to the regular work in geology and paleontology. Two new fossil-bearing localities in the Trias were discovered in the course of the spring excursions. The collections in the department of Invertebrate Paleontology have not been materially augmented during the year, nor bas their condition been very greatly changed. Much has heen done to- ward determining and redetermining unidentified or doubtful forms, and from many specimens hitherto unofticially labelled—i.e., not 480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. named by the author of the species in question—the labels have been removed. In a few cases, too, the authors’ labels were found to be incorrect, or at least so doubtful as to necessitate the affixing ot an interrogation mark to the identification. The general changes that had been made on the floor of the museum broke into the con- tinuity of the arrangement that formerly existed, and necessitated a considerable reversal in the disposition of the series. An almost full readjustment has been made for the time being, but it-cannot be said to meet the actual requirements of the collection. Very nearly double the case-room that the collection now occupies is needed for a proper display of, and to meet additions to, the American fossils alone, and the European collection, which is very disadvantageously stored away in drawers, would occupy about as much space as the American collection occupies at the present time. It is hoped that with the occupation of the Academy’s new building the proper relief will be afforded this department. The additions to the collection during the year are included in the list of accessions to the museum. Respectfully submitted, ANGELO HEILPRIN, Prof. of Invertebrate Paleontology. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF ETHNOLOGY AND ARCH ZOLOGY. I have to report that in the early months of the year I delivered a course of lectures on general archeology. They were six in num- ber and were free to the public. The attendance was unusually large, and a general interest was manifested in the subject. The collections in this department have been increased by valuable accessions, which will be specified in the reports of the Curators. The whole collection is now in process of rearrangement in a favor- able location in the new building. D. G. Brinton, M.D., Professor of Ethnology and Archeology. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481 REPORT OF THE ‘PROFESSOR OF LOWER INVER- TEBRATA. The Professor of Lower Invertebrata, respectfully reports that during the past year he has delivered lectures on the results of the Hawaiian Expedition. The additions to the museum during the year have been neither numerous nor important. Work has been carried on in the carcinological department in re- labelling and rearranging specimens. With the help of Dr. A. Ortmann, the Porcellanids have been correctly determined and re- labelled. A course of lectures, ten in number, is planned to be delivered sometime during the spring on general zoology. Respectfully submitted, Bens. SHARP, Professor of Lower Invertebrata. REPORT OF THE PROFESSOR OF HISTOLOGY AND MICROSCOPIC TECHNOLOGY. The Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology respect- fully reports that he has conducted less than the usual work in the bacteriological laboratory than in past years, owing to the fact that the greater part of his time has been devoted to his duties as Execu- tive Curator. Some satisfactory work, however, has been accom- plished in bacteriological examinations of drinking waters in the State of Pennsylvania, and in continued investigations upon the various lines heretofore suggested for the prevention and cure of tuberculosis and other germ diseases. - Original investigations made during the winter on the relation- ship between Tuberculosis and Nitrogenous Metabolism have been communicated to the Academy and published in the Therapeutic Gazette for December 15, 1894. Microscopic examinations have been made of the viscera of animals which have died at the Philadelphia Zoological Gardens. The bacteriological laboratory has been freely used by members of the Academy who desired the privilege, while the society has not 32 482 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. been called upon directly or indirectly to defray the expenses incurred for equipment or maintenance. ae Instruction has been given in the use of the microscope, but no work has been done in histology. SAMUEL G. Drxon, Prof. of Histology and Microscopic Technology. REPORT OF THE CURATOR OF THE WM. 8. VAUX COLLECTIONS. The Curator of the Wm. S. Vaux Collections respectfully reports that the cabinets have been in good condition during the past year. They have, however, been inspected by but few persons, owing to the unfavorable situation of the rooms in which they were arranged. No additions have been made in the archzological section since the donor’s death. At the present time it is being removed into the new building where it will attract attention in connection with the collection of Mr. Clarence B. Moore and others belonging to the Academy. Since the last report 158 specimens have been added to the collec- tion of minerals, several being new species. Their removal into the new building has been completed without loss or injury to any of the specimens. The cabinet has been placed in good order. It has been arranged on the first floor of the new building where, in consequence of the abundance of light, it can be exhibited to advantage. Respectfully submitted, Wm. W. JEFFERIS, Curator. - P Ss ee — 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 483 The election of Officers, Councillors, and Members of the Finance Committee to serve during 1895, was held with the following re- sult :— President, Vice- Presidents, Recording Secretary, Corresponding Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, Curators, Councillors to serve three years, Finance Committee, General Isaac J. Wistar. Thomas Meehan. Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. Benjamin Sharp, M.D. George Vaux, Jr. Edward J. Nolan, M.D. W.S. W. Ruschenberger, M.D. Henry C. Chapman, M.D. Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. Arthur Erwin Brown. Charles P. Perot. Dr. C. Newlin Peirce. Theodore D. Rand. George H. Horn, M.D. . Charles Morris. Charles E. Smith. Uselma C. Smith. William Sellers. Charles P. Perot. ELECTIONS DURING 1894. MEMBERS. January 30.—William S. Vaux, Jr., Edward K. Tryon, Jr., Dr. Gustavo Niederlein, Milton J. Greenman, M.D., Frank J. Keely, J. Lewis Crew. February 27.— Ruth Clement, M.D., W. Graham Tyler. March 27.—Theodore N. Ely. April-24.—A. B. Van der Wielen, Rey. Leander Trowbridge Chamberlain, D.D., Charles G. Macey, J. W. Parker. May 29.—Theodore Presser, William J. Fox, Andrew J. Downs, M.D., George E. Kirkpatrick, Henry P. Dixon. 484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. June 26.—Harris A. Slocum, M.D., Thomas S. Parvin, John N. Hussey. ; October 30.—Horace Binder. November 27.—J. Carroll McCaffrey, William L. Whitaker. CORRESPONDENT. June 26.—Anstruther Davidson, of Los Angeles, Cal. 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485 ADDITIONS TO THE MUSEUM. 1894. ARCH Z0LOGY, ETHNOLOGY, ETC. Rev. L. T. Chamberlain. Stone idol, Mexico. Dr. 8S. G. Dixon. Casts of Mexican vase and idol. Mrs. M. N. Frederick. Mortar and pestle, Argentine Republic. Clarence B. Moore. Two aboriginal American crania, New York. Dr. Geo. A. Rex. Stone axe, Philadelphia. S. N. Rhoads. Aboriginal knee ornament, Colorado. Dr. Benj. Sharp. A collection of Hawaiian implements, fifty-five specimens and two trays. MAMMALS. A. E. Brown. Skin of Ursus cinnamomeus. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Teeth and jaw of Physeter macrocephalus, Dr. H.C. Chapman. Disarticulated skeleton of Sus scrofa L, Cast of brain of Cynocephalus sp. Prof. E. D. Cope. Perognathus copei (type), Texas. Skull of Bison bison. Adelonycteris fuscus, Missouri. Dr. S. G. Dixon. Skeleton of Eskimo dog (Canis familiaris). F. L. Garrison. Mounted Caribou head. Wm. Justice. Three skins Hvotomys, Adirondacks. D. N. McCadden. One disarticulated skeleton Tatusia novemeincta. Peary Relief Expedition. Twenty mammal skulls. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Felis tigris, Bison bison (juv.), Macacus ochreatus, Capreolus capreolus, Hre- thizon dorsatus, Tapirus sp., Dasyproca acouchy, Felis eyra. Skins of Sciurus sp. (Java), Nandinia binotata, Felis caracal, Cerco- pithecus albogularis, Felis eyra, F’. yagouaroundi, Galago garnettii, Midas rujimanus. Skeletons of Ursus cinnamomeus, Canis familiaris, Felis leo, Camelus dromedarius, Cervus porcinus, Felis tigris, #. eyra, IP. yagou- aroundi, F. caracal, Erethizon dorsatus, and two others. Skulls 6f Sciurus sp., Nandinia binotata, Felis eyra, and two others. Alcoholic specimens of Lemur varius (viscera), Felis concolor (juv.), Macacus sp. (foetus), Galago garnettii. H. A. Pilsbry. Two skulls and three alcoholic specimens, Florida. 8S. N. Rhoads. Four specimens Condylura cristata, Me. Two speci- mens Blarina talpoides, Haddonfield, N. J. One jar Adelonycteris 486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. fuscus, Tarpon Springs, Fla. Twelve skins and skulls and two alcoholic specimens, Waynesburg, Greene Co., Pa. Dr. W.S. W. Ruschenberger. One skull of Canis familiaris. H. E. Sargent. Ten jars mammals. J. Shulze. One skull Lutra hudsonica, Monroe Co., Pa. One skeleton of Lutra hudsonica, Monroe Co., Pa. Wagner Institute, in exchange. Skins of Bassariscus, Neotoma, and Aplodontia, Oregon. Dr. W. L. Zuill. Skeleton of Hquus burchelili. Purchased. Mounted specimens Putorius erminea, Bergen Co., N. J. Hrethizon dorsatus and Lutra hudsonica, Potter Co., Pa. One hundred and twenty-two skins, California (collected by R. B. Herron). BIRDs. Geo. B. Benners. Dendroica chrysoparia, Comal Co., Texas. Ceryle torquata, Laredo Co., Tex. Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. Skull of Struthio camelus. C.S. Hebard. Anas cyanoptera, Florida. Mrs. A. D. Hockley. Egg of Struthio camelus. J.S. and W. H. Jenks, and Mrs. R. W. Randolph. AHatlicetus leuco- cephalus, Grus mexicanus. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Mounted specimens of Gracula intermedia, Casuarius australis, Dromaius irroratus, Struthio molybdophanes. Skins of Lorius domicella, Cygnus nigricollis, Plectolophus nasica, Chrysolophus amherstice, Ortalida albiventris (3), Colinus cristatus, Phasianus torquatus, Conurus acuticaudatus, Eulabeia indica, Amblyrhamphus holosericeus, Tadornatadorna, Clophaga magelia- nica, and two others. Skulls and sterna of Anhinga anhinga, Milvus ictinus, and five others. One skeleton. Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Fifteen mounted specimens. S. N. Rhoads. Dryobates borealis (juv.), Florida. Polioptila ecerulea, Waynesburg, Pa. Podylimbus podiceps, Pike Co., Pa. B. H. Vandecker, Jr. Forty-five skins from Guatemala. Purchased, Aythya americana, Flamingo. Seventy-eight California skins collected by R. B. Herron. By purchase and exchange. Forty-five skins from California, Florida, N and Connecticut. REPTILES AND BATRACHTIANS. A. P.,5., and F. H. Brown and W. Stone. Thirty-three jars reptiles and batrachians from Pennsylvania and New Jersey. EK. D. Cope. Thirty-seven jars from Oklahoma, ‘Texas, and Indiana. H.C. Chapman, M.D. Three skulls. ~ 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487 Dr. S. G. Dixon. Humeces pentalineatus, Md. Seven jars reptiles, Maine. J. Fannin. Gerrhonotus garnettii, Victoria, B. C. Dr. W. E. Hughes. Three jars, Canada. Howard Y. Pennell. One jar, Pa. Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Ayla maxima, Iguana tubercu- lata, Testudo tabulata, skin of Megalobatrachus maximus, and thirty-six jars, including a number of types. S. N. Rhoads. Chrysemys picta, N. J. Fifty-four jars, Penna. H. EK. Sargent. One jar. Harold Sharp. Anolis principalis. Graham Speneer. Skin of Crotalus adamanteus. F. Stearns. Three mounted turtles, Liu Kiu Isl. Purchased. Daboia russellii, Naja haje, casts of Megalobatrachus maximus, Iquana tuberculata. FISHES. J.R. Moore. Salmo blakistoni, Yezzo, Japan. D. N. McCadden. Cottus viscosus, Port Kennedy, Pa. L. Woolman. One jar, Mustelus canis. C. D. Clark. Remora, Bay Head, N. J. CRUSTACEA. Mrs. I. C. Martindale. Two Limulus polyphemus. S. N. Rhoads. One jar Cambarus, Greene Co., Pa. ECHINI, WORMS, CORALS, ETC. F. Stearns. Gorgonia, Liu Kiu Isl. RECENT MOLLUSCA. Edwin A. Barber. One tray Littorina irrorata from Longport, N. J. W. TT. Bednall. Forty-one trays of South Australian mollusks, in- cluding types of several Chitons. F. C. Blanes. Four trays and five bottles of mollusks from Cuba, S. and F. H. Brown and Witmer Stone. Ninety-six trays mollusks from Cape May, Pt. Pleasant, Atlantic City, etc., etc., in N. J. F. Burns. One tray Anodonta fluviatilis from Washington, D. C, Mrs. G. W. Carpenter. One tray of Unio nicklinianus Lea from Candalaria Lake, Mexico. G. H. Clapp. One tray of Polygyra hirsuta from Edgeworth, Pa., and one of Hulota fasciola from China. W.B. Clark. One tray Latirus subrostrata from Columbia. M. Cossmann, in exch. One tray Planorbis Rollandi from Algeria, 488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Conchological Section. Columbarium pagoda, Ischnochiton tigrinus and types of J, Elizabethensis. (Purchased.) Dr. J. C. Cox. Seventy-two trays and six bottles of mollusca from Australia, W.W. Dall. Eight trays of mollusks from Bahamas. W.H. DeCamp. One tray of Polygyra plagioglossa from Mexico. Mrs. H. E. Dwight. Eight trays of West Indian mollusks. Dr. L. F. Flick. Pearl from Ostrea virginica. John Ford, Fourteen trays of mollusks. Jas. Green. Eight trays of mollusks from Vicksburg, Miss. Chas. Hedley. One tray of Gundlachia petterdi from 8S. Australia. Heilprin Expedition. Sulla occidentalis from Mexico. J.B. Henderson. One tray and eighteen bottles of land mollusks from Jamaica. Mrs. A. Hockley. One Tridacna gigas. Geo. C. Hubbard. Pupa holzingeri from St. Cloud, Minn. Dr. W. E. Hughes. Polygyra dentifeFa from Lac aux Sables, Prov. Q., Canada. Prof. F. W. Hutton. Helcioniscus flavus, Patella kermadecensis, and Chiton canaliculatus from New Zealand. J. E. Ives. Littorina litorea and Purpura lapillus from Gloucester, Mass. W. W. Jefferis. One tray Unio complanatus from Hudson River, WW: C. W. Johnson. One tray Actewon punctostriatus from Micco, Indian River, Fla. Bulla adansoni from Corsico, W. Africa. H. Lemon. Aplysia cast up at Cape May, N. J. Geo. Lichtenthaler coll. Two trays of marine mollusks. W.L. Lockington. One tray Trachydermon raymondi. Geo. T. Marston. Valvata sincera from Madison, Wis. J. R. Mead. Anodonta bealei and Unio parvus from Panther Creek, Kingman Co., Kas. Miss K. Musson. One tray Polygyra thyroides, Ashbourne Heights, Pa. C. J. Newcombe. Eleven trays of mollusks from Victoria, B. C. H. A. Pilsbry. Helix fultoni from Khasi Hills, India. Chiton dis- color from New Caledonia. Ancylus parallelus from Lebanon Springs, N. Y., and Polygyra multilineata from Iowa City, Lowa. Unio trapezoides from Ark. H. A. Pilsbry and J. E.Ives. Four trays of mollusca from Pa., Ind., and W. Va. ‘ Purchased. Argonauta argo, Palm Beach, south of Lake Worth, Florida. W.J. Raymond. Three trays 7rachydermon raymondi from Cali- fornia. Types. S. N. Rhoads. Twenty-eight trays and nine bottles of mollusea from Greene Co., Pa. Vitrea arborea from Sea Girt N. J. ar ‘S i 1894. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489 John Ritchie, Jr. Specimens of Gibbula richardi, Monodonta lugu- bris, and Philomycus carolinensis. E. W. Roper. Types of Bulla roperiana and tray of B. striata from the Balearic Isles. Type of Patella kermadecensis from Kerma- dec Isls. H. E. Sargent. Seventeen trays of mollusks from Alabama. M. Schiek. One tray and one bottle of Helix alauda from Cuba. Ida M. Shepard. Collection of Californian shells in exchange. Dr. H. Skinner. Littorina irrorata ; one tray from Anglesea, N. J. Dr. H. A. Slocum. Collection of mollusks from raised beach in Sweden. Fr. Stearns. Thirty-five trays of mollusks from Japan; one bottle of Bulla gouldiana from Coronado, Cal. L. H.Strang. Nassa exilis from Panama; Goniobasis alabamensis from Ala, S. Stupakoff. Six trays mollusks from Pa. and III. H. Suter. One tray Gundlachia woodsi from River Avon, and one bottle of Plaxiphora terminalis from N. Zealand ; nine trays land shells from N. Zealand. E. G. Vanatta. Twenty-two trays of mollusks. H. A. Van Nostrand. Five trays of mollusks from Japan, presented through 8. R. Roberts. Geo. W. Webster. Strobilops hubbardi from Lake Helen, Fla. A. G. Wetherby. Numerous shells from North Carolina, Kentucky and Tennessee, including one of the original lot of Polygyra wetherbyi Bld. Louis Woolman. One tray Unio complanatus from Harrisonville, N. J; Chyrsodomus stimpsoni from Nantucket. G. W. Wright. Odostomia lacteu from Auckland, New Zealand. VERTEBRATE FOSSILS. E. D. Cope. Eleven species fossil vertebrata (7 types), Kansas, Okla- homa, and Dakota, Cope Expedition, 1893. H. ©. Mercer. Earth and fossil bones from Hartman’s Cave, Pa. INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS. H.C. Borden. Fossils from Lenola, N. J. Dr. H. C. McCook. Three ammonites. Dr. H. A. Slocum. Three trays Orthoceras, Sweden. Lewis Woolman. Cretaceous fossils from Lenola, N. J. PLANTS. , Prof. Benjamin Sharp. Sixty-nine species of Hawaiian plants; also five photographic views of the same. 490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894. Dr. J. Bernard Brinton. Sixty species of plants, collected on Merritt’s Island, Florida, by A. A, Baldwin, in 18938. Alexander McElwee. Zinnia grandiflora and Pinus edulis, from New Mexico. Cassia tora and Sesbania macrocarpa, introduced near Lansdowne, Phila., and brought to notice by Prof. Macfarlane. Prof. José N. Rovirosa. Thirty-six species of ferns from Chiapas, Mexico. I. C. Hatch. Cupressus macrocarpa, from Monterey, Cala. (Monte- rey Cypress), Araucaria excelsa, and Quercus suber (Cork Oak), cultivated at Santa Cruz, Cal., also section of a young tree of the latter. Mrs. Ross Lewers. Pyrola rotundifolia var. bracteata, Pyrola aphylla, -Heuchera micrantha, Woodsia Oregana, and Pellea Bridgesii, from Reno Co., Nevada. Dr. Charles Scheeffer. Hough’s Sections of N. American woods, Parts IV and VY. William Trimble (through Dr. Scheffer). Specimens of double wal- nuts, from Concordville, Pa. Joseph Walton. Chimonanthus fragrans, both in flower and in leaf: a native of Japan, cultivated near Philadelphia. Prof. F. L. Seribner. Hieracium Scribneri and Carex Austro-Caro- linensis, from Tennessee. Prof. C. S. Sargent. Photographie copy of a likeness of Stephen Elliott, botanist. Baron Ferdinand von Miller (through Thos. Meehan). Twenty-two species of Australian plants. Herbarium of Harvard University. Six hundréd and forty-nine species of plants collected by the Schlagenweit brothers in Thibet, and in the Himalayas, in 1856. Fifty-one species collected in Nyassa- land, Africa, by J. Buchanan, in 1891. Fifteen species collected in Dominica, W. I., by Ramage, and thirty-six species collected by Beardslee and Koford, mostly in North Carolina. Mrs. Susanna M. Gaskell. Double flowers of Anemone Hepatica, from Swarthmore, Pa. i J. B. Ellis. Thirty-first and thirty-second Centuries of North American Fungi, named and arranged by Ellis and Everhart. Frederick Stearns. Polyporus (species), from Loo Choo Islands. J. Dolores Salaverria (through Prof. Sharp). Curious abnormal growth of wood, from El Progres, San Salvador, Central America. Roberts Le Boutillier. Alpinia nutans and eight species of tropical orchids cultivated by him. F. V. Coville, of U.S. Department of Agriculture, Division of Botany. One hundred and thirty-seven species of plants collected by the Death Valley Expedition in 1891. J. A. Crabtree. Viola rotundifolia, from Wissahickon, Phila. Andrew Steinemann. Curious fastigiate and spiral stem of Aspara- gus officinalis. i i ee 1894.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 491 Mrs. Katharine Brandegee. Series of Californian Ceanothi, illustra- tive of her ‘‘Studies in Ceanothus,” consisting of thirteen species and twenty-four varieties or forms, in all eighty-seven sheets. Mrs. Fanny E. Briggs. Seven species plants from State of Washing- ton. Dr. Lawrence Turnbull. Branch of oak with remarkable giomerate clusters of galls. Benjamin H, Smith. Forty-seven species of plants collected by him in Colorado, New Mexico, and California. W. W. Jefferis. Fifteen species of plants collected by him near Fort Edward, N. Y., also seed vessel of Nelumbium luteum, cultivated at Saratoga Springs. W. Tell, Austin, Texas (through Thos. Meehan). Jpomea pandu- rata and Acalypha radians, from Austin, Texas. B. G. Onderdonk, Texas (through Thos. Meehan). sel 352 Aralia: 42) 0505 341, 355, 362, n65 Aramidopsis sy oe bat 133, 134 Atretomby si) A anne ee ee 218 Arctostaphy (6s sree. ee 347, 359 Argyrameeba.... 274 Aristelliger. . . 440, 44] Arvicola 218, 226, 282, 283, 285-288, 391 ATVICElING ] = = +. se ee ea Asclepiasss 2 is usu ora ee 364 ASCOCHY LAN. 2th, Seta ee 364 ASHICEe ie 3 cs Ginn” dane ee 273 ASIMIING Fee oer ee 344, 361 ASIMCSH 2 ior osname 201 WEA STAGIN I. «G4 one we 302, 305 Astatus = sf et DOD iAtsterigcice Stews ni temee 345 Atalaphat a2. ae: aor 156, 396 Atya. . 397, 399, 407-410, 414-416 Atyaephyra . . 398, 399, 401, 413 Atyidz. . . 397, 399, 411, 414-416 At yIMee io. 0 20.2) we eee ne 413 Atyoida 398, 399, 406, 410, 411, 413 Auerswaldia . . : 362 Aulacomys . 288 Baccha. . . 276 Baccharis 379 Baiomys.... . 257 Banchus . . 189 Barlea. . . 347 Bascanium . 426 Bassus . . y 190 Bathynomus: <.0.°%)3< Seno Bdellodrilus .... . . 450, 454 Belonium : ec CUE Pee Belvosia . . 278 494 Bemibecinus! —7 5 easter: 304 Bembex: | 2. es 301, 304 Bembicine . . . 298, 301 Bembicini .... . . . 302, 304 Bempiqulay 2s 2 eee cu: 304 Betula] 2 -y] 4. 16orl6b; 346 Bibione foe se Biensis. .. . 132, 13 Bifidariats Jee ons Lt ti nes Bison. SN hig 52398, 218, IBlariNa fee eS eke 269 eos Blepharipeza . 25. = = - pee eh Bom bus iwi: or eo 5 Seis T E(OV 10) oh die be OO ce ee Bombylius* =." ashe. eto PS OUTCLING C4, ses) sc eetieen ee 579 BOShee a Gee 2 ae 68 Bothrody fest Cee 426 IBOUNTODS' 2) ses) < -s = epee 427 Borryodiplodia . 22 eae eon IBobry OSpPheria; <9 eee 562 IBOtryilIS)

.. & .g2eaieas 25 Campoplex . 188 @anirallus: . 2.052: AS. 132, 140 DEN OT UT ieee» eee co! Oe 218, 393 Capnodium: . - = soiavese 325 ATOR ee. a Ne, Cola 375, 377 Caniacus 7505. ee 218, 388 Caridina 398, 399, 401-406, 410-416 Carpinus:. (5° 252"". <9 eee 342 (O18: 0 So 325, 359, 363, 373 @arsandiar. =. 2). jk 347, 370 WastanGay 7. a 4... “sae 169, 357 Castanolimnas .... . 133, 142 Castor .. . 218, 390 Castoroides . 218, 219 AOC. a. .... -itse is 271 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1894 Causus:: 3: 5 aa a eee 428 Geanothus.:..> 4° 3 3a 353 Cecidomyide..... . 271, 419 Cedrus2.>::27 2.4 82 eee 354 Celastrus . . . )s ae eae |. Celestus: <1. 93, 0e caine 200 Celtis . . 327, 332, 344, 360,366, 386 Ceratophallus 1 426 Cereeris. 43 6) 2520 eee 302 Cercis rete tae 563 Cercospora .. . . 378-381 Cercosporella . . 378, 379 Gerla...) waa ee ee 277 Ceropales)s ; |)... .4sp2 eae 292, 296 Ceropalint’ 2... =. 296 Cerotainia . . ..j 8 SiGe 274 Cervus: aie hee . . 218, 389. Chetodipus::. >... «. “ae 266 | Chetomium .... . 2 J)e26 Cheetopleura’. ...~2>- ame 70 Cheetopsis, - .. . . age 376 | ‘Chelonia ; 2 ... ieee 36 | ‘Chironomid. ... 7 iene 419 _ Chiton . . 69, 70, 75, 76, 85, a Chitonids. 7 >. >] > = ee | CGhiorion 2°. . << 2 eee 999 Choeronyecteris -....... “Sue 181 Cholopus:. . ... . 3. a8Re 182 Chondrioderma... . 2. . 2280 Choriplax .... = Sie 7 Chorostate'. . . -. 9)Sean 339 Chrysopila . . . +. £73 273 | Chrysops $~.-..5 0 ae 272 | Chrysotoxum. ... Sigg 276 © Chyphotes ~ -°:-. 7 ar 293, 294 Ciboria:’. .< 22. 22a 348 Cladosporium . .. . 32 378 Clitellaria! .... < ... 2 238 272 Clypeospheeria.. . so. Spe 329 Cnemidophorus . 198-200 Cnieng Ae : .. . . . . .. 2... sie 362 ConwR: 2) Ss ee 98 Corethrura. +. =... 131, 132, 134 Corethruropsis -.. < . - e 133 Corus 2"). 2k, a ee 342 Corticium >... 4°. 323 Corylusi 6), S51 eee 360, 361 Coryneum s.-25%. 2° ee 374 Corynorhinus? 4. ae 182 —— ee ee ee 1894.1 Coturnicops Crabro . Crabroninse Crateegus . Crecopsis . Cremastus . Crepidotus . _ Se Crossanthera. . Cryptoplacide . Cryptoplax . Cryptus Crystallus Cteniscus . Cuculleea... Cucurbitaria . Culex Culicide . Cuphocera . Cyathicula. . Cyclophis Cy clopidius Cy donia . Cylindrospori ium . Cynopithecus. Cyphomyia. Cyrenide . Cyrtocentrus . Cytispora Cytisporella Dacryomyces . Daldinia . Dasypus . Dendrophidium Dermatea Dermatella . Dexia. Dexide . Diachoea. . Diaphanella Diaporthe. Diatrype... Diatrypella. . Dicotyles . Dictya . . Didelphys. Didineis Didymelia . Didymium . Didymos phieria uf Dielis . Dinetini Dinetus . Dinobastis. . Diodontus Diplodia .. . Diplophallus . Diploplectrini . : ae 133, 145 ; 298, ‘ 348, 133, 131, 132, 302, 3 85 NATURAL SCIENCES OF Diploplectron . Diplosis. . Dipsas . |. Dipus. . : | Discodrilidee : | Dracocephalum . . Elis. . Discolia. . ; Discomycetes. . Dolichopodidee . Dothichiza . Dothidea . Dothiorella . Dromicus . Drymobius . Dryolimnas . Dycotyles. . Echinocystis . Eechinomyia Eehthrus . Eelytus. . Fidusay ee Elachipalpus . Elachistodon . Elasmosaurus. . Elephas. Klymus . : Embaphias. . Kmpide ... Emmys... .« Endodontide . Endoxyla. . Entechinus .. Entomognathus. . Enulius. Hphydridee . Ephyra... Ephyrine. . Epipompilus . _ Epomidiopteron Equus . | Hrax . ; | Erethizon.. Hrigonum. | Erineum . Eristalis . Erromenus . Euatya. . ; Eucalyptus. . Eucyphidea . Euderma. . Kubyalina . Eulabeornis. . Eupleura. . Euryzona. . Eusapyga Euteenia . Eutypella. PHILADELPHIA, 68 181, 897, "131, 132, 902 223, 2 _ 131, 132, 140, 496 Euxesta. . 280 Evatya. . LSS, Evotomys. . 284, 391 Exetastes . 4) Tikes Exogyra . 64, 65 Exolytus . : 1 186 EX OPrOsOPa < -) 0: woke ns eee ee! Exorista . 278 Mysto) 2 5.92): 4 190 LVAD ee eee eye ot Fiber. . 218, 391 Fragaria . 357 Frasera . 3B BK) Fraxinus. 326, 329, 331, 334, 358, 363 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Heterosporium . Heterozona . Himantornis Hippoboscide . Hippobosca.. . 5 | Hippolyte. Hodomys . Holarchus Hoplismenus. . Hyalina: f.--. Elyalinia=se). Hydatina Hydnum Bg Tents We ery ata Hylella are a ee Hylodes SS ke Hymenomycetes ae Hymenula.... Hyospila.. . Hyperalonia Hyphomycetes. . Hypoderma . Hyponysson . . Hy poteenidia . Hypoxylon Hysterium Hysteromyxa Ichneumon Plex eae Tllosporium . Impatiens... . Ipomcea.. . Iris. Isariopsis Ischnoradsia . . Ischnochiton Ischnochitonidee Isodontia Isopyrum sf ee! | Juncus. . Fusicladium . 378 Fusicoccum . 359 Gadide .. aire 47 Galeocerdo... 2.2. 5. Sse rae 63 Gallinnlas =... = 141 GATT VE sh 5 oS aes 385 Gastrodonta . . 16 Gastrophilus > - eee 277 Gaultheria .. . 349 Geomys. bie Be 159, 160 Geranomyia .... 271 Geron. 275 Geum. 354 Gillias: 5h (5, 22 ane ee 25 Glesporium ..... . 870, 371 Glyphyalinia..,--—9.4<0- sae 15 Goniak oi =e 278 Goniobasis. . . 27, 29 Gorytes':. SS eee 301, 305 Gry phoea.2. 5) eee 64, 65 Gymnocrex . . 131, 133, 134 Habroptila. . : 133, 134 | Halded 3.2. eee 425 Elalesiay. <2 24- . . 339, 358, 361 | Hanleya : aa 75, 84 Haploplax: 2). 2. eee 71 Haplosporella. . 362 Harpactopus. . 5 Helarctos. .. . eel SZ Helianthus . . 836 Helicella. . 13, 15 Helicide. . lacks Helicodes . 13 elicoma,. 02) 2s 2 376 Helicops . 428 VOUS Sys es gre 21, 98 Helotiella.;.% 3 = 350, 351 Efelotium:...... . ... {= S9 Hemicaridina.. . . 401 Hemiotomys . ..°... .-. 3282 Hemiteles. : : Geales Hendersonia . . 364, 365 Hermetia. . ee Heteropelma . 188 Juniperus Jurinia . Kealimia ahs: Kauaiite ... itiihia... 2 2c Labra Lacertilia. Lachnella Lactuea. Lamium Lamna. : Lamproderma : Laphria Larra 1 OF ab oN ee See WAT ies res eo, \2 er Lele (a. voy oe [1894. . 381, pe et SO 1894.] Lasiospheeria . . Lathyrus. Lauxania. Iiemur... Lephritis . ; Lepidopleurus . Leptictidee . Leptide . . Leptocalamus. Leptochelia . Leptochiton . . Leptodactylus . Leptogaster . Leptognathus . Leptophis pee pneria : epus) ..... Leucochila . . Levirana . Lewinia . Limnea .. Limneeine . Limneria. Limnobaenus . Limnobia. Limnocorax ... WaMGera... . . : . Linospora... . Liocephalus Liodytes . Lioheterodon . Liolophura . Liopeltis . . Liophallus. . . Liquidambar. . Liriodendron.. . Lithodytes. . Loboplax . Lonicera . . Lophidium . Lophiospheeria . Lophiostoma . Lophyrus. Lorica: . Loricella . . cilia. . : Lucilla . Lupinus . . Lutra. Lutreola . . ioyar. § Liyroda. . Lyrodini . Macacus . . Maclura Macrepistius . Macroprotodon . Macrosargus . 33 ieeiyec. a 181, 182, 326 58 281 plage: 218, 270, _ 132, OT. L ” 425, 428 i 330, 355, 365 . 196, 438 Steers: _ 169, Tal 338 333 B32 299 = 70, 86 86 279 15 ties i305 155, 394 394 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Macrosporium Magnolia, Margaritana . Warsonis . Masicera . . Mastodon . Mediterranea. . | Megacrex . Megarrhiza . Megastizus . Megatherium. . | Melaneconium . Melanomma . Mellinini . Mellinus . Melursus. . Meniscus . . B46, 497 382 349, 357 . 30, 98 373 278 _ 181, 182 Menispermum. . | Mephitis . | Mesochorus . | Mesogramma.. . Mesograpta. Mesoleius . | Mesoleptus. . Mesomphix . Mesostenus . Methoca . Metopia. ae Meturoplax.... Microbembex . Microcera.. Micropeza.. . Micropezide . Microplax Miersia . Mimesa.... «= & Miscophini. .. . Miscophus . . Mollisia.. . Monedula. Mopaliide . Moreletia . Morus She Mucronoporus aus Muletia . Mulio.. Murex .. Mus . al NMiuseal« y= 02 Muscidee. . : Mustela Mutilla. Mutillidze Mutillini . M ynomes Myosorex. Myrie a. ‘ Myrmec ophaga. ~1 Ur ~1. an ’ 276 » 209, 221, 3% 280, O7y 279, 498 Myrmosa. .. . . . 294 Miyrmosini. 22: -) = 293, 294 Myzine BS All Myzini . 295 Myzinini. . 295 Myxosporium 372 IN@trESeon = aes 425 Nectomys 233 Nectria . Nhe 325 Negundo.... 330, ), B48, 857, 360 Neithea : 65 Nemotelus . 272 Neohelix . . eee is, Neolarra . . 292, 301 Neolarrini Ags . 802, 304 Neotoma . 213-221, 5, 233, 239, “243-950, 390 Neotominee. Se rds) Neozonitine . 13 Niteliopsis .. . 305 Notocyphini . 296 Notocyphus . . 296 Notogonia .. . 306 Nycteribide .. 281 Nycticebus. . 182 Nycticejus .. 157 Nyctinomus . ceed oily Nysson . . 301, 303 Nyssonini : 302, 303 Ochthera . ee il Ocydromus . 1ST 139 Ocyptera . . ROT, Ocypteridee . 277 (Edipus 194 (Enanthe 367 (Enothera . 380 Cistride ... 277 Olfersia 281 Omphalina . 1hasy U7¢ Onithochiton . 70, 88 Onychomys 256 Ophibolus 28 Ophilia. . 278 Ophiobolus . 337 Oplophorus. . 400 Ormiia 7 25: 279 COrmicdiaeien ee 276 Ornithomyia . 281 Ortalide ... . 280 Ortalis . ante . 280 Orthocentrus. . ae HISTO Ortygometra . . 132, 133 Oryzomys . 160 Osceola. . 428 Osmorrhiza 369 Ostrea s *< "=~. 65 Otodus . 63 Ovularia . 875 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Oxybeline . . Oxybelus . OxyCerayen. oie Oxycheila .. . Oxychilus Oxydendrum . Pachygaster Palzenion] | = i Palmodes. Paranysson. . . Parapompilus Paratya j Paes are et | Passaloeeus. . . Ratellaya Patinella.. = = ; Patulopsis .. . i Pedicularis. . Pelargonium . Pemphredon. . i! Pemphredonine . Pemphredonini. . Peniophora . Rennulas = - Pepsis Perognathus . Peromyscus Pestalozzia . Peziza .. AN Phalaridion ae Phaseolus Phasiide . Pheneus . Philanthini Philanthus . Philomycide . Philomycus Philothamnus ; ] Phleospora. . . Phieum Phiyetsena ... . Phoeogenes. . . Phoma. Phora Phoridee . Photinia . Photopsis. Phrissopoda . itp Phygadeuon.... Phyllachora . Phyllosticta Physa Physegenua Physide ... Physocarpus . Pilacre . Pinus zis PISO eee cae 835, 8 358, 361, 369 (1894. 298, 306 419 Nock ; eee ; 131, 138, 147 292) 296, 297 262-268 wae 24 386 339 306 Oe 1894. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499 Pisonopsis . 306 Psilocephala . 275 Placospheeria . 359 ~=Psilopus . 275 Planiceps. 298 | Psoralea . 376 Planorbine . os 24.) Payehoda 419 Planorbis. . . 12,24 | Psychodidee « 419 Platanus. . . 358, 372 | Pterodrilus. . 449-454 Platylabus . . 185,186 Pteroptila 277, 419 Platypalpus ; hy Ptyssophorus . 225-231 Plaxiphora . 70, 7 Puccinia . . 385 Plecia. . yi | Pups. & . 23, 61 Plenoculus . 305 Pupide. 23 Pleospheeria 332 | Putorius . : 152, 218, 394 Pleospora. 335 Pyrachmon. Jt 2 ALS Plesia 295 Pyramidula 17 Plesiites 295 | Pyrenochete.. . 359 Plesiomma . 274 Pyrenomycetes. . 325 Plesiosaurus . . 65 Pyrenopeziza . 352 Pleuroceride . . 26 Pyrenophora . 336 Plicatula . 65 Pyrus ; i Gs Podium : 299 Quercus . : 220, 346, 353, 356 Podosporiella. . 385 Rallicula . lois 133, 148 Podosporium . . 885 Rallidee 2 eetenlod Pogonaspis. . 204 | Rallina. . ; 131, 1 182, 134, 140 Polemistus. . 301 Rallinze ; bee Ullal) (UC 15 Rallites = peice ov) uleeepleaes Polyblastus. . 189 Rallus . 131, 132, 135-149 Polygonum . 374 Ramularia. . . 375, 376, 381 Polygyra . 18-22 Rangifer 98, 218 Polymnia . 368 Ranula. 197 Polyporus 322. Raphanus est a0 Se Be aro Pompilidee . 296 Reithrodontomys . om os (ANG! Pompilini 296 Rhadinza 428 ‘Pompilus . ; ig 296, 297 | Whesias) ---<. 2); 372 Populus : 166, 333, 335, 370 Rhododendron . . 367 Poria . . . 822,323 | Rhopalum . Ps Porizon . oe eee 188 | Rhus. . 331, L, 848, 356, 374 Porzana Lod, 132, 141, 148 | Rhyssa. . Sei eels E) Porzanula . 181, 133, 147 | Ribes 340, 379 Potentilla eer eos Soe || MevOnInIa : «. 68 Procyon . 155, 218,394 Rosellinia : 326, 327, 338, 339 Propithecus 2 te 162) | Rougreuus. : 130, 131, 132) 139 Protohippus . 7 eG || Ee - . Sin! Hoty wed tee Protosorex . . 446, 448 Salientia . 195 Prunus. ee 344, 371 ~+Salius . 297 Psammocrex... . . . 133 | Salix. 326, 330, 334, 358 Psammodynastes . LUA Shae) on ines ny 8.60 Psammophila 300 Sambucus . 336, 350, 38, 362, 382, Psammophis . 428 383 Psammotherma 293 Sanguinaria ; 371 Psen . ; 300 Sapromyzide. . 281 Psenini. : 300 | Sapyga. . 295 Pseudagenia . 297 Sapygidee 295 Pseudaspis . 427 Sarcodexia . 278 Pseudohelotium 349 Sarcophaga. . 278 Pseudohyalina . 16 Sarcophagide . 278 Pseudohystricia . . . 277 | Sarcophagula. . 279 Pseudotelphusinee .... . 412 Sareophilodes. . 279 Pseudovalsa Aas ae 343 , Sargus . . #271, 272 500 Sarothrura. . . 131, 133, 134, 148 | Saasairas!s 03020... eee 370 Saxifraga,. . . . . . 163, 164 | Sigilops. so 157, 218, 396 Seslimhron 10! <5 (2 ag 299, 300 Seltisaptila. 2... . a8 133, 134 Schizoxylon ss aaD Schloenbachia ..... sree ae Setemiyzidze. 4. 2. 2 ei) BIS Sciumopterus'. ... 2 =, - 159, 389 | Seirus: =. 158, 218, 389 Sclerodemish 20) 2202 5. ey 13b4 Scolia Boal nthe Sai age 295 Seo ltidzove: velar y=) cebeperge eo MCoOuIniee sis Cost. |. Pee ao Semtale;. 40. ON See eres Selemite <9 203... . 222. tae | Selenites.... ss, Jee Rael Selenitidre-. ch: 295 2° Scape Senecia. 4 .40\. +> /. 4242 eee Senometopia .. .). . ..-). 218 Sepedon: 97. 2.) 3). Se Re Septoria . 366-369 Sigmodon : 160, 226 Simotes Wk 424 Sirococcst... 9% st et 858 Sitomys . . 159, 218, 221, 253-261 Solum ia). 5 70.2 2h ee . 366 Selenopeziza....: . -. 2a: . 3862 Sarexy . 394, 395, 447 Soricidz. 4.2 Sted a7 Spavivasten.-. = $y. sn Dis Spelerpes .°: <...'>.5 7. Sas ae 195 Sparrelia =" a Mee ares Sphicria .. . |... eee eee yshapewiaiay) 95)! 0. ee ee 29 Spherodactylus ...... 440 Sphzeronema. ...... . 358 Spheeropeziza. .... . - ». dae Sphzerophthalma . . 293, 294 Spheeropsides... . .... . 364 Spheeropsis. .... 361, 362, 383 SNC CITIS, | 5 eek eas . B01, 304 SPN CLI ss eo ee 298 Sphepinweye 0s hig 298, 299 | Spheoinit | 4 2 ee emg e310 por, 1.0 ee. ahs: ae, eee Spilomena:. | sot. 58a Sporodesmium....... 384 SPUMaIA.,. . 5. 5 SISoes 290 Siachylidium 32). 2 2) 4. Aeon Stagonospora. . . 357, 365 es ee a a ae Ue 378 RICA TC) Sie Sra os a oe ear 455 SSGSTTOLUD 1 Si tars sy dice RS oe RRSNOCRITON 6.) Ss Le ee Siems .. . 4. . 115-118 Poh TC i: GUeeeeier meee . 352, 353 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF Storeria,.. .-. . Stratiomyide. . Strebla. . Streptothrix . . Strobilops.. . . Succinea.. . Succineide. . . Symphoricarpos Synaptomys . . Syrphide.... Syrphus . Babanidze: = 4 - ‘Rabantis’ 2 =. Rachid teats Tachinidz .-. . Tachydromi . . Tachysphex (Rachiy bess + = ae Tamas er. eae. |, Wamnaiss oo): Rarntillas es see ME DOSID 5-2) 2x! a2 RAtIslaAne Pecomai ns =z Teichospora . Teichosporella . Telphuside. . . Telphusinz .. . Teonoma.. . . .; Tetanocera.. . Tetramerodon. . Thalessa-..:". . (Bhaliawags?:. 228: ANG TOU Rae ee epg Trachycephalus.... . Trachypus ... Trachyradsia. . . Trachytora.. . Tragomma.. . Trautvetteria . Trematospheeria Tremellodon . . . Tretomys... . Trichegum.... Trichobius . . Trichodactylinze ais Tricholimnas. . a . 111-118, 182 cb eee 367 . 329-331, 334, 366 - a eae 329 ie) ee 412 aw » 295, 231 3 412 EES IO ————— 1894. ] Trichopoda . Trielis . Trigonia . Trigonopsis. . Trijlium . : Trimerodytes. . Trimetopon . Trinodontomys . Triodopsis . Triscolia . Trogloearis . Trollius . : Tropidoclonium Mrypeta,.. Trypetide . Tryphon. . Trypoxylon . Trypoxylonini . Tsuga oP: Tubercularia . Turritella . Tympanis. "398, 399, 4 - 280, 420 280, 420 188, 189 . 292, 306 . 302, 306 . 874, 386 386 65 NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. {| Valsaria . Valvata. Valvatidze .. Vancouveria . Velocia . Ventridens . Venturia . Veratrum. Verticillus . Vertigo. . Vertigopsis . Vespa. Vespertilio . Vesperugo . Viola. . Virginia . Vitis . Vitrea . | Viviparide . Ulmus . 332, 372 Ungualia . . 432, 436 Unio. 30, 98 Unionide . re) Uranoplosus . cat ae Uroecyon . 218, 394 Urodella . :) 494 Memes. | 3)... = - «» 280 Ursus. , Laide 218, 394 Vaccinium . : 325, 352 | Valeriana. 362 Valsa . _ 340, 341, 360, 363 Volucella , Vulpes . Willistonia . Wyethia . Xenomys.. Xiphocarine . Xiphoearis . Xiphocereus Xylocopa . Zapornia . Zapus . Zonitidee . Zonites . . . Zonitoides . Zonyalina » » » > 329, 343, 352 ae 182, 218, 393 . 398-400, 413 ae 133, 148 . 226, 234, 237 398, 411 438 56 392, 421) 422 . 12, 13 . 18, 14 16 14 502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1894. GENERAL INDEX. 1894. ; Additions to Museum, 485. Allen, Harrison, M.D. Crania from the mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida, 181. The changes which take place in the skull, coincident with shorten- ing of the face-axis, 181. Hy- perostosis on the inner side of the human lower jaw, 182. Ob- servations on Blarina brevicau- da, 269. Annual Election, 483. Annual Reports, 461. Baker, Frank C. Further notes on the embryonic whorls of the Muricide, 222, 223. Ball, M. V., M.D. Report of Microscopical and Biological Section, 471. Binder, George A., announcement of death of, 222. Biological and Microscopical Sec- tion, report of, 471. Botanical Section, report of, 475. Brinton, D. G., M.D. Report of Professor of Ethnology and Ar- cheeology, 480. Brinton, J. Bernard, M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 443. Brown, Arthur Erwin. On the true character and relationship of Ursus cinnamomeus Aud. & sach., 110, 119. Chapman, Henry C., M.D. Ho- mologies of the alisphenoid and petromastoid bones in verte- brates, 32. . Cockerell, T. D. A. A supplemen- tary note to Mr. Johnson’s list of Jamaican diptera, 417, 419. Some new bees of the genus Perdita, 418. Committee on Hayden Memorial asa Award, report of, 43. Committees, standing, for 1894, 9. Conchological Section, report of, 473. Cope, Edw. D. Observations on the geology of adjacent paris of Oklahoma and Northwest Texas, 61,63. Thirdadditiontoa knowledge of the Batrachia and Reptilia of Costa Rica, 194, 207. On acollection of Batrachia and Reptilia from the Island of Hainan, 291, 423. The Batra- chia and Reptilia of the Uni- versity of Pennsylvania West Indian Expedition of 1890 and 1891 (Plates X, XI, XII), 417, 429, Correspondents elected, 484. Corresponding Secretary, report of, 463. Cresson, H. T., announcement of death of, 269. Curators, report of, 467. Davis, G.C. Some notes from a study of the Provancher Col- lection of Ichneumonide, 183, 184, Dixon, Samuel G., M.D. Report of Curators, 467. Report of Pro- fessor of Histology and Micro- scopic Technology, 481. Eakins, Thomas. The differential action in animal locomotion of certain muscles passing more than one joint, 150, 172. Elections of Members and Corre- spondents during 1894, 483. Ellis, J. B., and B. M. Everhart. New species of fungi from va- rious localities, 289, 322. Entomological Section, report of, 474. Fischer, Paul, announcement of death of, 10. Fowke, Gerard, and W. K. Moore- eS 1894. ] head. Recent mound explora- | tion in Ohio, 269, 308. Fox, William J. A _ proposed classification of the fossorial hymenoptera of North Amer- ica, 289, 292. Gibson, J. Howard, announce- ment of death of, 110. Goldsmith, E. Some volcanic products from the Hawaiian Islands (Plate V1), 95, 105. Hayden Memorial Geological Award, report on, 443. Heilprin, Angelo. Report of Pro- fessor of Invertebrate Paleonto- logy, 479. Holmes, Oliver Wendell, M.D., | announcement of death of, 289. Hyrtl, Joseph, announcement of death of, 289. Index to Genera, 493. Jeanes, Joseph, announcement of death of, 417. Jeanes, Samuel, announcement of death of, 417. Jefferis, W. W. Report of Cura- tor of the Wm.S. Vaux Collec- tions, 482. Johnson, Charles W. List of the Diptera of Jamaica, with de- scriptions of new species, 269, 271. Jordan, David Starr. Descrip- tion of a new subspecies of trout from McCloud River, Cali- fornia, 9, 60. Keating, Wm. V., M.D., an- nouncement of death of, 110. Librarian, report of, 464. McIntyre, Archibald, announce- ment of death of, 417. McKean, Henry Pratt, announce- ment of death of, 10. Macfarlane, Dr. John. Move- ments of plants under plates of colored glass (no abstract), 417. Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the life histories of plants, No. X: The origin of coreless apples; The relations between insects and the flowers of Im- patiens fulva; Apetalism and seed propulsion in Lamium purpureum; Fruiting of Robi- nia hispida; Vitality of seeds; Apetalism in Sisymbrium thali- ana, 10, 53. Contributions to the life histories of plants, No. NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503 XI: Morphology of bractless inflorescence ; Purple - leaved plants; Origin of the apical cell; Fall of the leaf in the Holly; Bees and Honeysuckles, 150, 162. Report of Botanical See- tion, 475. Members elected, 483. Mercer, H.C. Re-exploration of Hartman’s Cave in 1898, 62, 96. Merriam, C. Hart. A new Sub- family of Murine rodents—the Neotominze—with description of a new genus and species, and a synopsis of the known forms (Plate IX), 222, 225. Descrip- tions of eight new species of pocket mice (genus Perogna- thus), 222, 262. Mineralogical and Geological Section, report of, 477. Moore, Clarence B. Certain Sand Mounds of the St. Johns River, Florida, 181. Moore, H. F. ‘Tanais robustus, a new species of Anisopoda (Plate V), 61, 90. Moore, J. Percy. Pterodrilus, a remarkable Discodrilid (Plate XIII), 418, 449. Museum, additions to, 485. Nolan, Edw. J. Report of Re- cording Secretary, 461. Report of Librarian, 464. Officers, Councillors, and Mem- bers of the Finance Committee for 1895, 483. Ornithological Section, report of, 478. Ortmann, Dr. A. On a new species of the Isopod genus Bathynomus, 181, 191. A study of the systematic and geograph- ical distribution of the Decapod family Atyidee Kingsley, 289, 397. Peirce, C. Newlin, Council, 110. Peterson, Robert E., announce- ment of death of, 417. Pilsbry, H. A. Critical list of mollusks collected in the Poto- mac Valley (Plate I), ll. A new Central American Pupa, 61. List of Port Jackson Chi- tons collected by Dr. Cox, with a revision of Australian Acan- thochitidee (Plates II, I11, IV), election to 504 61, 69. PROCEEDINGS OF Patella Kermadecensis THE ACADEMY OF (Plates VII, VIII), 207, 208. | Report of Conchological Sec- | tion, 473. Potts, Joseph D., announcement | of death of, 9. Professor of Ethnology and Ar- cheeology, report of, 480. Professor of Histology and Micro- scopic Technology, 481. Professor of Invertebrate Paleon- tology, report of, 479. Professor of Lower Invertebrata, report of, 481. Rand, Theodore D. The Sads- bury Steatite, 443, 455. Report of Mineralogical and Geological Section, 477. Recording Secretary, report of, | 461. Redfield, J. H. Report of Bo- | tanical Section, 475. Report of Botanical Section, 475. Report of Committee on Hayden | Memorial Geological Award, 443, Report of Conchological Section, | 473. Report of Corresponding Secre- tary, 463. Report of the Curator of the Wm. | S. Vaux Collections, 482. Report of Curators, 467. Report of Entomological Sec- tion, 474. Report of Librarian, 464. Report of Biological and Micro- scopical Section, 471. Report of Mineralogical and Geo- logical Section, 477. Report of Ornithological Section, 478, Report of Professor of Ethnology and Archeology, 480. Report of Professor of Histology and Microscopic Technology, 481. Report of Professor of Inverte- brate Paleontology, 479. teport of Professor of Lower In- vertebrata, 481. ae of Reeording Secretary, 61, (1894. Rex, Geo. A., M.D. Diachcea Thomasii, 289. Rhoads, Samuel N. Description of a new Armadillo with re- marks on the genus Muletia, 95, 111. Contributions to the mammalogy of Florida, 150, 152. A contribution to the life history of the Allegheny Cave Rat, Neotoma magister Baird, 207, 213. Descriptions of four new species and two subspecies of white-footed mice from the United States and British Co- lumbia, 222, 253. Descriptions of a new subgenus and new species of Arvicoline rodents from British Columbia and Washington, 269, 282. Notes on the mammals of Monroe and Pike Counties, Pennsylvania, 290, 387. A new jumping mouse from the Pacific Slope, 417, 421. Robb, Richard R., announcement of death of, 9. Scott, W. B. The structure and relationships of Ancodus, 417, 418. The osteology of Hyzeno- don, 417, 448. A new Insecti- vore from the White River Beds, 417, 446. Sharp, Benj., M.D. Report of Corresponding Secretary, 463. Report of Professpr of Lower Invertebrata, 481. Skinner, Henry, M.D. Report of Entomological Section, 474. Smedley, Samuel L., announce- ment of death of, 207.. Standing Committees for 1894, 9. Stone, Witmer. A revision of the genus Anous, 110, 115. A re- view of the Old World Ralline, 110, 130. Report of Ornitho- logical Section, 478. Szabo, Joseph, announcement of death of, 150. Van Beneden, P. J., announce- ment of death of, 10. Whelen, Edw. S., announcement of death of, 61. William S. Vaux Collections, re- port on, 482. Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila. 1894. Plate X. Os iN WH) k) WING tS —, LATA COPE, BATRACHIA AND REPTILIA. Plate Xl. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. LET As T Pp ATRACHIA AND RE B ’ COPE Plate XII. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1894. IA. HIA AND REPTIL TRAC BAI GOPE, Proc. Acad. Nat Sc:. Phila. 1894. Plate XIII. MOORE ON PTERODRILUS. UV Eee! |) eee ee Oe) TP OL vote N abt 1 aP iY ~ , a ’ a K q { ° J >» | an ? “a ne ft a : od : j cn 4 7 1 e Loe | } el iu | ¥ at mo); : ; ; 4 vi ‘ A . Ny A y Fe “88, .) 2 as a ati yar ta jira ha Ws 5 - ‘ ’ 0 > Sy - , | ’ @ ' ve A ~ . ‘ , ‘ My “ i ins c 1 4 a} » at r,t ; - ae i ae = if mare oT Lod ey y : ea 7 5 ‘ : ail . 7 « i A ’ 1 mu : i—_ By _ é an : , a a ‘| a ‘ \ ag 77 ie “a ay gr ty 4 7 Ge 7 ‘a Te 7 7s ' - 7 i a . { “<< be _ 4 s fi ‘i Mae a aij , 4 ‘ <* = . %. 19 H * ’ = 5 = " : i j ‘ek: . aT: 5 ‘ . 7 i ee Dae r - A i. Utes. "7 aie a &* nF f wus, ni i e, » a QH Aeademy of Natural Sciences i of Philadelphia A2 Proceedings v.46 Biological & Medica! Serials PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY STORAGE “ an ohana nae ~ Leen are ae aS ae paper eran fe ene eee ee ee ee